SMC Serie Ley-E Eu

Electric Actuator ®
Rod Type Guide Rod Type ¡Intermediate strokes have been added to the LEY63. RoHS
¡Normally-closed solid state auto switches have been
NEW added.
¡The JXC series step motor controller has been added.
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) T

Type
Rod Type LEY Series Size: 16, 25, 32, 40 sp. 35

Long stroke: Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof (IP65 Equivalent): -X5 sp. 151
∗ Size: 25, 32
Max. 500 mm (LEY32, 40) ∗ The X5 is not CE/UL compliant.
Mounting variations
• Direct mounting: 3 directions, Bracket mounting: 3 types
• Either positioning or pushing control can be selected.
It is possible to hold the actuator with the rod pushing a workpiece, etc. Rod type/
Rod type In-line motor type
Auto switch mountable
Guide Rod Type LEYG Series Size: 16, 25, 32, 40 sp. 105
Lateral end load: 5 times more∗1

∗1 Compared with the rod type, size 25, and 100 mm stroke
Compatible with sliding bearings and ball bushing bearings

Compatible with moment loads and stoppers (sliding bearings)
• Either positioning or pushing control can be selected.
It is possible to hold the actuator with the rod pushing a workpiece, etc. Guide rod type Guide rod type/
In-line motor type
AC Servo Motor Type

∗ Refer to “How to Order.”
Rod Type LEY Series Size: 25, 32, 63 Guide Rod Type LEYG Series Size: 25, 32
Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof (IP65 Equivalent): -X5 sp. 41, 48 sp. 111, 116

∗ The X5 is not CE compliant.
• High-output motor (100/200/400 W) Guide rod type
• Improved high-speed transfer ability
Rod type
• High acceleration/deceleration
compatible (5000 mm/s2)
• Pulse input/CC-Link/SSCNET# types
• With internal absolute encoder Guide rod type/
Rod type/
(For the LECSB/C/S) In-line motor type
In-line motor type
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Controller/Driver AC Servo Motor Driver sp. 246
Servo Motor (24 VDC) sp. 190
sFor incremental sFor absolute encoder ∗ LECSS-T only
sStep data input type encoder ¡Pulse input type
LECA6 Series (64 positioning points) LECSB Series
¡Pulse input type/
sEtherCAT®/EtherNet/IP™/PROFINET/ Positioning type ¡CC-Link direct input type
DeviceNet™/IO-Link direct input type LECSA Serieses LECSC Series
JXCE1/91/P1/D1/L1 Series ¡SSCNET3 type
¡
sProgramless type LECSS Series
LECP1 Series (14 positioning points) ¡SSCNET3/H type
¡
LECSS-T Series
sPulse input type
LECPA Series ¡MECHATROLINK type
¡
LECY Series
LEY Series
CAT.EUS100-83E-UK
LEY Series
Type
Rod Type LEY Series/Size: 16, 25, 32, 40
Control of intermediate positioning and pushing is

possible.
High precision with ball screws
(Positioning repeatability: ±0.02 mm)
Selectable motor mounting position Non-magnetizing
lock mechanism (Option)
P
Prevents k i
workpieces
from dropping (Holding)
Right side Left side In-line

In line
parallel type parallel type motor type
Motor cover available

(Option)
Select from 2 types of actuator cables.

Standard
S d d cable bl
Robotic cable (Flexible cable)
∗ The cover has an opening.

Manual override screw
F manuall piston
For i t rodd operation
ti Motor top mounting type
Adjustment operation is possible
when the power
p is OFF.
Scraper
P
Prevents
t foreign
f i matter
Step motor
from entering the device Select from 2 types of motors.
Work load
Servo motor
Equipped with scrapers
as standard Step motor (Servo/24 VDC)
Ideal for the low-speed transfer of
heavy loads and pushing operations
Servo motor (24 VDC)
Speed
Stable at high speeds
Silent operation
Mounting groove for auto switches

p. 97, 98 For checking the limit and the intermediate signal
Applicable to the D-M9, D-M9E, and D-M9W (2-color indicator)
Rod end brackets ∗ The auto switches should be ordered separately. Refer to pages 101 to 103 for details.
Single Double Simple
knuckle joint knuckle joint joint 2-color indicator solid state auto switch
Appropriate setting of the ON
mounting position can be Operating range OFF
performed without
out mistakes.
es
A green light Red G
Green Red
Auto switch lights up at the
optimum operating Optimum ooperating range
range.
1
Electric Actuator
AC Servo Motor Type
T
Rod Type LEY Series/Size: 25, 32, 63

High-output motor (100/200/400 W)
Improved high-speed transfer ability
High acceleration/deceleration compatible (5000 mm/s2)
Pulse input/CC-Link direct input/SSCNET 3 types
With internal absolute encoder
∗ An incremental encoder can also be selected.
Positioning repeatability: ±0.01 mm (High-precision type)
Rod type
AC servo motor
Work load
Step motor
Rod type/In-line motor type

Servo motor
Speed
Large bore size 63

Selectable motor mounting position (4 directions)
Top mounting Right side parallel Left side parallel In-line
¡Max. work load [kg] ¡High-output motor: 400 w

Top/Parallel In-line ¡Max. speed: 1000 mm/s
Horizontal 200 80 ∗ 500 mm stroke
Vertical 115 72 ¡Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof specification (IP65 equivalent)

∗ Option
¡Max. force [N]
Top/Parallel 3343
In-line 1910
2
LEY Series
Type
Guide Rod Type LEYG Series/Size: 16, 25, 32, 40
Compact, integrated guide rods

Lateral load resistance and
high non-rotating accuracy
Compatible with sliding bearings and ball bushing bearings
Sliding bearings In-line motor type
Suitable for lateral load applications such as
when using a stopper where impact is applied
Ball bushing bearings
Non-rotating accuracy improved
Smooth operation suitable for by using two guide rods
pushers and lifters
Bore size [mm] 16 25 32 40
Improved rigidity Sliding bearings ±0.06° ±0.05°
Lateral end load: 5 times more∗ ±0.05° ±0.04°

1 Ball bushing bearings
Motor top mounting type
∗1 Compared with the rod type, When the cylinder is retracted (initial value), the
size 25, and 100 mm stroke non-rotating accuracy without a load and without deflection
of the guide rods will be below the values shown in the
table above.
AC Servo Motor Type
T
Guide Rod Type LEYG Series/Size: 25, 32
When using auto switches

for the guide rod type LEYG
Guide rod type/
Guide rod type series, refer to page 187.
In-line motor type
Mounting Variations
Direct Mounting Bracket Mounting
Foot Rod flange

Head end Rod end
Head flange Double clevis
Body bottom
∗ Body bottom tapped
Application Examples
For delivery For
For rotation
lifters
For pushing For For stoppers

operations press fitting
3
Electric Actuator
Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof (IP65 Equivalent)
Enclosure: IP65 equivalent

(Refer to page 150.) Seal connector
Max. stroke: 500 mm∗ 1 P
Prevents
t ddustt and
d water
t
droplets from entering between
∗1 For size 32
the cable and motor cover
Scraper Lube-retainer (Excludes the LEY63)
Retains grease oil film Aluminum cover
Protects
P t t ththe motor
t
Tubing
∗ Order the tubing
separately.
Vent hole
R d
Reduces internal
i l pressure fluctuations
in order to prevent dust and water
droplets from entering the device
∗ Be sure to attach tubing and place
the end of the tubing so it is not
Mounting groove for auto switches exposed to dust or water.
∗ For size 63, order a fitting separately.
Water-resistant type
For checking the limit and the
intermediate signal
∗ Order the water-resistant 2-color
indicator solid state auto switch
separately. (Refer to page 176.)
LEY-X5 (Refer to page 151.) Size LEY63-P Size

25, 32 (Refer to page 41./Option) 63
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Type
Servo Motor (24 VDC) T
Type AC Servo Motor (400 W) Type
Top mounting Top mounting

type
In-line motor type
Right side parallel

LEY-X5 (Refer to page 41.)
AC Servo Motor (100/200 W) Type Left side parallel
Top mounting type
In-line
In-line motor type
4
Step Data Input Type LECA6 Series sp. 191
Simple setting allows for immediate use!

“Easy Mode” for simple setting Servo motor
(24 VDC)
For immediate use, select “Easy Mode.” LECA6
<When a PC is used>
Controller setting software
Jogging
Step data setting, test drive,
jogging, and move for the
Start testing
constant rate can be set and
operated on one screen.
Step data
setting
Setting of jog Move for the

and speed of the constant rate
constant rate
<When a TB (teaching box) is used> Example of setting the step data Example of checking the operation status
The simple screen without scrolling 1st screen 1st screen
promotes ease of setting and operation.
Choose an icon from the first screen
to select a function. 2nd screen 2nd screen
Set the step data and Step Axis 1 Monitor Axis 1
check the monitor on Step No. 0 Step No. 1
Posn 123.45 mm
the second screen. Posn 12.34 mm
Speed 100 mm/s Speed 10 mm/s
After entering the values, The operation status

they can be registered by pressing “SET.” can be checked.
Teaching box screen Step Axis 1 Step Axis 1

Data can be set by inputting Step No. 0 Step No. 1
only the position and speed. Posn 50.00 mm Posn 80.00 mm
(Other conditions are preset.) Speed 200 mm/s Speed 100 mm/s
5
“Normal Mode” for detailed setting
Select “Normal Mode” when detailed setting is required.
Step data can be set in detail. Parameters can be set.
Signals and terminal status can be monitored. JOG and constant rate movement, return to origin, test drive, and testing of forced output can be performed.
<When a PC is used>
Step data setting, parameter
setting, monitoring, teaching,
etc., are displayed in different
windows.
Step data
setting window
Parameter
setting window
Monitoring window
Teaching window
<When a TB (teaching box) is used> Menu Axis 1

Step data
Multiple step data can be Parameter Step Axis 1
stored in the teaching box and Test Step No. Test DRV Axis 1
transferred to the controller. 0 Step No. 1
Main menu screen
Continuous test drive by up to
Movement MOD Posn 123.45 mm Out mon Axis 1
Stop BUSY[ ]
5 step data Step data SVRE[ ]
setting screen
Test screen SETON[ ]
Teaching box screen
Monitoring screen
Each function (step data setting,
test drive, monitoring, etc.) can
be selected from the main menu.
The actuator and controller are provided as a set. (They can be ordered separately as well.)
Confirm that the combination of the controller and actuator is correct.
<Check the following before use.>
q Check the actuator label for the model number. This number should match that of the controller.
w Check that the Parallel I/O configuration matches (NPN or PNP).
Controller
Actuator
q w
w
6
Fieldbus Network
Fieldbus-compatible
Gateway (GW) Unit
LEC-G Series p. 203 s
Conversion unit for Fieldbus network and LEC serial communication
Applicable Fieldbus protocols:
Two methods of operation

Step data input: Operate using preset step data in the controller.
Numerical data input: The actuator operates using values such as position and speed from the PLC.
Values such as position and speed can be checked on the PLC.
PLC
Fieldbus
network
Gateway
(GW) unit Serial
communication
RS485 Up to 12 controllers
can be connected.
Applicable
Fieldbus protocols
Max. number of
connectable controllers
12 8 5 12
24 VDC Compatible controllers

for gateway unit LEC Series
Power supply
Compatible electric actuators
Electric gripper Electric slide table Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/

LEH Series LES Series Rod type Slider type Servo motor
LEY Series LEF Series controller
(24 VDC)
LECA6 Series
Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/

Rotary table Miniature type Low profile slider type Guide rod slider
LER Series LEP Series LEM Series LEL Series
7
Programless Type LECP1 Series sp. 207
No programming required!
Allows for the setting up of electric actuator operation without using a PC or teaching box
Step motor
(Servo/24 VDC)
1 Setting the position number 2 Setting the stop position 3 Registration LECP1
Set a registered number Move the actuator to the desired Register the stop
for the stop position. stop position using the FORWARD position using the
Max. 14 points and REVERSE buttons. SET button.
Speed/Acceleration
16-level adjustment
Position
number
display Position SET button Speed
selecting adjustment
FORWARD switches
switch
and
REVERSE Acceleration
buttons adjustment
switches
Pulse Input Type LECPA Series sp. 214
This driver uses pulse signals to allow positioning at any position.

The actuator can be controlled from the customers’ positioning unit.
Touch panel
Pulse signal
PLC
positioning
Electric actuator
unit
LE Series
Step motor driver (Pulse input type)
LECPA Series
Return-to-origin command signal

Enables automatic return-to-origin action
With force limit function (Pushing force/Gripping force operation available)

Pushing force/Positioning operation is possible by switching signals.
8
LECA6/LECP1/LECPA Series
Function
Step data input type Programless type Pulse input type
Item
LECA6 LECP1 LECPA
Step data and • Input from controller setting software (PC) • Selected using controller operation • Input from controller setting software (PC)
parameter setting • Input from teaching box buttons • Input from teaching box
• Numerical value input from controller • Direct teaching • No “Position” setting required
setting software (PC) or teaching box • JOG teaching Position and speed set by pulse signal
Step data “position”
setting • Input numerical value
• Direct teaching
• JOG teaching
Number of step data 64 points 14 points —
∗ ∗
Operation command (I/O signal) Step No. [IN ] input ⇒ [DRIVE] input Step No. [IN ] input only Pulse signal
Completion signal [INP] output [OUT∗] output [INP] output
Setting Items
TB: Teaching box PC: Controller setting software
Easy Normal
Mode Mode Programless type Pulse input type
Item Contents
LECP1∗1 LECPA
TB PC TB/PC
Movement MOD Selection of “absolute position” and “relative position” Fixed value (ABS)
Speed Transfer speed Select from 16 levels
[Position]: Target position Direct teaching No setting required
Position
[Pushing]: Pushing start position JOG teaching
Acceleration/Deceleration Acceleration/deceleration during movement Select from 16 levels
Step data Pushing force Rate of force during pushing operation Select from 3 levels (weak, medium, and strong) Set in units of 1 %
setting
(Excerpt) Trigger LV Target force during pushing operation No setting required (same value as pushing force) Set in units of 1 %
Pushing speed Speed during pushing operation Set in units of 1 mm/s
Moving force Force during positioning operation Set to (Different values for each actuator) %
Area output Conditions for area output signal to turn ON Set in units of 0.01 mm
[Position]: Width to the target position No setting required Set to (Different values for each
In position
[Pushing]: How much it moves during pushing actuator) or more (Units: 0.01 mm)
Stroke (+) + side position limit ҂ ҂ Set in units of 0.01 mm

Stroke (−) − side position limit ҂ ҂ Set in units of 0.01 mm
Parameter
setting ORIG direction Direction of the return to origin can be set. ҂ ҂ Compatible Compatible
(Excerpt)
ORIG speed Speed during return to origin ҂ ҂ Set in units of 1 mm/s
No setting required
ORIG ACC Acceleration during return to origin ҂ ҂ Set in units of 1 mm/s2
Hold down the MANUAL button Continuous operation at the set
JOG ( ) for uniform sending (speed speed can be tested while the
is a specified value). switch is being pressed.
Press the MANUAL button ( ) Operation at the set distance and
MOVE ҂ once for sizing operation (speed and speed from the current position
sizing amount are specified values). can be tested.
Test
Return to ORIG Compatible Compatible
Operation of the specified

Test drive (Continuous Compatible Not compatible
step data
operation)
Forced output ON/OFF of the output terminal can be tested. ҂ ҂ Compatible
Current position, speed,
DRV mon force, and the specified step Compatible
data can be monitored. Not compatible
Monitor
Current ON/OFF status of the
In/Out mon input and output terminal ҂ ҂ Compatible
can be monitored.
Status Alarm currently being generated can be confirmed. Compatible (display alarm group) Compatible
ALM
ALM Log record Alarms generated in the past can be confirmed. ҂ ҂ Compatible
Step data and parameters
File Save/Load can be saved, forwarded, ҂ ҂ Not compatible Compatible
and deleted.
Other Language Can be changed to Japanese or English Compatible
: Can be set from TB Ver. 2.∗∗ (The version information is displayed on the initial screen.)
∗1 The LECP1 programless type cannot be used with the teaching box and controller setting kit.
9
Fieldbus Network
EtherCAT®/EtherNet/IP™/PROFINET/
DeviceNet™/IO-Link Direct Input Type
Step Motor Controller/JXC Series p. 224
Two types of operation command Transition wiring of communication cables

Step no. defined operation: Operate using the preset Two communication ports are provided.
step data in the controller. ∗ For the DeviceNet™ type, transition wiring is possible using a branch connector.
Numerical data defined operation: The actuator operates ∗ 1 to 1 in the case of IO-Link
using values such as position and speed from the PLC. PLC
Numerical monitoring available

Numerical information, such as the current speed, current
position, and alarm codes, can be monitored on the PLC.
Application Communication protocols
PLC
Both air and electric systems
y can be established Can be additionallyy installed in
under the same protocol. an existing network
Electric Actuators Air Cylinders IO-Link Communication
EX260 IO-Link
Master
10
Multi-Axis Step Motor Controller
Speed tuning control∗1 Positioning/pushing operation

(3 Axes: JXC92 4 Axes: JXC73/83/93) Step data input
Linear/circular interpolation (Max. 2048 points)
Linear interpolation Circular interpolation Space saving, reduced wiring
50 50
Target position
Absolute/relative position
40 40
coordinate instructions
Axis 2
Axis 2
Target position
30 30
Center
20 20
∗1 This controls the speed of the following axis when the speed
10 10 of the primary axis drops due to the effects of an external
Current position Current position force and when a speed difference with the following axis
Origin 0 Origin 0
10 20 30 40 50 10 20 30 40 50 occurs. This control is not for synchronizing the position of the
Axis 1 Axis 1 primary axis and following axis.
For 3 Axes JXC92 Series For 4 Axes JXC73/83/93 Series

Type Parallel I/O/
Width: Approx. 38 % reduction Type
Width: Approx. 18 %
reduction
≈ 78 47 mm shorter
JXC92 JXC73/83
≈ 140 30 mm shorter
125
170
∗ For LE, size 25 or larger
11
For 3 Axes 3-axis operation can be set collectively in one step.
Movement Speed Position Acceleration Deceleration Pushing Trigger Pushing Moving Area 1 Area 2 In position
Step Axis Comments
mode mm/s mm mm/s2 mm/s2 force LV speed force mm mm mm
Axis 1 ABS 500 100.00 3000 3000 0 85.0 50 100.0 10.0 30.0 0.5
0 Axis 2 ABS 500 100.00 3000 3000 0 85.0 50 100.0 10.0 30.0 0.5
Axis 3 ABS 500 100.00 3000 3000 0 85.0 50 100.0 10.0 30.0 0.5
Axis 1 INC 500 200.00 3000 3000 0 85.0 50 100.0 0 0 0.5
1 Axis 2 INC 500 200.00 3000 3000 0 85.0 50 100.0 0 0 0.5
Axis 3 INC 500 200.00 3000 3000 0 85.0 50 100.0 0 0 0.5
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
Axis 1 SYN-I 500 100.00 3000 3000 0 0 0 100.0 0 0 0.5
2046 Axis 2 SYN-I 0 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 100.0 0 0 0.5
Axis 3 SYN-I 0 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 100.0 0 0 0.5
Axis 1 CIR-R 500 0.00 3000 3000 0 0 0 100.0 0 0 0.5
Axis 2 CIR-R 0 50.00 0 0 0 0 0 100.0 0 0 0.5
2047
Axis 3∗1 0 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 100.0 0 0 0.5
Axis 4∗1 0 25.00 0 0 0 0 0 100.0 0 0 0.5
∗1 When circular interpolation (CIR-R, CIR-L, CIR-3) is selected in the movement mode, input the X and Y coordinates in the
rotation centre position or input the X and Y coordinates in the passing position.
Movement mode Pushing operation Details
Blank ҂ Invalid data (Invalid process)
ABS Moves to the absolute coordinate position based on the origin of the actuator
INC Moves to the relative coordinate position based on the current position
LIN-A ҂ Moves to the absolute coordinate position based on the origin of the actuator by linear interpolation
LIN-I ҂ Moves to the relative coordinate position based on the current position by linear interpolation
With Axis 1 assigned to the X-axis and Axis 2 to the Y-axis, it moves in the clockwise direction by circular interpolation. The target position and
rotation centre position are specified according to the relative coordinates from the current position. The position data is assigned as follows.
Axis 1: Target position X
CIR-R∗2 ҂ Axis 2: Target position Y
Axis 3∗1: Rotation centre position X
Axis 4∗1: Rotation centre position Y
With Axis 1 assigned to the X-axis and Axis 2 to the Y-axis, it moves in the counter-clockwise direction by circular interpolation. The target position
and rotation centre position are specified according to the relative coordinates from the current position. The position data is assigned as follows.
CIR-L∗2 ҂ Axis 2: Target position Y
Axis 3∗1: Rotation centre position X
Axis 4∗1: Rotation centre position Y
SYN-I ҂ Moves to the relative coordinate position based on the current position by speed tuning control∗3
With Axis 1 assigned to the X-axis and Axis 2 to the Y-axis, it moves based on the three specified points by circular interpolation. The target
position and passing position are specified according to the relative coordinates from the current position. The position data is assigned as follows.
CIR-3∗2 ҂ Axis 2: Target position Y
Axis 3∗1: Passing position X
Axis 4∗1: Passing position Y
∗2 Performs a circular operation on a plane using Axis 1 and Axis 2

∗3 This controls the speed of the following axis when the speed of the primary axis drops due to the effects of an external force and when a speed
difference with the following axis occurs. This control is not for synchronizing the position of the primary axis and following axis.
12
For 4 Axes 4-axis operation can be set collectively in one step.
Movement Speed Position Acceleration Deceleration Positioning/ Area 1 Area 2 In position

Step Axis Comments
mode mm/s mm mm/s2 mm/s2 Pushing mm mm mm
Axis 1 ABS 100 200.00 1000 1000 0 6.0 12.0 0.5
Axis 2 ABS 50 100.00 1000 1000 0 6.0 12.0 0.5
0
Axis 3 ABS 50 100.00 1000 1000 0 6.0 12.0 0.5
Axis 4 ABS 50 100.00 1000 1000 0 6.0 12.0 0.5
Axis 1 INC 500 250.00 1000 1000 1 0 0 20.0
Axis 2 INC 500 250.00 1000 1000 1 0 0 20.0
1
Axis 3 INC 500 250.00 1000 1000 1 0 0 20.0
Axis 4 INC 500 250.00 1000 1000 1 0 0 20.0
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
2046 Axis 4 ABS 200 700 500 500 0 0 0 0.5
Axis 1 ABS 500 0.00 3000 3000 0 0 0 0.5
Axis 2 ABS 500 0.00 3000 3000 0 0 0 0.5
2047
Axis 3 ABS 500 0.00 3000 3000 0 0 0 0.5
Axis 4 ABS 500 0.00 3000 3000 0 0 0 0.5
Movement mode Pushing operation Details

Blank ҂ Invalid data (Invalid process)
ABS Moves to the absolute coordinate position based on the origin of the actuator
INC Moves to the relative coordinate position based on the current position
LIN-A ҂ Moves to the absolute coordinate position based on the origin of the actuator by linear interpolation
LIN-I ҂ Moves to the relative coordinate position based on the current position by linear interpolation
With Axis 1 assigned to the X-axis and Axis 2 to the Y-axis, it moves in the clockwise direction by circular interpolation. The target position and
rotation centre position are specified according to the relative coordinates from the current position. The position data is assigned as follows.
CIR-R∗1 ҂
Axis 2: Target position Y
Axis 3: Rotation centre position X
Axis 4: Rotation centre position Y
With Axis 1 assigned to the X-axis and Axis 2 to the Y-axis, it moves in the counter-clockwise direction by circular interpolation. The target position
and rotation centre position are specified according to the relative coordinates from the current position. The position data is assigned as follows.
CIR-L∗1 ҂
Axis 2: Target position Y
Axis 3: Rotation centre position X
Axis 4: Rotation centre position Y
SYN-I ҂ Moves to the relative coordinate position based on the current position by speed tuning control∗2
∗1 Performs a circular operation on a plane using Axis 1 and Axis 2
∗2 This controls the speed of the following axis when the speed of the primary axis drops due to the effects of an external force and when a speed
difference with the following axis occurs. This control is not for synchronizing the position of the primary axis and following axis.
Controller Setting Software (Connection with a PC) For 3 Axes

JXC92
For 4 Axes
JXC73/83/93
Easy file management
Load The step data is loaded from the file. Step data window
Save The step data is saved in a file.
Upload The step data is loaded from the controller.
Download The step data is written in the controller.
Abundant edit functions

Copy The selected step data is copied to the clipboard.
Delete The selected step data is deleted.
Cut The selected step data is cut.
Paste (Insert) The step data copied to the clipboard is inserted into the cursor’s position.
Paste (Overwrite) The step data copied to the clipboard overwrites the data at the cursor position.
Insert A blank line is inserted in the selected step data line.
Operation confirmation of entered step data

Enter the step number to be executed.
Executes the specified step number.
Stop Displays whether the step number is being executed or stopped.
All axes return to origin Performs a return to origin of all the valid axes.
13
LEY Series
System Construction/General Purpose I/O

Provided by the customer
Electric actuator/
Rod type
PLC
Power supply for I/O signal

24 VDC∗1
I/O cable p. 199, 213

Controller type Part no.
LECA6 LEC-CN5-
LECP1 (Programless) LEC-CK4-
Controller∗2
To CN5
Programless type
LECP1 Touch Operator Interface/Human-Machine
p. 207 Interface (Provided by the customer)
∗ The teaching box, controller setting kit, and To CN4 GP4501T/GP3500T
To CN3
Touch Operator Interface/Human-Machine Schneider Electric Japan Holdings Ltd.
Interface cannot be connected.
Cockpit parts can be
downloaded for free
via the Pro-face web-
To CN2 site.
By using the cockpit
To CN1 parts, adjustments
Provided by the customer can be made from
Power supply for controller Step data input type the Touch Operator
24 VDC∗1 LECA6 Interface.
p. 191
∗1 When compliance with UL is Power supply plug (Accessory) GOT2000 Series
required, the electric actuator and <Applicable cable size> Mitsubishi Electric Corporation
controller should be used with a AWG20 (0.5 mm2)
Sample screens for
UL1310 Class 2 power supply. G r a p h i c O p e r a t i o n Te r m i n a l
monitoring and chang-
Actuator cable∗2
ing the current value
p. 197, 212
and set value of the
Controller type Standard cable Robotic cable electric actuator can
LECA6 (Step data input type) — LE-CA- be downloaded for
free via the Mitsubishi
LECP1 (Programless type) LE-CP--S LE-CP- Electric website.
∗2 Can be included as an option. Refer to the

“How to Order” page of the actuator.
Options
Teaching box p. 201 Communication cable for controller setting p. 200

(With 3 m cable) Communication cable: LEC-W2A-C
LEC-T1-3JG USB cable: LEC-W2-U
USB driver
∗ Download from SMC’s Communication cable
website: (3 m)
or https://www.smc.eu
USB cable
PC
∗ Cannot be used with the programless type (LECP1)
14
Electric Actuator
System Construction/Fieldbus Network
Gateway (GW) unit p. 203 Options

PLC
(Provided by the customer) Applicable Fieldbus protocols Communication cable p. 200
CC-Link Ver. 2.0 for controller setting
Power supply for DeviceNet™ Communication cable: LEC-W2A-C
gateway unit PROFIBUS DP
USB cable: LEC-W2-U
24 VDC∗1 EtherNet/IP™
USB driver
Fieldbus Power supply ∗ Download from SMC’s
Power connector website:
network To CN4
https://www.smc.eu
supply (Accessory)
Communication
connector To CN3
Communication
(Accessory)∗2 cable
Communication cable p. 203
∗2 CC-Link Ver. 2.0
LEC-CG1- DeviceNet™ To CN2 USB cable PC
(Provided by the customer)
To CN1 or
Teaching box p. 200

Cable between branches p. 203 (With 3 m cable)
LEC-CG2- LEC-T1-3JG
Terminating resistor
Branch connector p. 203
connector 120 Ω
LEC-CGD
LEC-CGR
Communication cable p. 203

LEC-CG1-
Controller p. 191 Controller p. 191
Applicable Fieldbus Max. number of

protocols connectable controllers
CC-Link Ver. 2.0 12
Power supply
To CN4 DeviceNet™ 8
connector
(Accessory) PROFIBUS DP 5
Power supply EtherNet/IP™ 12
connector
(Accessory) To CN1 To CN1 Compatible Controllers
Controller input Controller input Servo motor controller
LECA6 Series
power supply∗1 power supply∗1 (24 VDC)
∗1 Connect the 0 V terminals for both the
controller input power supply and the gateway
unit power supply.
When compliance with UL is required, the
electric actuator and controller should be used
with a UL1310 Class 2 power supply.
Electric actuator/
Rod type
15
Electric Actuator
System Construction/Pulse Signal

Electric actuator/
Rod type
PLC
Current limiting resistor p. 220
LEC-PA-R-
∗ The current limiting re- Power supply for I/O signal
sistor is used when the
24 VDC∗1
pulse signal output of the
positioning unit is open
collector output. For de- ∗1 When compliance with UL is
tails, refer to page 215. required, the electric actuator and
driver should be used with a
UL1310 Class 2 power supply.
Driver∗2 I/O cable p. 220

Driver type Part no.
LECPA LEC-CL5-
To CN5
To CN4
To CN3
To CN2
To CN1
Provided by the customer Pulse input type
Power supply for driver LECPA
24 VDC∗1 Power supply plug (Accessory)
p. 214
∗1 When compliance with UL is re- <Applicable cable size>

quired, the electric actuator and AWG20 (0.5 mm2)
driver should be used with a
UL1310 Class 2 power supply.
Actuator cable∗2 p. 219

Driver type Standard cable Robotic cable
LECPA (Pulse input type) LE-CP--S LE-CP-
∗2 Can be included as an option. Refer to the

“How to Order” page of the actuator.
Options
Teaching box p. 222 Communication cable for controller setting p. 221

(With 3 m cable) Communication cable: LEC-W2A-C
LEC-T1-3JG USB cable: LEC-W2-U

USB driver Communication cable
∗ Download from SMC’s
website:
or https://www.smcworld.com
USB cable
PC
16
LEY Series
System Construction/Fieldbus Network

®
(EtherCAT /EtherNet/IP™/PROFINET/DeviceNet™/IO-Link Direct Input Type)
Electric actuator
Actuator cable
Standard cable Robotic cable
LE-CP--S LE-CP-
Provided by Provided by Provided by Provided by Provided by the

the customer the customer the customer the customer customer
PLC PLC PLC PLC IO-Link master
Communication plug Communication plug

connector for connector for
DeviceNet™ p. 229 IO-Link p. 229
Straight type JXC-CD-S Straight type JXC-CL-S
T-branch type JXC-CD-T (Accessory)
To SI
To ENC
To SI
To MOT
Provided by the Communication cable

To PWR customer
p. 229 (3 m)
Power supply
for controller
Power supply plug p. 229 24 VDC
(Accessory)
Options
Teaching box p. 231 Controller setting kit p. 229 Conversion cable∗1 p. 229
(With 3 m cable) Controller setting kit P5062-5
LEC-T1-3G (0.3 m)
(A communication cable, USB cable, and
controller setting software (CD-ROM) are included.) The conversion cable can be used
for connecting this controller to the
JXC-W2
optional teaching box [LEC-T1]
or offered with the LEC series.
USB cable
(A-mini B type)
PC (0.8 m)
Conversion cable
p. 229
∗1 A conversion cable is also required for connecting the controller to the LEC-W2. (A conversion cable is not required for the JXC-W2.)
17
Electric Actuator
TM
System Construction/EtherNet/IP Type (JXC92)
Provided by the customer Provided by the customer
The connected actuators should be ordered separately.
PLC
Electric actuator

Ethernet cable
(With shield, Category 5 or higher)
Controller/JXC92
To P1 or P2
To ENC
Actuator cable p. 244
Robotic cable Standard cable
LE-CP-- LE-CP---S
To MOT
To USB To CI
Control power
supply connector p. 239
(Accessory)
<Applicable cable size>
AWG20 (0.5 mm2) Provided by
the customer
To M PWR
Control power supply/
Motor power supply
24 VDC
Motor power supply connector p. 239
(Accessory)
AWG16 (1.25 mm2)
Controller setting kit p. 243

(Controller setting software and USB cable are included.)
USB cable p. 243
(Option)
(Option) JXC-MA1
JXC-MA1-2
Cable length: 3 m
Controller setting software p. 243

(Option)
JXC-MA1-1
PC
18
LEY Series
System Construction/Parallel I/O (JXC73/83)

PLC
Electric actuator
Power supply for
I/O signal
24 VDC
I/O cable p. 242
(Option)
Part no.
JXC-C2-
Controller/JXC73/83
To I/O
To ENC
Robotic cable Standard cable
LE-CP- LE-CP--S
To USB
To MOT
To C PWR To CI
Motor control power p. 239
Cable with main control supply connector

(Accessory)
power supply connector p. 242
Cable length: 1.5 m (Accessory)
AWG20 (0.5 mm2)
Part no.
JXC-C1 Provided by the
customer
To M PWR
Motor control power supply/
Provided by
the customer
Motor power supply
24 VDC
Main control
power supply Motor power supply connector p. 239
24 VDC (Accessory)
AWG16 (1.25 mm2)

(Controller setting software and
USB cable are included.)
USB cable p. 243
(Option)
(Option) JXC-W1
JXC-W1-2
Cable length: 3 m

(Option)
JXC-W1-1
PC
19
Electric Actuator
TM
System Construction/EtherNet/IP Type (JXC93)
PLC
Electric actuator

Ethernet cable
(Category 5 or higher)
Controller/JXC93
To ENC
To USB Robotic cable Standard cable
LE-CP- LE-CP--S
To P1 or P2 To MOT
To C PWR To CI
Motor control power p. 239
Cable with main control supply connector

(Accessory)
power supply connector p. 242
AWG20 (0.5 mm2)
Part no.
JXC-C1 Provided by the
customer
To M PWR
Motor control power supply/
Provided by the
customer Motor power supply
24 VDC
Main control
power supply Motor power supply connector p. 239
24 VDC (Accessory)
AWG16 (1.25 mm2)

(Controller setting software and
USB cable are included.)
USB cable p. 243
(Option)
(Option) JXC-W1
JXC-W1-2
Cable length: 3 m

(Option)
JXC-W1-1
PC
20
LEY Series
AC Servo Motor Driver

LECS/LECSS-T/LECY Series List
Application/ Compatible
Compatible motor Control method
Function option
Series
∗1 Network ∗2 Setup
100 W 200 W 400 W Positioning Pulse Synchronous
direct input software
Incremental Type
Up to
7 points LEC-MRC2
LECSA
(Pulse input type/
Positioning type)
LEC-MRC2
LECSB
(Pulse input type)
Up to CC-Link
255 points Ver. 1.10 LEC-MRC2
LECSC
(CC-Link direct input type)
ype)
SSCNET3 LEC-MRC2
∗2
LECSS
Absolute Type
(SSCNET 3 type)
Compatible with Mitsubishi Electric’s
servo system controller network
SSCNET3/H LEC-MRC2
∗2
LECSS-T
(SSCNET 3/H type)
Compatible with Mitsubishi Electric’ss
servo system controller network
-@
MECHATRO
LINK-2 SigmaWin+™
∗3
LECYM
-#
MECHATRO
LINK-3 SigmaWin+™
∗3
LECYU
∗1 For positioning types, the settings need to be changed in order to use the max. set values. Setup software (MR Configurator2™) LEC-MRC2 is required.
∗2 Available when a Mitsubishi motion controller is used as the master
∗3 Available when a motion controller is used as the master
∗ For customer-provided PLC and motion controller setting and usage instructions, confirm with the retailer or manufacturer.
21
Electric Actuator
LECS /LECSS-T/LECY Series
Gain adjustment using auto tuning
Auto-tuning function
Speed
Speed
Settling
• Controls the difference between time Settling
the command value and the actual time
action
Time Time
Vibration suppression control function
• Automatically suppresses
low-frequency machine vibrations
(1 to 100 Hz)
22
LEY Series
With display setting function
One-touch Display
adjustment button
Display the monitor,
One-touch servo adjustment parameters, and alarm.
Display
Settings
Display the monitor,
parameters, and alarm. Set the parameters,
monitor display, etc.,
Settings with push buttons.
Set the parameters,
monitor display, etc.,
with push buttons.
LECSA (With the front cover opened)
LECSB
Display Display
Display the communication Display the communication
status with the driver, status with the driver
the alarm, and the point and the alarm.
table no.
Settings
Settings
Switches for selecting
Control the Baud rate, the axis and switching
station number, and the (With the front cover opened) to the test operation (With the front cover opened)
occupied station count. LECSC LECSS
Display
Display the communication
status with the driver and
the alarm.
Settings
Switches for axis setting,
control axis deactivation,
switching to the test
LECSS2-T
operation, etc.
Settings Settings
Switches for station Switches for station
address, communication address, number of
speed, number of transmission bytes, etc.
transmission bytes, etc.
Display Display
Display the driver status Display the driver status
and alarm. and alarm.
LECYM LECYU
23
Electric Actuator
System Construction
Incremental encoder compatible LECSA Series Provided by the customer
Option
(Pulse input type/Positioning type) Control circuit
Main circuit p. 256 power supply
Setup software p. 267
Provided by the customer power supply 24 VDC
Driver (MR Configurator2™)
connector
Power supply (Accessory) Part no.: LEC-MRC2
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz)
200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Option p. 266 Control p. 256

Regeneration option circuit power
supply connector PC
Part no.: LEC-MR-RB-
(Accessory)
Motor cable p. 264

USB cable p. 268
Standard cable Robotic cable Part no.: LEC-MR-J3USB
LE-CSM-S LE-CSM-R
Lock cable p. 264

LE-CSB-S LE-CSB-R
Provided by the customer Electric actuator Option p. 264
I/O connector
Power supply Rod type
LEY Series Part no.: LE-CSNA
for lock
24 VDC or
I/O cable p. 265
Guide rod type Provided by
Part no.: LEC-CSNA-1
LEYG Series the customer
PLC (Positioning unit)
Power supply
Encoder cable p. 264 for I/O signal
Standard cable Robotic cable 24 VDC
LE-CSE-S LE-CSE-R
Absolute encoder compatible LECSB Series USB cable p. 268 Option

(Pulse input type) Driver Part no.: LEC-MR-J3USB
Provided by the customer Main circuit p. 257
power supply Setup software p. 267
Power supply connector (MR Configurator2™)
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz) (Accessory)
Part no.: LEC-MRC2
200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Analog
Option p. 266 monitor
Regeneration option output
Part no.: LEC-MR-RB- RS-422 PC
communication
Motor cable p. 264
LE-CSM-S LE-CSM-R
Control
Lock cable p. 264 circuit power supply p. 257
connector
(Accessory)
LE-CSB-S LE-CSB-R
Option p. 264
Provided by the customer I/O connector
Electric actuator
Power supply Rod type Motor p. 257 Part no.: LE-CSNB
for lock LEY Series connector or
24 VDC (Accessory) I/O cable p. 265
Part no.: LEC-CSNB-1 Provided by
Guide rod type
PLC (Positioning unit)
Power supply
Encoder cable p. 264 p. 268
for I/O signal
Standard cable Robotic cable Battery (Accessory) 24 VDC
LE-CSE-S LE-CSE-R Part no.: (LEC-MR-J3BAT)
24
LEY Series
System Construction
Absolute encoder compatible LECSC Series Driver
(CC-Link direct input type)
Provided by the customer Main circuit p. 257 USB cable p. 262 Option
power supply Part no.: LEC-MR-J3USB
Power supply connector
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz) (Accessory) Setup software p. 261
200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz) (MR Configurator2™)
Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz) Part no.: LEC-MRC2
Option p. 266 RS-422

Regeneration option communication
Part no.: LEC-MR-RB-
PC
Motor cable p. 264
Standard cable Robotic cable CC-Link connector∗1
LE-CSM-S LE-CSM-R
Control circuit p. 257 (Accessory)
power supply connector
Lock cable p. 264 (Accessory)
LE-CSB-S LE-CSB-R
Option p. 264
Provided by I/O connector
Electric actuator Motor p. 257
the customer Part no.: LE-CSNA
Rod type connector
Power supply LEY Series (Accessory) or
for lock I/O cable p. 265
24 VDC Part no.: LEC-CSNA-1
Guide rod type Provided by
p. 268
Battery (Accessory) PLC (CC-Link master unit)
Part no.: (LEC-MR-J3BAT)
Power supply
for I/O signal
Encoder cable p. 264 24 VDC
LE-CSE-S LE-CSE-R ∗1 Product number: K05A50230600 manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric System & Service Co., Ltd.
25
Electric Actuator
System Construction
Absolute encoder compatible LECSS Series Option
(SSCNET # type) Setup software p. 267
(MR Configurator2TM)
Driver
Provided by the customer p. 257 Part no.: LEC-MRC2
USB cable p. 268
Main circuit Part no.: LEC-MR-J3USB
Power supply power supply
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz) connector
200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz) (Accessory)
PC
Option p. 266
Regeneration option
Part no.: LEC-MR-RB- Option
I/O connector p. 264
Part no.: LE-CSNS
Motor cable p. 264
or
p. 257 I/O cable p. 265
LE-CSM-S LE-CSM-R Part no.: LEC-CSNS-1
Control circuit power
Lock cable p. 264
supply connector
Standard cable Robotic cable (Accessory)
CN1A
LE-CSB-S LE-CSB-R
Provided by the customer CN1B

Electric actuator Motor p. 257 CN1A
Power supply Rod type connector
for lock LEY Series (Accessory) Option p. 265
24 VDC SSCNET # Provided
optical cable by the
Guide rod type
Part no.: LE-CSS- customer
LEYG Series
p. 268
PLC (Positioning unit/
Motion controller)
Encoder cable p. 264 Battery (Accessory)
Standard cable Robotic cable Part no.: (LEC-MR-J3BAT) Power supply for I/O signal
LE-CSE-S LE-CSE-R 24 VDC
Absolute encoder compatible LECSS-T Series Option

(MR Configurator2TM)
USB cable p. 268 Part no.: LEC-MRC2
Provided by the customer Part no.: LEC-MR-J3USB
Driver
p. 258
Power supply
Main circuit
Single phase 200 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz) power supply PC
Three phase 200 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz) connector
(Accessory) CN3
Option p. 266 Option

Regeneration option I/O connector p. 264
Part no.: LEC-MR-RB- Part no.: LE-CSNS
or
I/O cable p. 265
Motor cable p. 264 Part no.: LEC-CSNS-1
LE-CSM-S LE-CSM-R Option
STO cable (3 m) p. 268
Lock cable p. 264 Control circuit p. 258 Part no.: LEC-MR-D05UDL3M
(Accessory)
LE-CSB-S LE-CSB-R
CN1A
Power supply Option p. 265
for lock Motor p. 258 SSCNET #
connector optical cable
24 VDC (Accessory) Part no.: LE-CSS-
Encoder cable p. 264 CN1B

Standard cable Robotic cable Battery (Accessory) p. 268 CN1A
LE-CSE-S LE-CSE-R Part no.: (LEC-MR-BAT6V1SET)
Electric actuator
Rod type Guide rod type
yp
LEY Series LEYG G Series Provided by the customer
PLC (Positioning unit/Motion controller)
Power supply
for I/O signal
24 VDC
∗ The LECSS2-T cannot be used with the LEC-MR-SETUP221.
26
LEY Series
System Construction
Absolute encoder compatible LECYM Series
Driver
-@ type
Provided by the customer Main circuit power

supply connector 2nd driver Provided by
Power supply (Accessory) p. 274 the customer
Single phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz) PLC (Positioning unit/Motion controller)
Provided by the customer L1
Power supply
External L2
for I/O signal
regenerative resistor p. 274 L3 24 VDC
∗ If an external regenerative resistor is required, L1C
it should be provided by the customer. L2C
For external regenerative resistor selection, B1/ +

refer to the compatible actuator catalog.
B2
B3
Motor cable p. 277

− 1
Option
LE-CYM-SA- LE-CYM-RA-
− 2
USB cable p. 280
Part no.: LEC-JZ-CVUSB
Motor cable for lock option
U
p. 277
V
Option
LE-CYB-SA- LE-CYB-RA- W
(SigmaWin+TM)
I/O p. 278
Provided by the customer Motor Please download it via our website.
Electric actuator connector
connector
Power supply Rod type (Accessory) Part no.: LE-CYNA
for lock LEY Series or
24 VDC p. 274
I/O cable p. 278
Guide rod type
LEYG Series Part no.: LEC-CSNA-1
PC
∗ Order the USB cable (Part no.:
Encoder cable p. 277 Cable for safety function device (3 m) p. 280
LEC-JZ-CVUSB) separately to
Standard cable Robotic cable Part no.: LEC-JZ-CVSAF use this software.
LE-CYE-SA LE-CYE-RA
Absolute encoder compatible LECYU Series

-# type Driver
2nd driver Provided by

Provided by the customer Main circuit power
the customer
supply connector
Power supply (Accessory) p. 274
Single phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz) PLC (Positioning unit/Motion controller)
Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz) Power supply
Provided by the customer L1 for I/O signal
External L2 24 VDC
regenerative resistor p. 274 L3
∗ If an external regenerative resistor is required, L1C
it should be provided by the customer. L2C
For external regenerative resistor selection, B1/ +

refer to the compatible actuator catalog.
B2
Option
B3
Motor cable p. 277

− 1
USB cable p. 280
− 2 Part no.: LEC-JZ-CVUSB
LE-CYM-SA- LE-CYM-RA-
Motor cable for lock option p. 277 U
Standard cable Robotic cable V Option
(SigmaWin+TM)
LE-CYB-SA- LE-CYB-RA- W I/O p. 278 Please download it via our website.
connector
Provided by the customer Motor Part no.: LE-CYNA
Electric actuator connector
Power supply Rod type
or
for lock (Accessory)
LEY Series I/O cable p. 278
24 VDC p. 274
Part no.: LEC-CSNA-1
Guide rod type
LEYG Series PC
∗ Order the USB cable (Part no.:
LEC-JZ-CVUSB) separately to
Encoder cable p. 277 use this software.
Standard cable Robotic cable Cable for safety function device (3 m) p. 280
LE-CYE-SA LE-CYE-RA Part no.: LEC-JZ-CVSAF
27
Electric Actuator
SMC Electric Actuator

Slider Type Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) AC Servo Motor
Ball screw drive Belt drive Ball screw drive Belt drive
LEFS Series LEFB Series LEFS Series LEFB Series
Clean room compatible Clean room compatible
LEFS Series LEFB Series LEFS Series LEFB Series

Max. work Stroke Max. work Stroke Max. work Stroke Max. work Stroke
Size Size Size Size
load [kg] [mm] load [kg] [mm] load [kg] [mm] load [kg] [mm]
16 15 Up to 500 16 1 Up to 1000 25 20 Up to 800 25 5 Up to 2000
40 65 Up to 1200
High Rigidity Slider Type AC Servo Motor Guide Rod Slider Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)
Ball screw drive Belt drive Belt drive
LEJS Series LEJB Series LEL Series
LEL25M Series LEL25L Series

LEJS Series LEJB Series Sliding bearing Ball bushing bearing
Size Size Size Size
40 55 200 to 1200 40 20 200 to 2000 25 3 Up to 1000 25 5 Up to 1000
63 85 300 to 1500 63 30 300 to 3000
Low Profile Slider Type Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)

Basic type Cam follower guide type Linear guide single axis type Linear guide double axis type
LEMB Series LEMC Series LEMH Series LEMHT Series
LEMB Series LEMC Series LEMH Series LEMHT Series

Size Size Size Size
28
Rod Type Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) p. 34, 104
Basic type In-line motor type Guide rod type Guide rod type
LEY Series LEYD Series LEYG Series /In-line motor type
Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof LEYGD Series
LEY Series LEYG Series

Pushing force Stroke Pushing force Stroke
Size Size
[N] [mm] [N] [mm]
16 141 Up to 300 16 141 Up to 200
25 452 Up to 400 25 452 Up to 300
32 707 Up to 500 32 707 Up to 300
40 1058 Up to 500 40 1058 Up to 300
AC Servo Motor p. 34, 104

Basic type In-line motor type Guide rod type Guide rod type
LEY Series LEYD Series LEYG Series /In-line motor type
Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof
LEYGD Series
LEY Series LEY Series LEYG Series LEYG Series

Pushing force Stroke Pushing force Stroke Pushing force Stroke Pushing force Stroke
Size Size Size Size
[N] [mm] [N] [mm] [N] [mm] [N] [mm]
25 485 Up to 400 25 485 Up to 400 25 485 25 485
Up to 300 Up to 300
32 588 Up to 500 32 736 Up to 500 32 588 32 736
63 3343 Up to 800 63 1910 Up to 800
Slide Table Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC)
LES Series LESH Series
Basic type/R type Symmetrical type/L type Basic type/R type Symmetrical type/L type
LESR Series LESL Series LESHR Series LESHL Series
Max. work Stroke In-line motor type/D type Max. work Stroke In-line motor type/D type
Size LESD Series Size LESHD Series
load [kg] [mm] load [kg] [mm]
8 1 30, 50, 75 8 2 50, 75
30, 50 16 6 50, 100
16 3
75, 100 50, 100
25 9
30, 50, 75 150
25 5
100, 125, 150
Miniature Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Rotary Table Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)
Rod type Slide table type Basic type High-precision type
LEPY Series LEPS Series LER Series LERH Series
LER Series
LEPY Series LEPS Series Rotating torque [N·m] Max. speed [°/s]
Size
Max. work Stroke Max. work Stroke Basic High torque Basic High torque
Size Size
load [kg] [mm] load [kg] [mm] 10 0.2 0.3
6 1 6 1 25 30 0.8 1.2 420 280
25, 50, 75
10 2 10 2 50 50 6.6 10
29
Gripper Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)
2-finger type 2-finger type 2-finger type 3-finger type
LEHZ Series With dust cover Long stroke LEHS Series
LEHZJ Series LEHF Series
LEHZ Series LEHZJ Series LEHF Series LEHS Series

Max. gripping force [N] Stroke/both Max. gripping force [N] Stroke/both Max. gripping Stroke/both Max. gripping force [N] Stroke/
Size Size Size Size
Basic Compact sides [mm] Basic Compact sides [mm] force [N] sides [mm] Basic Compact diameter [mm]
10 6 4 10 6 4 10 7 16 (32) 10 5.5 3.5 4
14 14
16 8 6 16 8 6 20 28 24 (48) 20 22 17 6
20 10 20 10 32 120 32 (64) 32 90 — 8
40 28 40 28
25 14 25 14 40 180 40 (80) 40 130 — 12
32 130 — 22 ∗ ( ): Long stroke
40 210 — 30
Controller/Driver p. 190
Single Axis Controller

Step data input type Gateway unit Programless type Pulse input type
Servo motor LEC-G Series Step motor Step motor
(24 VDC) (Servo/24 VDC) (Servo/24 VDC)
LECA6 Series LECP1 Series LECPA Series
EtherCAT®/EtherNet/IP™/PROFINET/DeviceNet™/IO-Link direct input type

JXC Series
Multi-Axis Controller
EtherNet/IP™ direct input type Parallel I/O/EtherNet/IP™ direct input type
For 3 axes JXC92 Series For 4 axes JXC73 Series JXC93 Series
JXC83 Series
Driver p. 246

Pulse input type CC-Link SSCNET # type SSCNET #/H type MECHATROLINK-@ type MECHATROLINK-# type
LECSA Series direct input type LECSS Series LECSS-T Series LECYM Series LECYU Series
LECSB Series LECSC Series -@ -#
Absolute encoder (LECSB)
Built-in positioning function (LECSA)
LECSA Series LECSB Series

30
INDEX
Electric Actuator/Rod Type LEY Series
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC)
Rod Type LEY Series
Model Selection …………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 35
How to Order ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 55
Specifications ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 59
Construction ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 61
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 63
Accessory Mounting Brackets ……………………………………………………………………………… p. 97
AC Servo Motor
LECS Series
Rod Type LEY Series Size 25, 32

How to Order ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 69
Construction ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 73
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 74
Rod Type LEY Series Size 63 Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof (IP65 Equivalent) ∗ Option

How to Order ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 79
Construction ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 81
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 82
LECY Series
Rod Type LEY Series
How to Order ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 87
Construction ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 91
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 92
Auto Switch ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 101
Electric Actuator/Guide Rod Type LEYG Series

Guide Rod Type LEYG Series
How to Order ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 121
Construction ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 127
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 129
Support Block ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 133
AC Servo Motor
LECS Series
How to Order ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 135
Construction ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 138
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 139
Support Block ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 141
LECY Series
How to Order ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 143
Construction ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 146
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 147
Support Block ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 149
31
Environment
Rod Type LEY-X5 (Made to Order) Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof (IP65 Equivalent)

How to Order ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 155
Construction ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 160
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 161
AC Servo Motor
LECS Series
How to Order ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 163
Construction ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 165
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 166
AC Servo Motor
LECY Series
How to Order ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 169
Dimensions ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 172
Auto Switch ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… p. 176
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) AC Servo Motor
Rod Type 25A-LEY Secondary Battery Compatible ………………………………………………… p. 177
Specific Product Precautions ………………………………………………………………………………… p. 185
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)/ 3-Axis Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Controller
Servo Motor (24 VDC) Controller EtherNet/IP™ Type/JXC92 Series ……………………… p. 233
Step Data Input Type/LECA6 Series …………………… p. 191
Communication Cable for Controller Setting/LEC-W2A … p. 200 4-Axis Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Controller
Teaching Box/LEC-T1 …………………………………… p. 201 Parallel I/O Type/JXC73/83 Series ……………………… p. 235
Gateway Unit/LEC-G Series ………………………………… p. 203 EtherNet/IP™ Type/JXC93 Series ……………………… p. 235
Programless Controller/LECP1 Series ………………… p. 207
Step Motor Driver/LECPA Series ………………………… p. 214
Communication Cable for Controller Setting/LEC-W2A … p. 221
Teaching Box/LEC-T1 …………………………………… p. 222
EtherCAT®/EtherNet/IP™/PROFINET/DeviceNet™/IO-Link
Direct Input Type/JXCE1/91/P1/D1/L1 Series …… p. 224
Controller Setting Kit/JXC-W2 ………………………… p. 229
Teaching Box/LEC-T1 …………………………………… p. 231
LECSA/LECSB/
LECSC/LECSS Series …………………………………… p. 250
LECSS-T Series ……………………………………………… p. 250
LECYM/LECYU Series …………………………………… p. 271
32
33
Selection
Rod Type LEY Series
Model
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)/Servo Motor (24 VDC)

p. 55 p. 69
LEY
Motor top/parallel type Motor top/
parallel type
LEYG
LEY
In-line motor type In-line motor type
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
Environment
LEY-X5
Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof (IP65 Equivalent) Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof (IP65 Equivalent)
Environment
LEY-X5 (Made to order) LEY-X5 (Made to order)
25A-LEY
p. 155 p. 163
Motor top mounting type Motor top mounting type
LECA6
LEC-G
LECP1
Secondary Battery Compatible Secondary Battery Compatible
25A-LEY 25A-LEY
LECPA
p. 177 p. 181
Motor top/parallel type Motor top/parallel type

JXC
LECS
AC Servo Motor

LECY
Specific Product
Step Motor/Servo Motor Controller/Driver p. 200

Precautions
AC Servo Motor Driver p. 246
34
Electric Actuator/Rod Type Secondary Battery Compatible
LEY/25A-LEY Series
Model Selection
LEY Seriessp. 55 25A-LEY Seriessp. 177
Selection Procedure
Positioning Control Selection Procedure
Check the work load–speed.

Step 1 Step 2 Check the cycle time.
(Vertical transfer)
Selection Example
Operating
conditions Workpiece mass: 4 [kg] Speed: 100 [mm/s] W
10
Acceleration/Deceleration: 3000 [mm/s2]
Stroke: 200 [mm] 8
Lead 2.5: LEY16C
Workpiece mounting condition: Vertical upward
Work load [kg]

downward transfer 6
4 Lead 5: LEY16B
Step 1 Check the work load–speed. <Speed–Vertical work load graph>
2 Lead 10: LEY16A
Select the target model based on the workpiece mass and speed with
reference to the <Speed–Vertical work load graph>.
0
Selection example) The LEY16B is temporarily selected based on the 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
graph shown on the right side. Speed [mm/s]
∗ It is necessary to mount a guide outside the actuator when used for horizontal transfer. <Speed–Vertical work load graph>
When selecting the target model, refer to the horizontal work load in the specifications (LEY16/Step motor)
on page 59 and the precautions.
Step 2 Check the cycle time.

Calculate the cycle time using the following calculation method. L
Speed: V [mm/s]
Cycle time T can be found from the following equation.

a1 a2
T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4 [s]
T1: Acceleration time and T3: Deceleration time

can be obtained by the following equation. Time [s]
T1 = V/a1 [s] T3 = V/a2 [s]
T1 T2 T3 T4
T2: Constant speed time can be found from the
following equation. L : Stroke [mm] ⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3) V : Speed [mm/s] ⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
T2 = [s] a1: Acceleration [mm/s2] ⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
V
a2: Deceleration [mm/s2] ⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
T4: Settling time varies depending on the conditions
such as motor types, load and in position of the T1: Acceleration time [s] ⋅⋅⋅ Time until reaching the set speed
step data. Therefore, calculate the settling time T2: Constant speed time [s] ⋅⋅⋅ Time while the actuator is
with reference to the following value. operating at a constant speed
T3: Deceleration time [s] ⋅⋅⋅ Time from the beginning of the
T4 = 0.2 [s]
constant speed operation to stop
Calculation example) T4: Settling time [s] ⋅⋅⋅ Time until positioning is completed
T1 to T4 can be calculated as follows.
T1 = V/a1 = 100/3000 = 0.033 [s], T3 = V/a2 = 100/3000 = 0.033 [s]

L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3) 200 − 0.5 · 100 · (0.033 + 0.033)
T2 = = = 1.97 [s]
V 100
T4 = 0.2 [s]
Therefore, the cycle time can be obtained as follows.

T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4 = 0.033 + 1.967 + 0.033 + 0.2 = 2.233 [s]
Based on the above calculation result, the LEY16B-200 is selected.

35
Model Selection LEY/25A-LEY Series
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) Secondary Battery Compatible
Selection
Model
Selection Procedure

Pushing Control Selection Procedure
LEY
Check the lateral load
Step 1 Check the duty ratio. Step 2 Check the pushing force. Step 3
on the rod end.
∗ The duty ratio is a ratio of the operation time in one cycle.
LEYG
Selection Example
Operating
Mounting condition: Horizontal (pushing) Duty ratio: 20 [%] Jig
conditions
Jig weight: 0.2 [kg] Speed: 100 [mm/s]
Pushing force: 60 [N] Stroke: 200 [mm]
LEY
AC Servo Motor
Step 1 Check the duty ratio. Pushing control
<Conversion table of pushing force–duty ratio>
Select the [Pushing force] from the duty ratio with reference to the
Position
LEYG
<Conversion table of pushing force–duty ratio>.
Selection example)
Based on the table below,
Duty ratio: 20 [%] Time
Therefore, the set value of pushing force will be 70 [%]. A
LEY-X5
<Conversion table of pushing force–duty ratio> B
(LEY16/Step motor)
Environment
Set value of Duty ratio Continuous Duty ratio = A/B x 100 [%]
25A-LEY
pushing force [%] [%] pushing time [minute]
40 or less 100 —
50 70 12
70 20 1.3 160
LECA6
85 15 0.8 140 Lead 2.5: LEY16C
∗ [Set value of pushing force] is one of the step data input to the controller. 120 Lead 5: LEY16B
∗ [Continuous pushing time] is the time that the actuator can continuously keep pushing.

100 Lead 10: LEY16A
Force [N]
LEC-G
Step 2 Check the pushing force. <Force conversion graph> 80
Select the target model based on the set value of pushing force and 60
force with reference to the <Force conversion graph>. 40
LECP1
Selection example) 20
Based on the graph shown on the right side,
0
Set value of pushing force: 70 [%] 0 20 % 40 % 60 % 80 % 100 %
Pushing force: 60 [N] Set value of pushing force [%] ∗1
LECPA
Therefore, the LEY16B is temporarily selected. <Force conversion graph> Max. 85 %
(LEY16/Step motor)
Step 3 Check the lateral load on the rod end. ∗1 Set values for the controller.
JXC
<Graph of allowable lateral load on the rod end>

100
Confirm the allowable lateral load on the rod end of the actuator:
LEY16, which has been selected temporarily with reference to the
LECS
<Graph of allowable lateral load on the rod end>.

AC Servo Motor
Selection example)
Load: F [N]
Based on the graph shown on the right side, LEY32

10
Jig weight: 0.2 [kg] ≈ 2 [N]
LECY
Product stroke: 200 [mm]

LEY25
Therefore, the lateral load on the rod end is in the allowable range.
Specific Product
LEY16
Precautions
1
Based on the above calculation result, the LEY16B-200 is selected. 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Stroke [mm]
36
Refer to page 38 for the LECPA, JXC 32
Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide) and page 39 for the LECA6.
For Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) LECP1, JXC1
Horizontal Vertical
LEY16 for acceleration/deceleration: 2000 mm/s2 LEY16
40 10
35 Lead 2.5: LEY16C
Horizontal work load [kg]
Vertical work load [kg]

8 Lead 2.5: LEY16C
30
25
23 Lead 5: LEY16B
20 5
17 4 Lead 5: LEY16B
15
10 Lead 10: LEY16A
6 2 Lead 10: LEY16A
5
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Speed [mm/s] Speed [mm/s]

80 35
70 Lead 3: LEY25C 30 Lead 3: LEY25C
60
55 Lead 6: LEY25B
50
20
40
16 Lead 6: LEY25B
30 Lead 12: LEY25A
10
20
8
10
Lead 12: LEY25A
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

90 50
40
70
60 Lead 8: LEY32B
30
50
45
40 Lead 16: LEY32A 22 Lead 8: LEY32B
20
30
20 11
10
10 Lead 16: LEY32A
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

100 60
80
70 Lead 8: LEY40B
40
60
50 Lead 16: LEY40A
27 Lead 8: LEY40B
40
20
20 13
Lead 16: LEY40A
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
37
Selection
Model
Refer to page 37 for the LECP1, JXC1 and
Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide) page 39 for the LECA6.
For Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) LECPA, JXC 23

Horizontal Vertical
LEY
40 10
35
Lead 2.5: LEY16C

Lead 2.5: LEY16C 8
30
LEYG
25
20 5
17 Lead 5: LEY16B 4 Lead 5: LEY16B
15
11
10
6 Lead 10: LEY16A 2
5
Lead 10: LEY16A
LEY
4
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
80 35
70 30 Lead 3: LEY25C
60
Lead 3: LEY25C
50
20
LEY-X5
40 Lead 6: LEY25B 16 Lead 6: LEY25B
Environment
30
20
10
8
25A-LEY
18
12 Lead 12: LEY25A
10 Lead 12: LEY25A
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
LECA6

90 50
LEC-G
80 43 Lead 4: LEY32C
40
70
Lead 4: LEY32C
60
LECP1
Lead 8: LEY32B 30
50
40 22 Lead 8: LEY32B
20
30
LECPA
Lead 16: LEY32A 11
20
10
10 Lead 16: LEY32A
0 0
JXC
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
LEY40 LEY40
LECS
100 60
AC Servo Motor
53 Lead 4: LEY40C
80
LECY
Lead 4: LEY40C 40
60
Lead 8: LEY40B
27 Lead 8: LEY40B
Specific Product
40
Precautions
20
30
Lead 16: LEY40A
20 13
Lead 16: LEY40A
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
38
Refer to page 3 7 for the LECP 1 , JXC 1 and page

Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide) 39 for the LECPA, JXC 23 .
For Servo Motor (24 VDC) LECA6
Horizontal Vertical
LEY16A LEY16A
15 15
Lead 2.5: LEY16AC


12 12
9 9 Lead 2.5: LEY16AC

8
Lead 5: LEY16AB
6 6
Lead 5: LEY16AB
Lead 10: LEY16AA 4
3 3 Lead 10: LEY16AA
2
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
LEY25A LEY25A
40 40
Lead 3: LEY25AC
30 30
20 20
Lead 6: LEY25AB
15 Lead 3: LEY25AC
12
10 Lead 12: LEY25AA 10
7 Lead 6: LEY25AB
6 Lead 12: LEY25AA
3
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Graph of Allowable Lateral Load on the Rod End (Guide)

100
[Stroke] = [Product stroke] + [Distance from the rod end to the
centre of gravity of the workpiece]
LEY32/40
Load: F [N]
F
Workpiece
10
LEY25
Center of gravity
LEY16
1
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Stroke [mm]
Rod Displacement: δ [mm]
Stroke
+δ
30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500

Size
16 ±0.4 ±0.5 ±0.9 ±0.8 ±1.1 ±1.3 ±1.5 — — — —
25 ±0.3 ±0.4 ±0.7 ±0.7 ±0.9 ±1.1 ±1.3 ±1.5 ±1.7 — —
–δ
32, 40 ±0.3 ±0.4 ±0.7 ±0.6 ±0.8 ±1.0 ±1.1 ±1.3 ±1.5 ±1.7 ±1.8
Non-rotating Accuracy of Rod

Size Non-rotating accuracy θ ∗ Avoid using the electric actuator in such a way that rotational torque would be
applied to the piston rod.
+θ 16 ±1.1°
This may cause the deformation of the non-rotating guide, abnormal auto switch
−θ 25 ±0.8° responses, play in the internal guide, or an increase in the sliding resistance.
32
±0.7°
40
39
Selection
Model
Force Conversion Graph (Guide)

LEY
LEY16 LEY16A
160 120
140 Lead 2.5: LEY16AC
Lead 2.5: LEY16C 100
120 Lead 5: LEY16B Lead 5: LEY16AB
80
Force [N]
Force [N]
LEYG
100
Lead 10: LEY16A Lead 10:
80 60
LEY16AA
60 40
40 Min.
20
20 Min. 35 % 60 %
0 0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 50 60 70 80 90 100
Set value of pushing force [%]∗1 Max. 85 % Set value of pushing force [%]∗1 Max. 95 %
LEY
Ambient temperature Set value of pushing force [%] Duty ratio [%] Continuous pushing time [minute] Ambient temperature Set value of pushing force [%] Duty ratio [%] Continuous pushing time [minute]
25 °C or less 85 or less 100 — 40 °C or less 95 or less 100 —
AC Servo Motor
40 or less 100 —
40 °C
50 70 12 LEY25A
70 20 1.3 140
85 15 0.8 Lead 3: LEY25AC
LEYG
120
LEY25 Lead 6: LEY25AB
100
Force [N]
500
80
Lead 3: LEY25C Lead 12:
400 60
LEY25AA
Lead 6: LEY25B
40
Force [N]
300 Lead 12: LEY25A
LEY-X5
20 Min. 70 %
Environment
200 0
50 60 70 80 90 100
100 Set value of pushing force [%]∗1 Max. 95 %
25A-LEY
Min. 35 % Max. 65 %
0 Ambient temperature Set value of pushing force [%] Duty ratio [%] Continuous pushing time [minute]
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 40 °C or less 95 or less 100 —
Set value of pushing force [%]∗1
<Limit Values for Pushing Force and Trigger Level in Relation to Pushing Speed>
LECA6
Ambient temperature Set value of pushing force [%] Duty ratio [%] Continuous pushing time [minute]
40 °C or less 65 or less 100 — Without Load
LEY32 Pushing speed Pushing force Pushing speed Pushing force

Model Lead Model Lead
[mm/s] (Setting input value) [mm/s] (Setting input value)
800
LEC-G
LEY16 A/B/C 21 to 50 60 to 85 % LEY16A A/B/C 21 to 50 80 to 95 %
700 Lead 4: LEY32C LEY25 A/B/C 21 to 35 50 to 65 % LEY25A A/B/C 21 to 35 80 to 95 %
600 Lead 8: LEY32B A 24 to 30
LEY32 60 to 85 %
Force [N]
500 Lead 16: LEY32A B/C 21 to 30
LECP1
400 A 24 to 30
LEY40 50 to 65 %
300 B/C 21 to 30
200 There is a limit to the pushing force in relation to the pushing speed. If the product is
100 operated outside of the range (low pushing force), the completion signal [INP] may be
LECPA
Min. 35 %
output before the pushing operation has been completed (during the moving operation).
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 If operating with the pushing speed below the min. speed, please check for operating
Set value of pushing force [%]∗1 Max. 85 % problems before using the product.
<Set Values for Vertical Upward Transfer Pushing Operations>

JXC
25 °C or less 85 or less 100 — For vertical loads (upward), set the pushing force to the max. value shown
65 or less 100 — below and operate at the work load or less.
40 °C
85 50 15
Model LEY16 LEY25 LEY32 LEY40 LEY16A LEY25A
LEY40
LECS
Lead A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C
AC Servo Motor
1100 Work load [kg] 1 1.5 3 2.5 5 10 4.5 9 18 7 14 28 1 1.5 3 1.2 2.5 5
1000 Lead 4: LEY40C Pushing force 85 % 65 % 85 % 65 % 95 % 95 %
900
800 Lead 8: LEY40B
LECY
700 Lead 16: LEY40A

Force [N]
600
500
400
Specific Product
300
Precautions
200
100 Min. 35 % Max. 65 %
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
40 °C or less 65 or less 100 —
∗1 Set values for the controller
40
AC Servo Motor LECS Series
Electric Actuator/Rod Type
LEY/LEY-X5/25A-LEY Series Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof (IP65 Equivalent) Secondary Battery Compatible
Model Selection Size 25, 32, 63
LEY Seriessp. 69, 79 LECY Seriessp. 87

LEY-X5 Seriessp. 163 25A-LEY Seriessp. 181
Selection Procedure

(Vertical transfer)
Selection Example
Operating
Acceleration/Deceleration: 5000 [mm/s2] 40
35
Stroke: 300 [mm] Lead 3: LEY25C
30
Work load [kg]

downward transfer 25
20
Lead 6: LEY25B
15
Step 1 Check the work load–speed. <Speed–Vertical work load graph> 10 Lead 12: LEY25A
5
0
Selection example) The LEY25B is temporarily selected based on the 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
When selecting the target model, refer to the horizontal work load in the specifications (LEY25)
on pages 71, 72, 80, 89, 90, and 164 and the precautions.
The regeneration option may be necessary. Refer to pages 43 and 44 for “Required Conditions for Regeneration Option.”
Step 2 Check the cycle time.

Calculate the cycle time using the following calculation method. L
Speed: V [mm/s]
Cycle time T can be found from the following equation.

a1 a2
T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4 [s]

can be obtained by the following equation.
Time [s]
T1 = V/a1 [s] T3 = V/a2 [s]
T1 T2 T3 T4
T2: Constant speed time can be found from the
following equation. L : Stroke [mm] ⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3) V : Speed [mm/s] ⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
T2 = [s] a1: Acceleration [mm/s2] ⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
V
a2: Deceleration [mm/s2] ⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
T4: Settling time varies depending on the motor type
and load. The value below is recommended. T1: Acceleration time [s] ⋅⋅⋅ Time until reaching the set speed
T2: Constant speed time [s] ⋅⋅⋅ Time while the actuator is
T4 = 0.05 [s]
operating at a constant speed
T1 = V/a1 = 300/5000 = 0.06 [s], T3 = V/a2 = 300/5000 = 0.06 [s]

L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3) 300 − 0.5 · 300 · (0.06 + 0.06)
T2 = = = 0.94 [s]
V 300
T4 = 0.05 [s]

T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4 = 0.06 + 0.94 + 0.06 + 0.05 = 1.11 [s]
Based on the above calculation result, the LEY25S2B-300 is selected.

41
Model Selection LEY/LEY-X5/25A-LEY Series
AC Servo Motor Size 25, 32, 63 Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof (IP65 Equivalent) Secondary Battery Compatible
Selection
Model
Selection Procedure

Force Control Selection Procedure
LEY
Step 1 Check the duty ratio. Step 2 Check the force. Step 3
on the rod end.
LEYG
Selection Example
Operating
conditions
Jig weight: 0.5 [kg] Speed: 100 [mm/s]
Force: 255 [N] Stroke: 300 [mm]
LEY
AC Servo Motor
Step 1 Check the duty ratio. Pushing control
<Conversion table of force–duty ratio>
Select the [Force] from the duty ratio with reference to the <Conversion
Position
LEYG
table of force–duty ratio>.
Selection example)
Duty ratio: 60 [%] Time
Therefore, Torque limit/Command value will be 30 [%]. A
LEY-X5
<Conversion table of force–duty ratio> B
(LEY25/AC Servo motor)
Environment
Torque limit/ Duty ratio Continuous Duty ratio = A/B x 100 [%]
25A-LEY
Command value [%] [%] pushing time [minute]
25 or less 100 — 500
30 60 1.5 Lead 3: LEY25C
∗ [Torque limit/Command value [%]] is the set value for the driver. 400
∗ [Continuous pushing time] is the time that the actuator can continuously keep pushing.
LECA6
Lead 6: LEY25B
Force [N]
300

Step 2 Check the force. <Force conversion graph>
Select the target model based on the torque limit/command value 200
LEC-G
and pushing force with reference to the <Force conversion graph>.
Based on the graph shown on the right side, Lead 12: LEY25A
LECP1
Torque limit/Command value: 30 [%] 0
10 20 30 40
Force: 255 [N] Torque limit/Command value [%]
Therefore, the LEY25B is temporarily selected.
<Force conversion graph>
(LEY25) LECPA
Step 3 Check the lateral load on the rod end. 100
JXC
LEY25B, which has been selected temporarily with reference to the
Load: F [N]

LEY32
LECS
AC Servo Motor

Jig weight: 0.5 [kg] ≈ 5 [N] LEY25
LECY
1
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Stroke [mm]
Based on the above calculation result, the LEY25S2B-300 is
Specific Product
Precautions
selected. <Graph of allowable lateral load on the rod end>
42
LEY/LEY-X5/25A-LEY Series
Speed–Vertical Work Load Graph/Required Conditions for “Regeneration Option”
LEY25S 26 /T6 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel, In-line) Required conditions for “Regeneration option”
40 ∗ Regeneration option is required when using product above regeneration line
in graph. (Order separately.)
Lead 3: LEY25C
30
“Regeneration Option” Models
Work load [kg]
Area where the regeneration option is required

Size Model
20 Lead 6: LEY25B LEY25 LEC-MR-RB-032
16 LEY32 LEC-MR-RB-032
Lead 12: LEY25A LEY63 LEC-MR-RB-12
10
8
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Speed [mm/s]
LEY32S 37 /T7 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel) LEY32DS 37 /T7 (Motor mounting position: In-line)
50 60
Lead 5: LEY32C Lead 4: LEY32DC
40 50
46 Area where the regeneration option is required
37
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]
40
30
Lead 10: LEY32B 30 Lead 8: LEY32DB
20 24
19 20 Lead 16: LEY32DA
Lead 20: LEY32A
10 12
9 10
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
LEY63S 48 /T8 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel, In-line)

120
Lead 2.86: LEY63L (Top/Parallel type only)
100
Lead 5: LEY63C
Work load [kg]
80
60
Lead 10: LEY63B
40
Lead 20: LEY63A
20
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
Speed [mm/s]
43
Selection
Model
Speed–Horizontal Work Load Graph/Required Conditions for “Regeneration Option”

LEY
Required conditions for “Regeneration option”
Lead 3: LEY25C
60
Lead 6: LEY25B
50 “Regeneration Option” Models
Work load [kg]
Lead 12: LEY25A Size Model
LEYG
40
Area where the regeneration LEY25 LEC-MR-RB-032
option is required LEY32 LEC-MR-RB-032
20 LEY63 —
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
LEY
Speed [mm/s]
LEY32S 37 /T7 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel) LEY32DS 37 /T7 (Motor mounting position: In-line)
AC Servo Motor
80 80
Lead 5: LEY32C Lead 4: LEY32DC
LEYG
60 60 Lead 8: LEY32DB
Lead 10: LEY32B
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]
Lead 16: LEY32DA

Area where the regeneration
40 Lead 20: LEY32A 40 option is required
30 30
LEY-X5
20 20
Area where the regeneration
Environment
option is required
0 0
25A-LEY
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400

250
LECA6
200 Lead 2.86: LEY63L (Top/Parallel type only)

Work load [kg]
LEC-G
150
Lead 5: LEY63C
100 Lead 10: LEY63B

Lead 20: LEY63A
LECP1
50
LECPA
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Speed [mm/s]
Allowable Stroke Speed [mm/s]

JXC
AC servo Lead Stroke [mm]

Model
motor Symbol [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800
A 12 900 600 — — —
LEY25S 26 /T6 100 W B 6 450 300 — — —
Motor mounting position:
LECS
/40 C 3 225 150 — — —

Top/Parallel, In-line
(Motor rotation speed) (4500 rpm) (3000 rpm) — — —
AC Servo Motor
A 20 1200 800 —
LEY32S 37 /T7 200 W B 10 600 400 —
/60 C 5 300 200 —
LECY
Top/Parallel
(Motor rotation speed) (3600 rpm) (2400 rpm) —
A 16 1000 640 —
LEY32DS 37 /T7 200 W B 8 500 320 —
/60 C 4 250 160 —
Specific Product
In-line
Precautions
(Motor rotation speed) (3750 rpm) (2400 rpm) —

A 20 1000 800 600 500
B 10 500 400 300 250
LEY63S 48 /T8 400 W C 5 250 200 150 125
/60 (Motor rotation speed) (3000 rpm) (2400 rpm) (1800 rpm) (1500 rpm)
Top/Parallel, In-line
L∗1 2.86 70
(Motor rotation speed) (1470 rpm)
∗1 Top/Parallel type only
44

For LECSA, LECSB, LECSC, LECSS
LEY25S 26 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel, In-line)

500
400
Lead 3: LEY25C
Force [N]
300
200 Lead 6: LEY25B

100
Lead 12: LEY25A
0
10 20 30 40
Torque limit/Command value [%]
Torque limit/Command value [%] Duty ratio [%] Continuous pushing time [minute]
25 or less 100 —
30 60 1.5
LEY32S 37 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel) LEY32DS 37 (Motor mounting position: In-line)
600 800
700
500
Lead 5: LEY32C 600
400
Force [N]
Force [N]
500 Lead 4: LEY32DC

300 400
Lead 10: LEY32B 300
200 Lead 8: LEY32DB
200
100 Lead 20: LEY32A Lead 16: LEY32DA
100
0 0
10 20 30 40 10 20 30 40
Torque limit/Command value [%] Torque limit/Command value [%]
Torque limit/Command value [%] Duty ratio [%] Continuous pushing time [minute] Torque limit/Command value [%] Duty ratio [%] Continuous pushing time [minute]
25 or less 100 — 25 or less 100 —
30 60 1.5 30 60 1.5
LEY63S 48 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel, In-line)

3500
3000 Lead 2.86: LEY63L
(Top/Parallel type only)
2500
Force [N]
2000 Lead 5: LEY63C
1500
Lead 10: LEY63B
1000
500
Lead 20: LEY63A
0
10 20 30 40 50 60
25 or less 100 —
30 60 1.5
40 30 0.5
50 20 0.16
45
Selection
Model
For LECSS-T

LEY25T6 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel, In-line)
LEY
500
Lead 3: LEY25C
400
Force [N]
300 Lead 6: LEY25B
LEYG
200
100
Lead 12: LEY25A
0
10 12 15 20 24 25 30
LEY
20 or less 100 —
24 60 1.5
AC Servo Motor
LEY32T7 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel) LEY32DT7 (Motor mounting position: In-line)
600 800
Lead 5: LEY32C 700 Lead 4: LEY32DC
500
LEYG
600
400
Force [N]
Lead 10: LEY32B

Force [N]
500 Lead 8: LEY32DB
300 400
200 300
200
100 100
LEY-X5
Lead 20: LEY32A Lead 16: LEY32DA
0 0
10 12 15 20 24 25 30 10 12 15 20 24 25 30
Environment
25A-LEY
20 or less 100 — 20 or less 100 —
24 60 1.5 24 60 1.5
LEY63T8 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel, In-line)
LECA6
3500
3000 Lead 2.86: LEY63L

2500 (Top/Parallel only)
Force [N]
Lead 5: LEY63C
LEC-G
2000
1500
Lead 10: LEY63B
1000
LECP1
500
Lead 20: LEY63A
0
10 12 20 30 40 50
Torque limit/Command value [%] Duty ratio [%] Continuous pushing time [minute] LECPA
20 or less 100 —
24 60 1.5
32 30 0.5
JXC
40 20 0.16
LECS
AC Servo Motor
LECY
Specific Product
Precautions
46
100
Load: F [N]
LEY32 LEY63 F
10 Workpiece
LEY25
Center of gravity
1
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
Stroke [mm]
Stroke
30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800
Size
25 ±0.3 ±0.4 ±0.7 ±0.7 ±0.9 ±1.1 ±1.3 ±1.5 ±1.7 — — — — —
32 ±0.3 ±0.4 ±0.7 ±0.6 ±0.8 ±1.0 ±1.1 ±1.3 ±1.5 ±1.7 ±1.8 — — —
63 — ±0.5 ±0.7 ±0.9 ±1.2 ±1.1 ±1.3 ±1.5 ±1.7 ±1.9 ±2.1 ±1.7 ±2.0 ±2.2
+δ
–δ

Size Non-rotating accuracy θ
+θ 25 ±0.8°
−θ 32 ±0.7°
63 ±0.6°
∗ Avoid using the electric actuator in such a way that rotational torque would be
This may cause the deformation of the non-rotating guide, abnormal auto switch
responses, play in the internal guide, or an increase in the sliding resistance.
47
AC Servo Motor LECY Series
LEY/LEY-X5/25A-LEY Series Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof (IP65 Equivalent) Secondary Battery Compatible
Selection
Model
Model Selection Size 25, 32, 63
LEY Seriessp. 87 LECS Seriessp. 69, 79

LEY-X5 Seriessp. 169 25A-LEY Seriessp. 183
LEY
Selection Procedure
LEYG
(Vertical transfer)
Selection Example
Operating
LEY
Acceleration/Deceleration: 5000 [mm/s2] 40
35
Stroke: 300 [mm]
AC Servo Motor
Lead 3: LEY25C
30
Work load [kg]

downward transfer 25
20
LEYG
Lead 6: LEY25B
15
Step 1 Check the work load–speed. <Speed–Vertical work load graph> 10 Lead 12: LEY25A
5
0
Selection example) The LEY25B is temporarily selected based on the
LEY-X5
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Environment
(LEY25)
25A-LEY
When selecting the target model, refer to the horizontal work load in the specifications
on pages 89 and 90 and the precautions.
The regenerative resistor may be necessary. Refer to pages 50 and 51 for “Conditions for Regenerative Resistor (Guide).”
LECA6
Step 2 Check the cycle time. L
Speed: V [mm/s]
Calculate the cycle time using the following calculation method.

Cycle time T can be found from the following equation. a1 a2
LEC-G
T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4 [s]

Time [s]
can be obtained by the following equation.
LECP1
T1 = V/a1 [s] T3 = V/a2 [s] T1 T2 T3 T4
T2: Constant speed time can be found from the L : Stroke [mm] ⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
LECPA
following equation. V : Speed [mm/s] ⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3) a1: Acceleration [mm/s2] ⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
T2 = [s] a2: Deceleration [mm/s2] ⋅⋅⋅ (Operating condition)
V
JXC
T4: Settling time varies depending on the motor T1: Acceleration time [s] ⋅⋅⋅ Time until reaching the set speed
type and load. The value below is recom- T2: Constant speed time [s] ⋅⋅⋅ Time while the actuator is
mended. operating at a constant speed
LECS
T4 = 0.05 [s]
AC Servo Motor

LECY
T1 = V/a1 = 300/5000 = 0.06 [s], T3 = V/a2 = 300/5000 = 0.06 [s]

L − 0.5 · V · (T1 + T3) 300 − 0.5 · 300 · (0.06 + 0.06)
Specific Product
T2 = = = 0.94 [s]
Precautions
V 300
T4 = 0.05 [s]

T = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4 = 0.06 + 0.94 + 0.06 + 0.05 = 1.11 [s]
Based on the above calculation result, the LEY25V6B-300 is selected.

48
Selection Procedure
Pushing Control Selection Procedure

Step 1 Check the duty ratio. Step 2 Check the force. Step 3
on the rod end.
Selection Example
Operating
conditions
Jig weight: 0.5 [kg] Pushing speed: 35 [mm/s]
Force: 255 [N] Stroke: 300 [mm]
Step 1 Check the duty ratio.

Select the [Pushing force] from the duty ratio with reference to the
<Conversion table of pushing force–duty ratio>.
Selection example)
Duty ratio: 60 [%]
Therefore, Torque limit/command value will be 90 [%].
(LEY25/AC Servo motor)
Set value of Duty ratio Continuous
pushing force [%] [%] pushing time [minute] 500
75 or less 100 —
90 60 1.5 400
∗ [Set value of pushing force] is one of the data input to the driver.
∗ [Continuous pushing time] is the time that the actuator can continuously keep pushing. Lead 3: LEY25C
Force [N]
300
Step 2 Check the pushing force. <Force conversion graph> 200 Lead 6:
LEY25B
Select the target model based on the torque limit/command value
and pushing force with reference to the <Force conversion graph>. 100
Lead 12:
Selection example) LEY25A
0
Based on the graph shown on the right side, 30 60 90 120
Torque limit/Command value: 90 [%] Torque limit/Command value [%]
Pushing force: 255 [N] <Force conversion graph>
Therefore, the LEY25B is temporarily selected. (LEY25)
Step 3 Check the lateral load on the rod end. 100

LEY25B, which has been selected temporarily with reference to the
Load: F [N]

LEY32
Jig weight: 0.5 [kg] ≈ 5 [N] LEY25
1
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Stroke [mm]
Based on the above calculation result, the LEY25V6B-300 is
selected. <Graph of allowable lateral load on the rod end>
49
Selection
Model
Speed–Work Load Graph/Conditions for “Regenerative Resistor” (Guide)

LEY25V6 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel, In-line)
LEY
Vertical Horizontal
40
Lead 3: LEY25C
60 Lead 3: LEY25C
30
LEYG
“Regenerative resistor” area
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]

Lead 6: LEY25B
Lead 6: LEY25B 40
20
Lead 12: LEY25A

Lead 12: LEY25A 20
10
LEY
0 0
AC Servo Motor
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
LEY32V7 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel)
LEYG
Vertical Horizontal
50 80
Lead 5: LEY32C Lead 5: LEY32C
40
LEY-X5
60
“Regenerative resistor” area Lead 10: LEY32B
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]
Environment
30
Lead 10: LEY32B
40 Lead 20: LEY32A
25A-LEY
20
Lead 20: LEY32A

20
10
LECA6
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400

LEC-G
LEY32DV7 (Motor mounting position: In-line)
Vertical Horizontal
LECP1
60 80
Lead 4: LEY32DC Lead 4: LEY32DC
50
LECPA
“Regenerative resistor” area 60 Lead 8: LEY32DB
40
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]
Lead 8: LEY32DB
30 40 Lead 16: LEY32DA
JXC
20
Lead 16: LEY32DA
20
10
LECS
AC Servo Motor
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
LECY
Specific Product

Precautions
Applicable Motor/Driver
∗ When using the actuator in the “Regenerative resistor” area, download the “AC
Applicable model
servo drive capacity selection program/SigmaJunmaSize+” from the SMC Model
Motor Servopack (SMC driver)
website. Then, calculate the necessary regenerative resistor capacity to
prepare an appropriate external regenerative resistor. SGDV-R90A11 (LECYM2-V5)
LEY25 SGMJV-01A3A
SGDV-R90A21 (LECYU2-V5)
∗ Regenerative resistor should be provided by the customer.
SGDV-1R6A11 (LECYM2-V7)
LEY32 SGMJV-02A3A
SGDV-1R6A21 (LECYU2-V7)
50
Speed–Work Load Graph/Conditions for “Regenerative Resistor” (Guide)

Vertical Horizontal
120 250
100
200
Lead 5: LEY63C
80
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]

“Regenerative resistor” area 150 Lead 5: LEY63C
60
Lead 10: LEY63B Lead 10: LEY63B
100
40
Lead 20: LEY63A
Lead 20: LEY63A
50
20
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400

Applicable model
servo drive capacity selection program/SigmaJunmaSize+” from the SMC Product no.
prepare an appropriate external regenerative resistor. LEY63 SGMJV-04A3A
Allowable Stroke Speed [mm/s]

AC servo Lead Stroke [mm]
Model
motor Symbol [mm] Up to 30 Up to 50 Up to 100 Up to 150 Up to 200 Up to 250 Up to 300 Up to 350 Up to 400 Up to 450 Up to 500 Up to 600 Up to 700 Up to 800
LEY25V6 A 12 900 600 — — — — —
Motor mounting 100 W B 6 450 300 — — — — —
position: /40 C 3 225 150 — — — — —
Top/Parallel, In-line (Motor rotation speed) (4500 rpm) (3000 rpm) — — — — —
LEY32V7 A 20 1200 800 — — —
Motor mounting 200 W B 10 600 400 — — —
position: /60 C 5 300 200 — — —
Top/Parallel (Motor rotation speed) (3600 rpm) (2400 rpm) — — —
LEY32DV7 A 16 1000 640 — — —
Motor mounting 200 W B 8 500 320 — — —
position: /60 C 4 250 160 — — —
In-line (Motor rotation speed) (3750 rpm) (2400 rpm) — — —
A 20 — 1000 800 600 500
LEY63V8 B 10 — 500 400 300 250
Motor mounting 400 W C 5 — 250 200 150 125
position: /60 (Motor rotation speed) — (3000 rpm) (2400 rpm) (1800 rpm) (1500 rpm)
Top/Parallel, In-line L 2.86 — 70
(Motor rotation speed) — (1470 rpm)
51
Selection
Model

LEY
500
400
Lead 3: LEY25C
Force [N]
300
LEYG
200
Lead 6: LEY25B
100
Lead 12: LEY25A
0
30 60 90 120
LEY
75 or less 100 —
90 60 1.5
AC Servo Motor
LEY32V7 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel) LEY32DV7 (Motor mounting position: In-line)
LEYG
600 800
700
500
Lead 5: LEY32C 600
400
Force [N]
Force [N]
500 Lead 4: LEY32DC

300 400
Lead 10: LEY32B 300
LEY-X5
200 Lead 8: LEY32DB
200
Environment
100 Lead 20: LEY32A Lead 16: LEY32DA
100
0 0
25A-LEY
30 60 90 120 30 60 90 120
75 or less 100 — 75 or less 100 —
LECA6
90 60 1.5 90 60 1.5

LEC-G
3500
Lead 2.86: LEY63L
3000 (Top/Parallel type only)
2500
Force [N]
LECP1
2000 Lead 5: LEY63C
1500
Lead 10: LEY63B
1000
500
LECPA
0
Lead 20: LEY63A
30 60 90 120 150 180
JXC
75 or less 100 —
90 60 1.5
LECS
120 30 0.5
AC Servo Motor
150 20 0.16
LECY
Specific Product
Precautions
52
100
Load: F [N]
LEY63 F
10 Workpiece
LEY32
LEY25
1 Center of gravity
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
Stroke [mm]
Stroke
30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800
Size
25 ±0.3 ±0.4 ±0.7 ±0.7 ±0.9 ±1.1 ±1.3 ±1.5 ±1.7 — — — — —
32 ±0.3 ±0.4 ±0.7 ±0.6 ±0.8 ±1.0 ±1.1 ±1.3 ±1.5 ±1.7 ±1.8 — — —
63 — ±0.5 ±0.7 ±0.9 ±1.2 ±1.1 ±1.3 ±1.5 ±1.7 ±1.9 ±2.1 ±1.7 ±2.0 ±2.2
+δ
–δ

+θ 25 ±0.8°
−θ 32 ±0.7°
63 ±0.6°
∗ Avoid using the electric actuator in such a way that rotational torque would
be applied to the piston rod.
This may cause the deformation of the non-rotating guide, abnormal auto
switch responses, play in the internal guide, or an increase in the sliding
resistance.
53
54
AC Servo Motor Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)/Servo Motor (24 VDC) Environment AC Servo Motor Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)/Servo Motor (24 VDC)
Specific Product Model
Precautions LECY LECS JXC LECPA LECP1 LEC-G LECA6 25A-LEY LEY-X5 LEYG LEY LEYG LEY Selection
Electric Actuator/
Rod Type
LEY Series LEY16, 25, 32, 40
Dust-tight/Water-jet-proofsp. 155 Secondary Battery Compatiblesp. 175
How to Order
Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel Motor mounting

ng position: In
In-line
line
LEC Series
6P 1
LEY 16 B 30 S1
JXC Series
CD17T
∗ Refer to the table below.
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1 !2
RoHS For details on controllers, refer to page 58.
q Size w Motor mounting position e Motor type

16 — Top mounting Applicable size Compatible
Symbol Type
25 R Right side parallel LEY16 LEY25 LEY32/40 controller/driver
32 L Left side parallel JXCE1
40 D In-line
Step motor LECP1
JXC91
— JXCP1
(Servo/24 VDC) LECPA
JXCD1
JXCL1
Servo motor
A — LECA6
(24 VDC)
r Lead [mm] t Stroke [mm] y Motor option∗2

Symbol LEY16 LEY25 LEY32/40 30 30 — Without option
A 10 12 16 to to C With motor cover
B 5 6 8 500 500 B With lock
C 2.5 3 4 ∗ For details, refer to the applicable stroke table W With lock/motor cover
below.
Motor
u Rod end thread i Mounting∗3 o Actuator cable type/length∗9

— Rod end female thread Motor mounting position Standard cable [m] Robotic cable [m]
Symbol Type
Rod end male thread Top/Parallel In-line — None R1 1.5 RA 10∗8
M S1 1.5∗11 R3 3 RB 15∗8
(1 rod end nut is included.) Ends tapped/Body
— S3 3∗11 R5 5 RC 20∗8
bottom tapped∗4
S5 5∗11 R8 8∗8
L Foot —
F Rod flange∗4 ∗6
G Head flange∗4 ∗7 —
D Double clevis∗5 —
Applicable Stroke Table∗1 : Standard

Stroke Manufacturable
Model [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 stroke range
LEY16 — — — — 10 to 300
LEY25 — — 15 to 400 For auto switches, refer
LEY32/40 20 to 500 to pages 101 to 103.
55
Selection
Model
LEC Series (For details, refer to page 57.)
LEY
6P 1
!0 !1 !2
LEYG
!0 Controller/Driver type∗10 !1 I/O cable length∗14, Communication plug !2 Controller/Driver mounting
— Without controller/driver Without cable — Screw mounting
—
6N LECA6 NPN (Without communication plug connector) D DIN rail∗16
6P (Step data imput type) PNP 1 1.5 m
1N LECP1∗11 NPN 3 3 m∗15
1P (Programless type) PNP 5 5 m∗15
AN LECPA∗11 ∗13 NPN S Straight type communication plug connector
LEY
AP (Pulse input type) PNP T T-branch type communication plug connector
AC Servo Motor
JXC Series (For details, refer to page 57.)
LEYG
!0 Controller
— Without controller
C1 With controller
CD1 7 T
LEY-X5
Environment
Communication Communication plug connector
for DeviceNet™∗17
25A-LEY
protocol Mounting
E EtherCAT® 7 Screw mounting — Without plug connector
9 EtherNet/IP™ 8∗16 DIN rail S Straight type
P PROFINET T T-branch type
D DeviceNet™ For single axis
LECA6
L IO-Link

∗1 Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are ∗9 The standard cable should only be used on fixed parts.
LEC-G
produced as special orders. For use on moving parts, select the robotic cable.
∗2 When “With lock” or “With lock/motor cover” is selected for the top ∗10 For details on controllers/drivers and compatible motors, refer to the
mounting and right/left side parallel types, the motor body will stick out compatible controller/driver on the next page.
from the end of the body for size 16/40 with strokes of 30 mm or less. ∗11 Only available for the motor type “Step motor”
Check for interference with workpieces before selecting a model. ∗12 Not compliant with CE
LECP1
∗3 The mounting bracket is shipped together with the product but does not come assembled. ∗13 When pulse signals are open collector, order the current limiting
∗4 For the horizontal cantilever mounting of the rod flange, head flange, or resistor (LEC-PA-R-) on page 220 separately.
ends tapped types, use the actuator within the following stroke range. ∗14 When “Without controller/driver” is selected for controller/driver types,
· LEY25: 200 mm or less · LEY32/40: 100 mm or less I/O cable cannot be selected. Refer to page 199 (For LECA6), page
∗5 For the mounting of the double clevis type, use the actuator within the following stroke range. 213(For LECP1), or page 220 (For LECPA) if I/O cable is required.
LECPA
·LEY16: 100 mm or less ·LEY25: 200 mm or less ·LEY32/40: 200 mm or less ∗15 When “Pulse input type” is selected for controller/driver types, pulse input
∗6 The rod flange type is not available for the LEY16/40 with a 30 mm usable only with differential. Only 1.5 m cables usable with open collector
stroke and motor option “With lock,” “With lock/motor cover.” ∗16 The DIN rail is not included. Order it separately.
∗7 The head flange type is not available for the LEY32/40. ∗17 Select “—” for anything other than DeviceNet™.
∗8 Produced upon receipt of order (Robotic cable only)
JXC
Caution The actuator and controller/driver are sold as

[CE-compliant products] a package.
q EMC compliance was tested by combining the electric actuator LEY
LECS
Confirm that the combination of the controller/driver and

series and the controller LEC/JXC series.
AC Servo Motor
actuator is correct.
The EMC depends on the configuration of the customer’s control panel and
the relationship with other electrical equipment and wiring. Therefore, <Check the following before use.>
q Check the actuator label for the model number. This
LECY
compliance with the EMC directive cannot be certified for SMC components
incorporated into the customer’s equipment under actual operating number should match that of the controller/driver.
conditions. As a result, it is necessary for the customer to verify compliance w Check that the Parallel I/O configuration matches
with the EMC directive for the machinery and equipment as a whole. (NPN or PNP).
Specific Product
w For the servo motor (24 VDC) specification, EMC compliance was tested
Precautions
by installing a noise filter set (LEC-NFA). Refer to page 199 for the noise
filter set. Refer to the LECA series Operation Manual for installation.
[UL-compliant products (For the LEC series)]
When compliance with UL is required, the electric actuator and controller/
q w
driver should be used with a UL1310 Class 2 power supply.
∗ Refer to the Operation Manual for using the products. Please download
it via our website, https://www.smc.eu
56
LEY Series
Compatible Controller/Driver
LEC Series
Step data Programless type Pulse input type
input type
Type
Series LECA6 LECP1 LECPA

Capable of setting up
Value (Step data) input
Features operation (step data) without Operation by pulse signals
Standard controller
using a PC or teaching box
Servo motor Servo motor

Compatible motor
(24 VDC) (Servo/24 VDC)
Max. number of step data 64 points 14 points —
Power supply voltage 24 VDC
Reference page 191 207 214
JXC Series
EtherCAT® EtherNet/IP™ PROFINET DeviceNet™ IO-Link
direct direct direct direct direct
input type input type input type input type input type
Type
Series JXCE1 JXC91 JXCP1 JXCD1 JXCL1

Features
direct input direct input direct input direct input direct input
Step motor
Compatible motor
(Servo/24 VDC)
Max. number of step data 64 points
Reference page 224
57
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC)
Servo Motor (24 VDC)
58
LEY Series
LEY Series
Specifications

Model LEY16 LEY25 LEY32 LEY40
(3000 [mm/s2]) 6 17 30 20 40 60 30 45 60 50 60 80
Horizontal
(LECP1,
JXC1)
(2000 [mm/s2]) 10 23 35 30 55 70 40 60 80 60 70 90
Work load
Horizontal (3000 [mm/s ]) 4 11 20 12 30 30 20 40 40 30 60 60
2
[kg]∗1
(LECPA,
JXC 23 ) (2000 [mm/s2]) 6 17 30 18 50 50 30 60 60 — — —
Actuator specifications
Vertical (3000 [mm/s2]) 2 4 8 8 16 30 11 22 43 13 27 53
Pushing force [N]∗2 ∗3 ∗4 14 to 38 27 to 74 51 to 141 63 to 122 126 to 238 232 to 452 80 to 189 156 to 370 296 to 707 132 to 283 266 to 553 562 to 1058
LECP1/
Speed 12 to 300 6 to 150 24 to 500 12 to 350 6 to 175
JXC1 15 to 500 8 to 250 4 to 125 18 to 500 9 to 250 5 to 125 24 to 500
[mm/s]∗4 2
LECPA/JXC 3 12 to 250 6 to 125 24 to 300 12 to 150 6 to 75
Max. acceleration/deceleration [mm/s2] 3000
Pushing speed [mm/s]∗5 50 or less 35 or less 30 or less 30 or less
Positioning repeatability [mm] ±0.02
Lost motion [mm]∗6 0.1 or less
Screw lead [mm] 10 5 2.5 12 6 3 16 8 4 16 8 4
Impact/Vibration resistance [m/s2]∗7 50/20
Actuation type Ball screw + Belt (LEY)/Ball screw (LEYD)
Guide type Sliding bushing (Piston rod)
Operating temperature range [°C] 5 to 40
Operating humidity range [%RH] 90 or less (No condensation)
Motor size 28 42 56.4 56.4
Electric specifications
Motor type Step motor (Servo/24 VDC)

Encoder Incremental A/B phase (800 pulse/rotation)
Rated voltage [V] 24 VDC ±10 %
Power consumption [W]∗8 23 40 50 50
Standby power consumption when operating [W]∗9 16 15 48 48
Max. instantaneous power consumption [W]∗10 43 48 104 106
Type∗11
specifications
Non-magnetising lock
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 20 39 78 78 157 294 108 216 421 127 265 519
Power consumption [W]∗12 2.9 5 5 5
∗1 Horizontal: The maximum value of the work load. An external guide is necessary to support the load (Friction coefficient of guide: 0.1 or less). The
actual work load and transfer speed change according to the condition of the external guide. Also, speed changes according to the work load. Check
“Model Selection” on pages 37 and 38.
Vertical: Speed changes according to the work load. Check “Model Selection” on pages 37 and 38.
The values shown in ( ) are the acceleration/deceleration.
Set these values to be 3000 [mm/s2] or less.
∗2 Pushing force accuracy is ±20 % (F.S.).
∗3 The pushing force values for LEY16 is 35 % to 85 %, for LEY25 is 35 % to 65 %, for LEY32 is 35 % to 85 %, and for LEY40 is 35 % to 65 %.
The pushing force values change according to the duty ratio and pushing speed. Check “Model Selection” on page 40.
∗4 The speed and force may change depending on the cable length, load, and mounting conditions. Furthermore, if the cable length exceeds 5 m, then it
will decrease by up to 10 % for each 5 m. (At 15 m: Reduced by up to 20 %)
∗5 The allowable speed for pushing operation. When push conveying a workpiece, operate at the vertical work load or less.
∗6 A reference value for correcting an error in reciprocal operation
∗7 Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when the actuator was tested with a drop tester in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to
the lead screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging between 45 to 2000 Hz. The test was performed in both an axial direction and a
perpendicular direction to the lead screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
∗8 The power consumption (including the controller) is for when the actuator is operating.
∗9 The standby power consumption when operating (including the controller) is for when the actuator is stopped in the set position during the operation.
Except during the pushing operation
∗10 The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the controller) is for when the actuator is operating. This value can be used for the
selection of the power supply.
∗11 With lock only
∗12 For an actuator with lock, add the power consumption for the lock.
59
Selection
Model
Specifications
LEY
Model LEY16A LEY25A ∗1 Horizontal: The maximum value of the work load. An external
guide is necessary to support the load (Friction coefficient of
Work load Horizontal (3000 [mm/s2]) 3 6 12 7 15 30
guide: 0.1 or less). The actual work load and transfer speed
[kg]∗1 Vertical (3000 [mm/s2]) 2 4 8 3 6 12 change according to the condition of the external guide.
Pushing force [N]∗2 ∗3 16 to 30 30 to 58 57 to 111 18 to 35 37 to 72 66 to 130 Vertical: Check “Model Selection” on page 39 for details.
Speed [mm/s] 1 to 500 1 to 250 1 to 125 2 to 500 1 to 250 1 to 125 The values shown in ( ) are the acceleration/deceleration.
LEYG
Set these values to be 3000 [mm/s2] or less.
Pushing speed [mm/s]∗4 50 or less 35 or less ∗3 The thrust setting values for LEY16A is 60 % to 95 % and for
Positioning repeatability [mm] ±0.02 LEY25A is 70 % to 95 %. The pushing force values change
Lost motion [mm]∗5 0.1 or less according to the duty ratio and pushing speed. Check “Model
Selection” on page 40.
Screw lead [mm] 10 5 2.5 12 6 3
∗4 The allowable speed for pushing operation. When push
Impact/Vibration resistance [m/s2]∗6 50/20 conveying a workpiece, operate at the vertical work load or
LEY
Actuation type Ball screw + Belt (LEY)/Ball screw (LEYD) less.
Guide type Sliding bushing (Piston rod) ∗5 A reference value for correcting an error in reciprocal operation
∗6 Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when the actuator
AC Servo Motor
was tested with a drop tester in both an axial direction and a
Operating humidity range [%RH] 90 or less (No condensation) perpendicular direction to the lead screw. (The test was
28 42
Motor size performed with the actuator in the initial state.)

Motor output [W] 30 36 Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging
LEYG
between 45 to 2000 Hz. The test was performed in both an
Motor type Servo motor (24 VDC)
axial direction and a perpendicular direction to the lead screw.
Encoder Incremental A/B phase (800 pulse/rotation)/Z phase (The test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
Rated voltage [V] 24 VDC ±10 % ∗7 The power consumption (including the controller) is for when
Power consumption [W]∗7 40 86 the actuator is operating.
∗8 The standby power consumption when operating (including the
Standby power consumption when operating [W]∗8 4 (Horizontal)/6 (Vertical) 4 (Horizontal)/12 (Vertical)
controller) is for when the actuator is stopped in the set
Max. instantaneous power consumption [W]∗9
LEY-X5
59 96 position during the operation. Except during the pushing
Type∗10
specifications
Non-magnetising lock operation
Environment
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 20 39 78 78 157 294 ∗9 The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including
the controller) is for when the actuator is operating. This value
Power consumption [W]∗11 2.9 5
25A-LEY
can be used for the selection of the power supply.
Rated voltage [V] 24 VDC ±10 % ∗10 With lock only
∗11 For an actuator with lock, add the power consumption for the
lock.
LECA6
Weight

Weight: Motor Top/Parallel Type
LEC-G
Series LEY16 LEY25 LEY32
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Product Step motor 0.58 0.62 0.73 0.87 0.98 1.09 1.20 1.18 1.25 1.42 1.68 1.86 2.03 2.21 2.38 2.56 2.09 2.20 2.49 2.77 3.17 3.46 3.74 4.03 4.32 4.60 4.89
weight [kg] Servo motor 0.58 0.62 0.73 0.87 0.98 1.09 1.20 1.14 1.21 1.38 1.64 1.82 1.99 2.17 2.34 2.52 — — — — — — — — — — —
LECP1
Series LEY40
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Product Step motor 2.39 2.50 2.79 3.07 3.47 3.76 4.04 4.33 4.62 4.90 5.19
weight [kg] Servo motor — — — — — — — — — — —
LECPA
Weight: In-line Motor Type
Series LEY16D LEY25D LEY32D
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
JXC
Product Step motor 0.58 0.62 0.73 0.87 0.98 1.09 1.20 1.17 1.24 1.41 1.67 1.85 2.02 2.20 2.37 2.55 2.08 2.19 2.48 2.76 3.16 3.45 3.73 4.02 4.31 4.59 4.88
weight [kg] Servo motor 0.58 0.62 0.73 0.87 0.98 1.09 1.20 1.13 1.20 1.37 1.63 1.81 1.98 2.16 2.33 2.51 — — — — — — — — — — —
Series LEY40D
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
LECS
Product Step motor 2.38 2.49 2.78 3.06 3.46 3.75 4.03 4.32 4.61 4.89 5.18
weight [kg] Servo motor
AC Servo Motor
— — — — — — — — — — —
Additional Weight [kg]

LECY
Size 16 25 32 40
Lock 0.12 0.26 0.53 0.53
Motor cover 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05
Specific Product
Lock/Motor cover 0.16 0.32 0.61 0.62

Precautions
Male thread 0.01 0.03 0.03 0.03

Rod end male thread
Nut 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02
Foot bracket (2 sets including mounting bolt) 0.06 0.08 0.14 0.14
Rod flange (including mounting bolt)
0.13 0.17 0.20 0.20
Head flange (including mounting bolt)
Double clevis (including pin, retaining ring, and mounting bolt) 0.08 0.16 0.22 0.22
60
LEY Series
Construction
16
Motor top mounting type: LEY 25
32
40
@4 @5 @6
#4 #3
When rod end male thread selected
!9
o @3 @2 !1 @1 !9
@0
!8 @0
!0 !8
!4
!7 !6 y q w t !5 r e i u !2 u !3
Motor top/parallel type

With lock/motor cover @4 @5 @6 #1
61
Selection
Model
Construction

16
LEY
In-line motor type: LEY 25
32 D
40 @6 @5 @4
@7 @8
LEYG
LEY
!0 @9#0
AC Servo Motor
In-line motor type: With lock/motor cover
LEYG
#2 #1 @6 @5 @4
LEY-X5
Environment
25A-LEY
LECA6
LEC-G
Component Parts
No. Description Material Note No. Description Material Note
LECP1
1 Body Aluminium alloy Anodised 25 Motor cover Synthetic resin Only “With motor cover”
2 Ball screw shaft Alloy steel 26 Grommet Synthetic resin Only “With motor cover”
3 Ball screw nut Synthetic resin/Alloy steel 27 Motor block Aluminium alloy Anodised
4 Piston Aluminium alloy 28 Motor adapter Aluminium alloy Anodised/LEY16, 25 only
5 Piston rod Stainless steel Hard chrome plating 29 Hub Aluminium alloy LECPA
6 Rod cover Aluminium alloy 30 Spider NBR
7 Bearing holder Aluminium alloy 31 Motor cover with lock Aluminium alloy Only “With lock/motor cover”
JXC
8 Rotation stopper POM 32 Cover support Aluminium alloy Only “With lock/motor cover”
9 Socket Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating 33 Socket (Male thread) Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating
10 Connected shaft Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating 34 Nut Alloy steel Zinc chromated
11 Bushing Bearing alloy
LECS
12 Bearing — Replacement Parts (Motor top/parallel only)/Belt

AC Servo Motor
13 Return box Aluminium die-cast Coating No. Size Order no.

14 Return plate Aluminium die-cast Coating 16 LE-D-2-1
LECY
15 Magnet — 21 25 LE-D-2-2
16 Wear ring holder Stainless steel Stroke 101 mm or more 32, 40 LE-D-2-3
17 Wear ring POM Stroke 101 mm or more
Replacement Parts/Grease Pack
Specific Product
18 Screw shaft pulley Aluminium alloy

Precautions
19 Motor pulley Aluminium alloy Applied portion Order no.

20 Belt — GR-S-010 (10 g)
Piston rod
21 Parallel pin Stainless steel GR-S-020 (20 g)
22 Seal NBR ∗ Apply grease on the piston rod periodically.
23 Retaining ring Steel for spring Phosphate coated Grease should be applied at 1 million cycles or 200 km, whichever
comes first.
24 Motor —
62
LEY Series
Dimensions: Motor Top/Parallel
Connector
6 x MO thread depth MR
Step motor Servo motor
Ø XA H9 depth XA
20
24
MH Section XX details
20 24
MD Section XX
XB
MC
MA ML + Stroke (MB) XA H9 XA
Cable length ≈ 300

65
Motor cable (2 x Ø 5)
X
4 x O1 thread depth R
W H thread depth C
Rod operating range∗1 Origin∗2
V
[Stroke end]
[2] 2
T
ØD
EV
M
M
J
M Y K∗4
U
S Stroke L B + Stroke M
Stroke end A + Stroke EH
[Origin]∗3
∗1 Range within which the rod can move when it returns to origin
Make sure workpieces mounted on the rod do not interfere with the workpieces and facilities around the rod.
∗2 Position after return to origin
∗3 [ ] for when the direction of return to origin has changed
∗4 The direction of rod end width across flats (K) differs depending on the products.
[mm]
Stroke Step motor Servo motor
Size A B C D EH EV H J K L M O1 R S T U V Y
range [mm] W X W X
10 to 100 101 90.5
16 10 16 34 34.3 M5 x 0.8 18 14 10.5 25.5 M4 x 0.7 7 35 67.5 0.5 28 61.8 80.3 62.5 81 22.5
101 to 300 121 110.5
15 to 100 130.5 116
25 13 20 44 45.5 M8 x 1.25 24 17 14.5 34 M5 x 0.8 8 46 92 1 42 63.4 85.4 59.6 81.6 26.5
101 to 400 155.5 141
20 to 100 148.5 130
32 13 25 51 56.5 M8 x 1.25 31 22 18.5 40 M6 x 1.0 10 60 118 1 56.4 68.4 95.4 — — 34
101 to 500 178.5 160
20 to 100 148.5 130
40 13 25 51 56.5 M8 x 1.25 31 22 18.5 40 M6 x 1.0 10 60 118 1 56.4 90.4 117.4 — — 34
101 to 500 178.5 160
Body Bottom Tapped [mm]

Stroke
Size
range [mm]
MA MB MC MD MH ML MO MR XA XB
10 to 39 17 23.5
40
16 40 to 100 15 35.5 32 31 23 M4 x 0.7 5.5 3 4
101 to 300 62 46 60
15 to 39 24 32
50
40 to 100
42 41
25 101 to 124 20 46 29 M5 x 0.8 6.5 4 5
125 to 200 59 49.5 75
201 to 400 76 58
20 to 39 22 36
50
40 to 100
32 36 43
101 to 124 25 55 30 M6 x 1 8.5 5 6
40
125 to 200 53 51.5 80
201 to 500 70 60
63
Selection
Model

16 16
LEY
25
Motor left side parallel type: LEY L
25
Motor right side parallel type: LEY R
32 32
40 40
LEYG
[mm]
Size S1 T2 U
S1
S1
LEY
16 35.5 67 0.5
25 47 91 1
U
U
AC Servo Motor
T2 T2 32, 40 61 117 1
∗ When the motor is mounted on the left or right side in parallel, the groove for auto switch on the side to which the motor is mounted is hidden.
LEYG
16 16
With motor cover: LEY
25 A
B -C With lock: LEY
25 A
B -B
32 C 32 C
40 40
Connector Connector
LEY-X5
Step motor Servo motor Step motor Servo motor Motor cable
Environment
15 15 (2 x Ø 5)
Lock cable
25A-LEY
20
24
65
Lock (Ø 3.5)
20
20
Motor cable cable
20 24 (2 x Ø 5)
X2

Motor
LECA6
20
24
65
[mm] cable
Size T2 X2 20
T2

24
16 7.5 83 X
LEC-G
25 7.5 88.5 W
[mm]
32 7.5 98.5
40 7.5 120.5 Size
LECP1
Motor cover material: Synthetic resin
W X W X
16 103.3 121.8 104.0 122.5
25 103.9 125.9 100.1 122.1
32 111.4 138.4 — —
40 133.4 160.4 — — LECPA
16
25 A
JXC
With lock/motor cover: LEY

32 B -W
40 C
Lock cable (Ø 3.5)
LECS
AC Servo Motor

65
LECY
Motor cable
(2 x Ø 5)
X2
Specific Product
Precautions
[mm]
T2
Size T2 X2
16 7.5 124.5
25 7.5 129
32 7.5 141.5
40 7.5 163.5
64
LEY Series
Dimensions: In-line Motor

Connector
6 x MO Ø XA H9 depth XA
thread depth MR
20
24
20 24
MH
Section XX details
MD Section XX
XB
MC
XA H9 XA MA ML + Stroke

65
H thread depth C
Motor cable (2 x Ø 5)
Rod operating range∗1 Origin∗2
[2] 2 [Stroke end]
ØD
EV
M
T
J
K∗4
U
Y 2
V Stroke L B + Stroke W 4 x O1 M
thread depth R
Stroke end
A + Stroke EH
[Origin]∗3 S
[mm]
Step Servo Step Servo
Stroke
Size motor motor B C D EH EV H J K L M O1 R S T U V motor motor Y
range [mm]
A W
10 to 100 166.3 167 92
16 10 16 34 34.3 M5 x 0.8 18 14 10.5 25.5 M4 x 0.7 7 35 35.5 0.5 28 61.8 62.5 24
101 to 300 186.3 187 112
15 to 100 195.4 191.6 115.5
25 13 20 44 45.5 M8 x 1.25 24 17 14.5 34 M5 x 0.8 8 45 46.5 1.5 42 63.4 59.6 26
101 to 400 220.4 216.6 140.5
20 to 100 216.9 — 128
32 13 25 51 56.5 M8 x 1.25 31 22 18.5 40 M6 x 1 10 60 61 1 56.4 68.4 — 32
101 to 500 246.9 — 158
20 to 100 238.9 — 128
40 13 25 51 56.5 M8 x 1.25 31 22 18.5 40 M6 x 1 10 60 61 1 56.4 90.4 — 32
101 to 500 268.9 — 158

Stroke
Size
range [mm]
MA MC MD MH ML MO MR XA XB
10 to 39 17 23.5
40
16 40 to 100 15 32 31 23 M4 x 0.7 5.5 3 4
101 to 300 62 46 60
15 to 39 24 32
50
40 to 100
42 41
25 101 to 124 20 29 M5 x 0.8 6.5 4 5
125 to 200 59 49.5 75
201 to 400 76 58
20 to 39 22 36
50
40 to 100
32 36 43
101 to 124 25 30 M6 x 1 8.5 5 6
40
125 to 200 53 51.5 80
201 to 500 70 60
65
Selection
Model

16 A
LEY
25
With motor cover: LEY DB -C
32 C
40 [mm]
Size Stroke range A T2 X2 L CV
100st or less 169
T2
16 7.5 66.5 35 43
LEYG
101st or more, 200st or less 189
100st or less 198.5
25
CV
7.5 68.5 46 54.5
101st or more, 400st or less 223.5
100st or less 220
32 7.5 73.5 60 68.5
X2 L 101st or more, 500st or less 250
A + Stroke 100st or less 242
40 7.5 95.5 60 68.5
LEY
AC Servo Motor
16 A
25
With lock: LEY DB -B
LEYG
32 C
40
Connector [mm]
Lock cable (Ø 3.5)
Step motor Servo motor Step motor Servo motor Step motor Servo motor
Motor cable
Size Stroke range
15 15 A VB
(2 x Ø 5)
LEY-X5
100st or less 207.8 208.5
16 103.3 104
101st or more, 200st or less 227.8 228.5
Environment
20
20
Lock
100st or less 235.9 232.1
cable
25 103.9 100.1
65
25A-LEY
100st or less 259.9 —
20
24
Motor 32 111.4 —
cable 101st or more, 500st or less 289.9 —
100st or less 281.9 —
20 24 40 133.4 —
LECA6
101st or more, 500st or less 311.9 —
LEC-G
2 VB
A + Stroke
LECP1
16
LECPA
A
With lock/motor cover: LEY 25 D B -W
32 C
40
[mm]
JXC
Size Stroke range A T2 X2 L CV

100st or less 210.5

16 7.5 108 35 43
LECS
100st or less 239

25 7.5 109 46 54.4
AC Servo Motor
Motor cable 101st or more, 400st or less 264

Lock cable (2 x Ø 5)
100st or less 263
(Ø 3.5) 32 7.5 116.5 60 68.5
T2

LECY
100st or less 285

40 7.5 138.5 60 68.5
CV

Specific Product
Precautions
X2 L
A + Stroke
66
LEY Series
Dimensions
16 A
25
End male thread: LEY B-M
32 C
40
MM
Width across flats B1

H1
C1
L2
L1
[mm]
Size B1 C1 H1 L1 L2 MM
16 13 12 5 24.5 14 M8 x 1.25
25 22 20.5 8 38 23.5 M14 x 1.5 ∗ Refer to page 97 for details on the rod end nut and mounting bracket.
∗ Refer to the “Handling” precautions on pages 185 to 187 when mounting end brackets such as
32, 40 22 20.5 8 42.0 23.5 M14 x 1.5 knuckle joint or workpieces.
∗ The L1 measurement is when the unit is in the original
position. At this position, 2 mm at the end.
16 A
Foot: LEY25B-L
32 C
40
LT
LL
LG
LY
LH
LT
X Y Y X LX 4 x Ø LD
LS + Stroke LZ
A + Stroke
Special cap bolt
Outward mounting
Included parts
Foot bracket
Body mounting bolt X Y

LS + Stroke LS1
Foot [mm]
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
A LS LS1 LL LD LG LH LT LX LY LZ X Y
10 to 100 106.1 76.7
16 16.1 5.4 6.6 2.8 24 2.3 48 40.3 62 9.2 5.8
101 to 300 126.1 96.7
15 to 100 136.6 98.8
25 19.8 8.4 6.6 3.5 30 2.6 57 51.5 71 11.2 5.8
101 to 400 161.6 123.8
32 20 to 100 155.7 114
19.2 11.3 6.6 4 36 3.2 76 61.5 90 11.2 7
40 101 to 500 185.7 144
Material: Carbon steel (Chromate treated)
∗ The A measurement is when the unit is in the original position. At this position, 2 mm at the end.
∗ When the motor mounting is the right or left side parallel type, the head side foot bracket should be mounted outward.
67
Selection
Model
Dimensions

A A
LEY
Rod flange: LEY16B -F Head flange: LEY16B-G
C C
LL
LEYG
FV
FV
FX 2 x Ø FD FT FT FX 2 x Ø FD
FZ FZ
25 A A
LEY
Rod flange: LEY32 B -F Head flange: LEY25B-G
40 C C
AC Servo Motor
∗ The head flange type is not available
for the LEY32/40.
LEYG
LL
FV
FV
M
LEY-X5
Included parts
Environment
Flange
FX 4 x øFD FT FT FX 4 x Ø FD
Body mounting bolt
FZ FZ
25A-LEY
Rod/Head Flange [mm]
Size FD FT FV FX FZ LL M
LECA6
16 6.6 8 39 48 60 2.5 —
A 25 5.5 8 48 56 65 6.5 34

Double clevis: LEY16B -D 32, 40 5.5 8 54 62 72 10.5 40
C Material: Carbon steel (Nickel plating)
LEC-G
CT
Included parts
Ø CB
LECP1
Double clevis
Ø CD hole H10 Body mounting bolt

axis d9 Clevis pin
Retaining ring
CU
∗ Refer to page 97 for details on the rod end nut and LECPA
CX +0.4
+0.2 mounting bracket.
L CW RR
CZ −0.1
−0.3 CL + Stroke Double Clevis [mm]
JXC
A + Stroke Stroke
Size
range [mm]
A CL CB CD CT
25 A 16 10 to 100 128 119 20 8 5
Double clevis: LEY32B -D
15 to 100 160.5 150.5
LECS
40 C 25
101 to 200 185.5 175.5
— 10 5
AC Servo Motor
32 20 to 100 180.5 170.5

— 10 6
40 101 to 200 210.5 200.5
LECY
CT
Stroke
Size
range [mm]
CU CW CX CZ L RR
øCD hole H10
axis d9 16 10 to 100 12 18 8 16 10.5 9
Specific Product
Precautions
15 to 100
25 14 20 18 36 14.5 10
101 to 200
32 20 to 100
14 22 18 36 18.5 10
CU CX +0.4
+0.2
40 101 to 200
L CW RR
CL + Stroke CZ −0.1
−0.3
Material: Cast iron (Coating)
∗ The A and CL measurements are when the unit is in the
A + Stroke original position. At this position, 2 mm at the end.
68
Electric Actuator/
Rod Type
LEY Series LEY25, 32 Size 25, 32 RoHS
Dust-tight/Water-jet-proofsp. 163 Secondary Battery Compatiblesp. 181 LECY Seriessp. 87
How to Order
LEY H 25 S2 B 100 S 2 A1
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1 !2 !3
q Accuracy w Size r Motor type

— Basic type 25 Output Actuator Compatible UL-
Symbol Type
H High-precision type 32 [W] size drivers∗3 compliant
AC servo motor
S2∗1 (Incremental encoder)
100 25 LECSA-S1 —
e Motor mounting position
— Top mounting AC servo motor
S3 (Incremental encoder)
200 32 LECSA-S3 —
R Right side parallel
L Left side parallel LECSB-S5
AC servo motor
D In-line S6∗1 (Absolute encoder)
100 25 LECSC-S5 —
LECSS-S5
LECSB-S7
∗1 For motor type S2 and S6, the compatible driver part AC servo motor
S7 (Absolute encoder)
200 32 LECSC-S7 —
number suffixes are S1 and S5 respectively. LECSS-S7
∗2 For motor type T6, the compatible driver part number
suffix is T5.
T6∗2 AC servo motor 100 25 LECSS2-T5
∗3 For details on the driver, refer to page 246. T7 (Absolute encoder) 200 32 LECSS2-T7
t Lead [mm] y Stroke [mm] u Motor option

Symbol LEY25 LEY32∗1 30 30 — Without option
A 12 16 (20) to to B With lock∗1
B 6 8 (10) 500 500 ∗1 When “With lock” is selected for the top
C 3 4 (5) ∗ For details, refer to the applicable stroke table mounting and right/left side parallel types, the
below. motor body will stick out from the end of the
∗1 The values shown in ( ) are the leads for the
body for size 25 with strokes of 30 mm or
size 32 top mounting, right/left side parallel
less. Check for interference with workpieces
types.
before selecting a model.
(Equivalent leads which include the pulley
ratio [1.25:1]) Motor
i Rod end thread o Mounting∗1

— Rod end female thread Motor mounting position ∗1 The mounting bracket is shipped together with
Symbol Type the product but does not come assembled.
Rod end male thread Top/Parallel In-line
M ∗2 For the horizontal cantilever mounting of the rod
(1 rod end nut is included.) Ends tapped/ ∗2 flange, head flange, or ends tapped types, use
—
Body bottom tapped the actuator within the following stroke range.
LEY25: 200 mm or less LEY32: 100 mm or less
L Foot —
∗3 For the mounting of the double clevis type, use
the actuator within the following stroke range.
G Head flange∗2 ∗5 — LEY25: 200 mm or less LEY32: 200 mm or less
D Double clevis∗3 — ∗4 The rod flange type is not available for the LEY25
with a 30 mm stroke and motor option “With lock.”
∗5 The head flange type is not available for the LEY32.
Applicable Stroke Table : Standard

[mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 stroke range
Model
LEY25 — — 15 to 400 For auto switches, refer
LEY32 20 to 500 to pages 101 to 103.
∗ Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are produced as special orders.
69
AC Servo Motor Size 25, 32
Selection
Model
LEY
Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel Motor mounting position: In-line
LEYG
LEY
AC Servo Motor
!0 Cable type∗1 ∗2 !1 Cable length∗1 [m] !2 Driver type∗1
— Without cable — Without cable Compatible driver Power supply voltage [V] UL-compliant
S Standard cable 2 2 — Without driver — —
LEYG
R Robotic cable (Flexible cable) 5 5 A1 LECSA1-S 100 to 120 —
∗1 The motor and encoder cables are included. A 10 A2 LECSA2-S 200 to 230 —
(The lock cable is also included when the ∗1 The length of the motor, encoder, and B1 LECSB1-S 100 to 120 —
motor with lock option is selected.) lock cables are the same. B2 LECSB2-S 200 to 230 —
∗2 Standard cable entry direction is
Top/Parallel: (A) Axis side C1 LECSC1-S 100 to 120 —
LEY-X5
In-line: (B) Counter axis side C2 LECSC2-S 200 to 230 —
(Refer to page 264 for details.) S1 LECSS1-S 100 to 120 —
Environment
LECSS2-S 200 to 230 —
S2
!3 I/O cable length [m]∗1 LECSS2-T 200 to 240
25A-LEY
— Without cable ∗1 When a driver type is selected, a cable is
included. Select the cable type and cable length.
H Without cable (Connector only)
Example)
1 1.5 S2S2: Standard cable (2 m) + Driver (LECSS2)
LECA6
∗1 When “Without driver” is selected for driver type, S2 : Standard cable (2 m)
only “—: Without cable” can be selected. — : Without cable and driver
Refer to page 265 if I/O cable is required.

(Options are shown on page 265.)
LEC-G
Compatible Driver
LECP1
Pulse input type Pulse input type CC-Link direct SSCNET # type type
/Positioning type input type
LECPA
Driver type
JXC
LECS
AC Servo Motor
Series LECSA LECSB LECSC LECSS LECSS-T

Number of point tables Up to 7 — Up to 255 (2 stations occupied) — —
LECY
Pulse input — — —
Applicable network — — CC-Link SSCNET 3 SSCNET3/H
Incremental Absolute Absolute Absolute Absolute

Specific Product
Control encoder
Precautions
17-bit encoder 18-bit encoder 18-bit encoder 18-bit encoder 22-bit encoder
Communication function USB communication USB communication, RS422 communication USB communication
Power supply voltage 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz) 200 to 240 VAC
[V] 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz) (50/60 Hz)
Reference page 246

70
LEY Series
Specifications: LECSA/LECSB/LECSC/LECSS ∗ Refer to the next page for the LECSS-T.
Model LEY25S 26 (Top/Parallel)/LEY25DS 26 (In-line) LEY32S 37 (Top/Parallel) LEY32DS 37 (In-line)

Horizontal∗1 18 50 50 30 60 60 30 60 60
Work load [kg]
Vertical 8 16 30 9 19 37 12 24 46
Force [N]∗2 (Set value: 15 to 30 %) 65 to 131 127 to 255 242 to 485 79 to 157 154 to 308 294 to 588 98 to 197 192 to 385 368 to 736
Max.∗3 Up to 300 900 450 225
1200 600 300 1000 500 250
Stroke
speed 305 to 400 600 300 150
range
[mm/s] 405 to 500 — — — 800 400 200 640 320 160

Pushing speed [mm/s]∗4 35 or less 30 or less 30 or less
Max. acceleration/deceleration [mm/s2] 5000 5000
Positioning Basic type ±0.02
repeatability [mm] High-precision type ±0.01
∗ 5 Basic type 0.1 or less
Lost motion [mm]
High-precision type 0.05 or less
Lead [mm] (including pulley ratio) 12 6 3 20 10 5 16 8 4
Impact/Vibration resistance [m/s2]∗6 50/20 50/20
Actuation type Ball screw + Belt (LEY)/Ball screw (LEYD) Ball screw + Belt [1.25:1] Ball screw
Guide type Sliding bushing (Piston rod) Sliding bushing (Piston rod)
Operating temperature range [°C] 5 to 40 5 to 40
Operating humidity range [%RH] 90 or less (No condensation) 90 or less (No condensation)
Regeneration option May be required depending on speed and work load (Refer to pages 43 and 44.)
Motor output/Size 100 W/40 200 W/60
Motor type AC servo motor (100/200 VAC) AC servo motor (100/200 VAC)
Motor type S2, S3: Incremental 17-bit encoder (Resolution: 131072 p/rev)
Encoder
Motor type S6, S7: Absolute 18-bit encoder (Resolution: 262144 p/rev)
Power Horizontal 45 65 65
consumption [W]∗7 Vertical 145 175 175
Standby power consumption Horizontal 2 2 2
when operating [W]∗8 Vertical 8 8 8
Max. instantaneous power consumption [W]∗9 445 724 724
Type∗10
specifications
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 131 255 485 157 308 588 197 385 736
Power consumption [W] at 20 °C∗11 6.3 7.9 7.9
0
Rated voltage [V] 24 VDC −10 %
∗1 This is the maximum value of the horizontal work load. An external guide is necessary Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging between 45 to 2000 Hz.
to support the load. The actual work load changes according to the condition of the The test was performed in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to the
external guide. Confirm the load using the actual device. lead screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
∗2 The force setting range (set values for the driver) for the force control with the torque ∗7 The power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
control mode. Set it with reference to “Force Conversion Graph” on page 45. ∗8 The standby power consumption when operating (including the driver) is for when the
∗3 The allowable speed changes according to the stroke. Set the number of rotations actuator is stopped in the set position during the operation.
according to speed. ∗9 The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the driver) is for when the
∗4 The allowable collision speed for collision with the workpiece with the torque control actuator is operating.
mode ∗10 Only when motor option “With lock” is selected
∗5 A reference value for correcting an error in reciprocal operation ∗11 For an actuator with lock, add the power consumption for the lock.
∗6 Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when the actuator was tested with a drop
tester in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to the lead screw. (The
test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
Weight
Product Weight [kg]
Series LEY25S 26 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel) LEY32S 37 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel)
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Motor
Incremental encoder 1.31 1.38 1.55 1.81 1.99 2.16 2.34 2.51 2.69 2.42 2.53 2.82 3.29 3.57 3.85 4.14 4.42 4.70 4.98 5.26
type
Absolute encoder 1.37 1.44 1.61 1.87 2.05 2.22 2.40 2.57 2.75 2.36 2.47 2.76 3.23 3.51 3.79 4.08 4.36 4.64 4.92 5.20
Series LEY25DS 26 (Motor mounting position: In-line) LEY32DS 37 (Motor mounting position: In-line)
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Motor
type
Size 25 32
Incremental encoder 0.20 0.40
Lock
Absolute encoder [S6/S7] 0.30 0.66
Male thread 0.03 0.03
Rod end male thread
Nut 0.02 0.02
Foot bracket (2 sets including mounting bolt) 0.08 0.14
0.17 0.20
Double clevis (including pin, retaining ring, and mounting bolt) 0.16 0.22
71
Selection
Model
Specifications: LECSS-T
LEY
Model LEY25T6 (Top/Parallel)/LEY25DT6 (In-line) LEY32T7 (Top/Parallel) LEY32DT7 (In-line)
Horizontal∗1 18 50 50 30 60 60 30 60 60
Work load [kg]
Vertical 8 16 30 9 19 37 12 24 46
Max.∗3 Up to 300 900 450 225
1200 600 300 1000 500 250
Stroke
speed 305 to 400 600 300 150
range
[mm/s] 405 to 500 — — — 800 400 200 640 320 160
LEYG
Positioning Basic type ±0.02 ±0.02
repeatability [mm] High-precision type ±0.01 ±0.01
Lost motion [mm]
Impact/Vibration resistance [m/s2]∗6
LEY
50/20 50/20
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
Motor type AC servo motor (200 VAC) AC servo motor (200 VAC)
Encoder Motor type T6, T7: Absolute 22-bit encoder (Resolution: 4194304 p/rev)
LEY-X5
Environment
Type∗10
specifications
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 131 255 485 157 308 588 197 385 736
25A-LEY
Power consumption [W] at 20 °C∗11 6.3 7.9 7.9
0
∗1 This is the maximum value of the horizontal work load. An external guide is ∗6 Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when the actuator was tested
necessary to support the load. The actual work load changes according to the with a drop tester in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to the
LECA6
condition of the external guide. Confirm the load using the actual device. lead screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
∗2 The force setting range (set values for the driver) for the force control with the Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging between 45 to 2000 Hz.
torque control mode. Set it with reference to “Force Conversion Graph The test was performed in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to the

(Guide)” on page 48. When the control equivalent to the pushing operation of lead screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
the controller LECP series is performed, combine the Simple Motion ∗7 The power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
LEC-G
(manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation) which has a pushing ∗8 The standby power consumption when operating (including the driver) is for
operation function. when the actuator is stopped in the set position during the operation.
∗3 The allowable speed changes according to the stroke. ∗9 The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the driver) is for
∗4 The allowable collision speed for collision with the workpiece with the torque when the actuator is operating.
LECP1
control mode ∗10 Only when motor option “With lock” is selected
Weight
Product Weight LECPA
Series LEY25T6 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel) LEY32T7 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel)
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
JXC
Motor
type
Series LEY25DT6 (Motor mounting position: In-line) LEY32DT7 (Motor mounting position: In-line)
LECS
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Motor
type
AC Servo Motor
Additional Weight
LECY
Size 25 32
Lock Absolute encoder [T6/T7] 0.3 0.4
Rod end male thread
Nut 0.02 0.02
Specific Product

Precautions

0.17 0.20
72
LEY Series
Construction
Motor top mounting type: LEY

25
32
B-B @5 @4 A
A-A B
!9
Cable is shipped together.
@0
o @3 @2 !6 !1 @1
!8
!0
!4
B A
!7 y q w t !5 r e i u !2 u !3
In-line motor type: LEY

25D
32
@6
#0 @9
@7 @8 @7
Component Parts
1 Body Aluminium alloy Anodised 23 Retaining ring Steel for spring
2 Ball screw shaft Alloy steel 24 Motor adapter Aluminium alloy Coating
3 Ball screw nut Synthetic resin/Alloy steel 25 Motor —
4 Piston Aluminium alloy 26 Motor block Aluminium alloy Coating
5 Piston rod Stainless steel Hard chrome plating 27 Hub Aluminium alloy
6 Rod cover Aluminium alloy 28 Spider Urethane
7 Bearing holder Aluminium alloy 29 Socket (Male thread) Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating
8 Rotation stopper POM 30 Nut Alloy steel Zinc chromated
9 Socket Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating
10 Connected shaft Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating
11 Bushing Bearing alloy
Replacement Parts (Motor top/parallel only)/Belt
12 Bearing — No. Size Order no.
13 Return box Aluminium die-cast Coating 25 LE-D-2-2
20
14 Return plate Aluminium die-cast Coating 32 LE-D-2-4
15 Magnet —
16 Wear ring holder Stainless steel Stroke 101 mm or more
Replacement Parts/Grease Pack
Applied portion Order no.
19 Motor pulley Aluminium alloy GR-S-010 (10 g)
Piston rod
GR-S-020 (20 g)
20 Belt —
∗ Apply grease on the piston rod periodically.
21 Parallel pin Stainless steel
Grease should be applied at 1 million cycles or 200 km, whichever
22 Seal NBR comes first.
73
Selection
Model
LEY
Ø XA H9 depth XA 6 x MO thread depth MR
MH
LEYG
MD Section XX
XB
MC
XA H9 XA
MA ML + Stroke (MB)
X
W
LEY
Z
Encoder Z-phase detecting position
AC Servo Motor
2 ±1
Rod operating range∗1
V
H
(Stroke + 4 mm)
thread depth C
T
LEYG
EV
M
M
J
ØD
Section XX details Y 4 x O1
K∗2
U
M L B + Stroke thread depth R

4 x O1
LEY-X5
S A + Stroke M
thread depth R
EH
Environment
25A-LEY
∗1 Range within which the rod can move
LECA6

[mm]
LEC-G
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
A B C D EH EV H J K L M O1 R S T U Y V
15 to 100 130.5 116
25 13 20 44 45.5 M8 x 1.25 24 17 14.5 34 M5 x 0.8 8 46 92 1 26.5 40
LECP1
105 to 400 155.5 141
20 to 100 148.5 130
32 13 25 51 56.5 M8 x 1.25 31 22 18.5 40 M6 x 1.0 10 60 118 1 34 60
105 to 500 178.5 160
LECPA
Incremental encoder Absolute encoder [S6/S7] Absolute encoder [T6/T7]
Stroke range
Size Without lock With lock Without lock With lock Without lock With lock
[mm]
W X Z W X Z W X Z W X Z W X Z W X Z
15 to 100
JXC
25 87 120 14.1 123.9 156.9 15.8 82.4 115.4 14.1 123.5 156.5 15.8 82.4 115.4 14.1 123 156 15.8
105 to 400
20 to 100
32 88.2 128.2 17.1 116.8 156.8 17.1 76.6 116.6 17.1 116.1 156.1 17.1 76.6 116.6 17.1 113.4 153.4 17.1
105 to 500
LECS

AC Servo Motor
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
LECY
15 to 39 24 32
50
40 to 100
42 41
25 101 to 124 20 46 29 M5 x 0.8 6.5 4 5
Specific Product
125 to 200 59 49.5 75

Precautions
201 to 400 76 58
20 to 39 22 36
50
40 to 100
36 43
32 101 to 124 25 55 30 M6 x 1 8.5 5 6
125 to 200 53 51.5 80
201 to 500 70 60
74
LEY Series
Motor left side parallel type: LEY

25L Motor right side parallel type: LEY
25 R
32 32
S1
S1
U
U
T2 [mm] T2
Size S1 T2 U
25 47 91 1
32 61 117 1
75
Selection
Model
LEY
Ø XA H9 depth XA 6 x MO
thread depth MR
MH
Section XX details
LEYG
MD Section XX
MC
XB
MA ML + Stroke
XA H9 XA
2 ±1
LEY
(Stroke + 4 mm)
AC Servo Motor
ØD
EV
M
T
LEYG
U
4 x O1
V B + Stroke W K∗2 thread depth R
L
M
A + Stroke H
EH thread depth C
S
LEY-X5
Environment
25A-LEY
LECA6

[mm]
LEC-G
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
C D EH EV H J K L M O1 R S T U B V
15 to 100 136.5
25 13 20 44 45.5 M8 x 1.25 24 17 14.5 34 M5 x 0.8 8 45 46.5 1.5 40
LECP1
105 to 400 161.5
20 to 100 156
32 13 25 51 56.5 M8 x 1.25 31 22 18.5 40 M6 x 1.0 10 60 61 1 60
105 to 500 186
LECPA
Stroke range
[mm]
A W Z A W Z A W Z A W Z A VB VC A VB VC
15 to 100 238 274.9 233.4 274.5 233.4 274
JXC
25 87 14.6 123.9 16.3 82.4 14.6 123.5 16.3 82.4 14.6 123 16.3
105 to 400 263 299.9 258.4 299.5 258.4 299
20 to 100 262.7 291.3 251.1 290.6 251.1 287.9
32 88.2 17.1 116.8 17.1 76.6 17.1 116.1 17.1 76.6 17.1 113.4 17.1
105 to 500 292.7 321.3 281.1 320.6 281.1 317.9
LECS

AC Servo Motor
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
LECY
15 to 39 24 32
50
40 to 100
42 41
25 101 to 124 20 29 M5 x 0.8 6.5 4 5
Specific Product
125 to 200 59 49.5 75

Precautions
201 to 400 76 58
20 to 39 22 36
50
40 to 100
36 43
32 101 to 124 25 30 M6 x 1 8.5 5 6
125 to 200 53 51.5 80
201 to 500 70 60
76
LEY Series
Dimensions
End male thread: LEY

25 A
B -M
32 C
∗ Refer to page 97 for details on the rod end nut and
MM
mounting bracket.
∗ Refer to the precautions on page 187 when mounting end [mm]
Width across flats B1 brackets such as knuckle joint or workpieces.
H1 Size B1 C1 H1 L1 L2 MM
C1 25 22 20.5 8 38 23.5 M14 x 1.5
L2
32 22 20.5 8 42.0 23.5 M14 x 1.5
L1
∗ The L1 measurement is when the unit is in the
original position. At this position, 2 mm at the end.
A
Foot: LEY25 B -L
32 C
Included parts
Foot bracket
Body mounting bolt
LT
LL Outward mounting
LG
LY
LH
LT
X Y
X Y Y X LX
LS + Stroke LS1
LS + Stroke LZ
A + Stroke
4 x Ø LD
Special cap bolt
Foot [mm]
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
15 to 100 136.6 98.8
25 19.8 8.4 6.6 3.5 30 2.6 57 51.5 71 11.2 5.8
101 to 400 161.6 123.8
20 to 100 155.7 114
32 19.2 11.3 6.6 4 36 3.2 76 61.5 90 11.2 7
101 to 500 185.7 144
∗ The A measurement is when the unit is in the Z-phase first detecting position. At this position, 2 mm
at the end.
∗ When the motor mounting is the right or left side parallel type, the head side foot bracket should be
mounted outward.
77
Selection
Model
Dimensions

25 A A
LEY
Rod flange: LEY 32B -F Head flange: LEY25 B -G
C C
∗ The head flange type is not

available for the LEY32.
LEYG
LL
FV
FV
M
LEY
Included parts
FX 4 x øFD FT FX 4 x Ø FD FT Flange
FZ FZ Body mounting bolt
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
25 5.5 8 48 56 65 6.5 34
32 5.5 8 54 62 72 10.5 40
Material: Carbon steel (Nickel plating)
LEY-X5
Environment
A
25A-LEY
25
Double clevis: LEY 32 B-D
C Included parts
Double clevis
Body mounting bolt
LECA6
Clevis pin
Retaining ring

CT ∗ Refer to page 97 for details on the rod end nut and
mounting bracket.
LEC-G
Ø CD hole H10 Double Clevis [mm]
axis d9
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
A CL CD CT
LECP1
15 to 100 160.5 150.5
25 10 5
101 to 200 185.5 175.5
CX +0.4
+0.2
CU 20 to 100 180.5 170.5
LECPA
−0.1 L CW RR 32 10 6
CZ −0.3 CL + Stroke 101 to 200 210.5 200.5
A + Stroke
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
CU CW CX CZ L RR
JXC
15 to 100
25 14 20 18 36 14.5 10
101 to 200
20 to 100
32 14 22 18 36 18.5 10
LECS
101 to 200
AC Servo Motor

∗ The A and CL measurements are when the unit is in
the Z-phase first detecting position. At this position, 2
LECY
mm at the end.
Specific Product
Precautions
78
Electric Actuator/
Rod Type Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof (IP65 Equivalent)
∗ Option
LEY Series LEY63 Size 63

∗ Refer to tables r
LECY Seriessp. 87 and !3 below.
Refer to page 41 for model selection.

How to Order
LEY H 63 S4 B 200 S 2 A2
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1 !2 !3 !4
q Accuracy w Size e Motor mounting position r Motor type
— Basic type 63 — Top mounting Output Actuator Compatible UL-com-
Symbol Type
H High-precision type R Right side parallel [W] size driver pliant
L Left side parallel AC servo motor
D In-line S4 (Incremental 400 63 LECSA2-S4 —
encoder)
t Lead [mm] y Stroke [mm] AC servo motor
LECSB2-S8
50 S8 LECSC2-S8 —
Symbol LEY63 50 (Absolute 400 63
∗1 Screw lead 5 mm, Pulley LECSS2-S8
A 20 to to encoder)
B 10
ratio [4:7] equivalent lead
800 800 T8 LECSS2-T8
∗2 Only available for top
C 5 mounting and right/left ∗ For details, refer to the applicable
L 2.86∗1 ∗2 side parallel types stroke table below.
u Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof i Motor option o Rod end thread

— IP5x equivalent (Dust-protected) — Without option — Rod end female thread
IP65 equivalent (Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof)/ B With lock Rod end male thread
P With vent hole tap
M (1 rod end nut is included.)
∗ When using the dust-tight/water-jet-proof (IP65
equivalent), correctly mount the fitting and tubing !0 Mounting∗1
to the vent hole tap, and then place the end of the Motor mounting position ∗1 The mounting bracket is shipped together with
tubing in an area not exposed to dust or water. Symbol Type the product but does not come assembled.
Top/Parallel In-line
∗ The fitting and tubing should be provided sepa- ∗2 For the horizontal cantilever mounting of the
Ends tapped/ ∗2
rately by the customer. Select [Applicable tubing — Body bottom tapped
rod flange or ends tapped types, use the ac-
O.D.: Ø 4 or more, Connection thread: Rc1/8]. tuator within the following stroke range.
∗ Cannot be used in an environment where oil L Foot —
• LEY63: 400 mm or less
such as cutting oil splashes or it is constantly F Rod flange∗2 ∗3 For the mounting of the double clevis type, use
exposed to water. Take appropriate protective D Double clevis∗3 — the actuator within the following stroke range.
measures. For details on enclosure, refer to • LEY63: 300 mm or less
“Enclosure” on page 188.
!1 Cable type∗1 !2 Cable length∗2 [m] !3 Driver type

— Without cable — Without cable Compatible driver Power supply voltage UL-compliant
S Standard cable 2 2 — Without driver —
R Robotic cable (Flexible cable) 5 5 LECSA2/Pulse input
A2 (Incremental encoder)
200 V to 230 V —
∗1 The motor and encoder cables are included. A 10
(The lock cable is also included when the ∗2 The length of the encoder, motor, B2
LECSB2/Pulse input
200 V to 230 V —
motor with lock option is selected.) and lock cables are the same. (Absolute encoder)
∗ Standard cable entry direction is LECSC2/CC-Link
• Top/Parallel: (A) Axis side C2 (Absolute encoder)
200 V to 230 V —
• In-line: (B) Counter axis side LECSS2-S/SSCNET#
(Refer to page 264 for details.) 200 V to 230 V —
(Absolute encoder)
S2
LECSS2-T/SSCNET#/H
200 V to 240 V
!4 I/O cable length [m]∗1
(Absolute encoder)
∗ When a driver type is selected, a cable is included.
— Without cable Select the cable type and cable length.
H Without cable (Connector only) Example) S2S2: Standard cable (2 m) + Driver (LECSS2)
1 1.5 S2 : Standard cable (2 m)
∗1 When “Without driver” is selected for driver type, —: Without cable and driver
only “—: Without cable” can be selected. Applicable Stroke Table
(Options are shown on page 265.) [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 stroke range
Model
LEY63 50 to 800
79
AC Servo Motor Size 63 Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof (IP65 Equivalent)
Selection
Model
∗ Option
Specifications
LEY
Model LEY63S48 /T8 (Top/Parallel) LEY63DS48 /T8 (In-line)
Horizontal∗1 40 70 80 200 40 70 80
Work load [kg]
Vertical∗14 19 38 72 115 19 38 72
Force [N]/Set value∗2 : 15 to 50 %∗3 ∗4 156 to 521 304 to 1012 573 to 1910 1003 to 3343 156 to 521 304 to 1012 573 to 1910
Up to 500 1000 500 250 1000 500 250
∗5
Max. speed Stroke 505 to 600 800 400 200 800 400 200
70
[mm/s] range 605 to 700 600 300 150 600 300 150
LEYG
705 to 800 500 250 125 500 250 125

Pushing speed [mm/s]∗6 30 or less
Max. acceleration/deceleration [mm/s2] 5000 3000 5000
Positioning repeatability Basic type ±0.02
[mm] High-precision type ±0.01
Basic type 0.1 or less
Lost motion [mm]∗7
LEY
Screw lead [mm] (including pulley ratio)
20 10 5 5 (2.86) 20 10 5
Actuation type Ball screw + Belt Ball screw + Belt [Pulley ratio 4:7] Ball screw
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
Motor output/Size 400 W/60
Motor type AC servo motor (200 VAC)

Motor type S4: Incremental 17-bit encoder (Resolution: 131072 p/rev)
Encoder Motor type S8: Absolute 18-bit encoder (Resolution: 262144 p/rev)
Motor type T8: Absolute 22-bit encoder (Resolution: 4194304 p/rev)
∗ Horizontal 210
LEY-X5
Power consumption [W] 9
Vertical 230
Standby power consumption Horizontal 2
Environment
when operating [W]∗10 Vertical !0
Controller/Driver type∗10 18
Max. instantaneous power consumption [W]∗11 — Without controller/driver 1275
25A-LEY
Type∗12
specifications
6N LECA6Non-magnetising NPNlock
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 313 6P607 (Step data imput type) 2006 PNP
1146 313 607 1146
Power consumption [W] at 20 °C∗13 1N LECP1∗11 7.9 NPN
0
Rated voltage [V] 1P (Programless type) 24 VDC −10 PNP %
LECA6
∗1 This is the maximum value of the horizontal work load. An external LECPA∗ to∗support the NPN
AN guide is necessary 11 13 load. The actual work load changes according to
the condition of the external guide. Confirm the load using the actual
AP device.(Pulse input type) PNP
∗2 Set values for the driver

∗3 The force setting range (set values for the driver) for the force control with the torque control mode. The force and duty ratio change according to the set value.
Set it with reference to “Force Conversion Graph” on page 45. n (manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric
LEC-G
Corporation) which has a pushing operation function.
∗4 For the motor type T8, the set value is from 12 to 40 %.
∗5 The allowable speed changes according to the stroke. Set the number of rotations according to speed.
∗6 The allowable collision speed for collision with the workpiece with the torque control mode
LECP1
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging between 45 to 2000 Hz. The test was performed in both an axial direction and a perpen-
dicular direction to the lead screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
∗9 The power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
∗10 The standby power consumption when operating (including the driver) is for when the actuator is stopped in the set position during the operation.
∗11 The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator is operating. LECPA
∗12 Only when motor option “With lock” is selected
∗14 When mounting vertically and using the product facing upwards in an environment where water is present, take necessary measures to prevent water
from splashing on the rod cover, because water will accumulate on the rod seal due to the structure of the product.
JXC
Weight
LECS
Product Weight [kg] Additional Weight [kg]

AC Servo Motor
Series LEY63S48 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel) Size 63

Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 Incremental encoder 0.4
Incremental
LECY
Absolute encoder
Motor type
encoder 4.9 5.4 6.0 6.6 7.8 8.3 8.9 9.4 10.0 10.5 12.2 13.4 14.5 0.6
Lock (Motor type S8)
Absolute encoder 5.0 5.5 6.1 6.7 7.9 8.4 9.0 9.5 10.1 10.6 12.3 13.5 14.6
(Motor type S8) Absolute encoder
0.4
Absolute encoder (Motor type T8)
(Motor type T8) 4.9 5.4 6.0 6.6 7.8 8.3 8.9 9.4 10.0 10.5 12.2 13.4 14.5
Specific Product
Rod end Male thread 0.12

Precautions
Series LEY63DS48 (Motor mounting position: In-line) male thread Nut 0.04
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 Foot bracket (2 sets including mounting bolt) 0.26
Incremental Rod flange (including mounting bolt) 0.51
Motor type
encoder 5.1 5.6 6.2 6.7 7.9 8.4 9.0 9.6 10.2 10.7 12.4 13.5 14.7
Double clevis (including pin,
Absolute encoder 0.58
5.2 5.7 6.3 6.8 8.0 8.5 9.1 9.7 10.3 10.8 12.5 13.6 14.8 retaining ring, and mounting bolt)
(Motor type S8)
Absolute encoder 5.1 5.6 6.2 6.7 7.9 8.4 9.0 9.6 10.2 10.7 12.4 13.5 14.7
(Motor type T8)
80
LEY Series
∗ Option
Construction
Motor top mounting type: LEY63
@4 @3
Cable is shipped together.

!8
o @2 @1 !0 @8
!9
!3
!7
!6 !5 y q w t !4 r e i u !1 @0 !2
In-line motor type: LEY63D
@8 @7
@6 @5
@9 #0 @9 @4
Component Parts
1 Body Aluminium alloy Anodised 16 Wear ring Resin
2 Ball screw shaft Alloy steel 17 Screw shaft pulley Aluminium alloy
3 Ball screw nut Resin/Alloy steel 18 Motor pulley Aluminium alloy
4 Piston Aluminium alloy 19 Belt —
5 Piston rod Stainless steel Hard chrome plating 20 Lock nut Alloy steel Black dyed
6 Rod cover Aluminium alloy 21 Seal NBR
7 Bearing holder Aluminium alloy 22 Retaining ring Steel for spring
8 Rotation stopper Resin 23 Motor adapter Aluminium alloy Coating
9 Socket Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating 24 Motor —
10 Bushing Lead bronze cast 25 Socket (Male thread) Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating
11 Bearing — 26 Nut Alloy steel Trivalent chromated
12 Return box Aluminium alloy Coating 27 Motor block Aluminium alloy Coating
13 Return plate Aluminium alloy Coating 28 Spacer A Stainless steel
14 Magnet — 29 Hub Aluminium alloy
15 Wear ring holder Stainless steel 30 Spider Urethane
Replacement Parts (Motor top/parallel only)/Belt Replacement Parts/Grease Pack

No. Size Lead Order no. Applied portion Order no.
A/B/C LE-D-2-5 GR-S-010 (10 g)
19 63 Piston rod
L LE-D-2-6 GR-S-020 (20 g)
Grease should be applied at 1 million cycles or 200 km, whichever
comes first.
81
Selection
Model
∗ Option

6 x MO
LEY
Ø XA H9 depth XA thread depth MR
MH
Section XX details
MD
LEYG
MC Section XX
XB
XA H9 XA
MA ML + Stroke
ZZ
X
W
Z
LEY
4 ±1
AC Servo Motor
V
(Stroke + 8 mm) Hx2
thread depth C
T
LEYG
EV
M
M
J
ØD
M Y K∗2
U
4 x O1
S 4 x O1 L B + Stroke M thread depth R
thread depth R
LEY-X5
A + Stroke EH
*1 Range within which the rod can move
Environment
Make sure workpieces mounted on the rod do
not interfere with the workpieces and facilities
25A-LEY
around the rod.
*2 The direction of rod end width across flats (K)
differs depending on the products.
IP65 equivalent (Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof): LEY63-P
LECA6
(View ZZ) Rc 1/8

Vent hole tap∗1
LEC-G
∗1 When using the dust-tight/water-jet-proof (IP65 equivalent), correctly
mount the fitting and tubing to the vent hole tap, and then place the end
18 of the tubing in an area not exposed to dust or water. The fitting and
tubing should be provided separately by the customer.
LECP1
Select [Applicable tubing O.D.: Ø 4 or more, Connection thread: Rc1/8].
[mm]
LECPA
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
A B C D EH EV H J K L M O1 R S Y T U V
Up to 200 192.6 155.2

63 205 to 500 227.6 190.2 21 40 76 82 M16 x 2 44 36 37.4 60 M8 x 1.25 16 80 32.2 146 4 60
JXC
505 to 800 262.6 225.2
Incremental encoder Absolute encoder [S8] Absolute encoder [T8]

Stroke range
[mm]
LECS
AC Servo Motor
Up to 200
15.6 15.6 15.6 15.6 15.6 15.6
63 205 to 500 110.2 150.2
(16.6)∗1
138.8 178.8
(16.6)∗1
98.5 138.5
(16.6)∗1
138 178
(16.6)∗1
98.3 138.3
(16.6)∗1
135.1 175.1
(16.6)∗1
LECY
505 to 800
∗1 The values in ( ) are the dimensions when L is selected for screw lead.

Specific Product
Precautions
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
50 to 74 24 50
75 to 124 45 60.5 65
63 125 to 200 38 58 67 44 M8 x 1.25 10 6 7
201 to 500 100
86 81
501 to 800 135
82
LEY Series
∗ Option

Motor left side parallel type: LEY63L Motor right side parallel type: LEY63R
S1
S1
U
U
T2 T2
[mm]
Size S1 T2 U
63 84 142 4
83
Selection
Model
∗ Option

LEY63D
LEY
6 x MO thread
Ø XA H9 depth XA
MH
effective depth MR
LEYG
MD
MC Section XX
MA ML + Stroke Section XX details
XB
Encoder Z-phase detecting position XA H9 XA
LEY
4 ±1
(Stroke + 8 mm) ZZ
AC Servo Motor
Z
EV
M
T
LEYG
J
ØD
4 x O1 thread
K∗2
U
V L B + Stroke W effective depth R

A + Stroke M H thread
EH effective depth C
LEY-X5
S
Environment
Make sure workpieces mounted on the rod do not interfere with the
workpieces and facilities around the rod.
∗2 The direction of rod end width across flats (K) differs depending
25A-LEY
on the products.
[mm]
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
LECA6
Up to 200 190.7
63 205 to 500 21 40 76 82 M16 x 2 44 36 37.4 60 M8 x 1.25 16 78 83 5 225.7 60

505 to 800 260.7
LEC-G
Incremental encoder Absolute encoder [S8] Absolute encoder [T8]
Stroke range
[mm]
A W Z A W Z A W Z A W Z A W Z A W Z
LECP1
Up to 200 338.3 366.9 326.6 366.1 326.4 363.2
63 205 to 500 373.3 110.2 8.1 401.9 138.8 8.1 361.6 98.5 8.1 401.1 138 8.1 361.4 98.3 8.1 398.2 135.1 8.1
505 to 800 408.3 436.9 396.6 436.1 396.4 433.2
Body Bottom Tapped [mm] LECPA

Stroke range
Size
[mm]
50 to 74 24 50
JXC
75 to 124 45 60.5 65
63 125 to 200 38 58 67 44 M8 x 1.25 10 6 7
201 to 500 100
86 81
501 to 800 135
LECS
AC Servo Motor
LECY
IP65 equivalent (Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof): LEY63D-P

(View ZZ)
Rc 1/8
Vent hole tap∗1
Specific Product
Precautions
∗1 When using the dust-tight/water-jet-proof (IP65 equivalent), correctly mount

the fitting and tubing to the vent hole tap, and then place the end of the tubing
10.5
in an area not exposed to dust or water. The fitting and tubing should be
provided separately by the customer.
50 Select [Applicable tubing O.D.: Ø 4 or more, Connection thread: Rc1/8].
84
LEY Series
∗ Option
Dimensions
End male thread: LEY63-M
M18 x 1.5
Width across flats 27 11

26
39
76.4∗1
∗1 The measurement 76.4 is when the unit is in the Z-phase detecting

position. At this position, 4 mm from the end of the operating range.
Foot: LEY63-L
Included parts
Outward mounting • Foot bracket
3.2
• Body mounting bolt
29.2
Material: Carbon steel (Chromate
treated)
∗ The overall length is when the unit
88
5 5 is in the Z-phase detecting position.

4xØ9
50
At this position, 4 mm from the end

3.2
of the operating range.

95 14.2 8 ∗ When the motor mounting is the
4.3 8 right or left side parallel type, the
LS + Stroke 110 LS + Stroke 25.2 head side foot bracket should be
LA + Stroke mounted outward.
[mm]
Stroke range [mm] LA LS
50 to 200 200.8 133.2
201 to 500 235.8 168.2
501 to 800 270.8 203.2
Rod flange: LEY63-F

28.4∗1
Included parts
60
80
• Flange
• Body mounting bolt
9 92 4xØ9 Material: Carbon steel (Nickel plating)

108 ∗1 When the unit is in the Z-phase detecting
position. At this position, 4 mm from the
end of the operating range.
Double clevis: LEY63-D
8
Ø 14 hole H10 [mm]
axis d9 Included parts Stroke range [mm] DA CL
• Double clevis 50 to 200 236.6 222.6
• Body mounting bolt 201 to 500 271.6 257.6
• Clevis pin 501 to 800 306.6 292.6
+0.4 22 • Retaining ring
22 +0.2
−0.1 37.4 30 14
44 −0.3 CL + Stroke Material: Cast iron (Coating)
∗ The overall length is when the unit is in the Z-phase detecting
DA + Stroke
position. At this position, 4 mm from the end of the operating range.
85
86
Electric Actuator/
Rod Type
LEY Series LEY25, 32, 63
Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof (IP65 Equivalent)sp. 169 Secondary Battery Compatiblesp. 183
LECS Seriessp. 69, 79

How to Order
LEY H 25 V6 B 200 S 3 M2
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1 !2 !3 !4

— Basic type 25 — Top mounting Output Compatible
Symbol Type Size
H High-precision type 32 R Right side parallel [W] driver
63 L Left side parallel LECYM2-V5
V6∗1 100 25
LECYU2-V5
D In-line
AC servo motor LECYM2-V7
V7 200 32
(Absolute encoder) LECYU2-V7
LECYM2-V8
V8 400 63
LECYU2-V8
∗1 For motor type V6, the compatible driver part number suffix is V5.
t Lead [mm] y Stroke [mm] u Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof (Only available for LEY63)

Symbol LEY25 LEY32∗1 LEY63 30 30 Symbol LEY25/32 LEY63
A 12 16 (20) 20 to to — IP4x equivalent IP5x equivalent (Dust-protected)
B 6 8 (10) 10 800 800 IP65 equivalent (Dust-tight/
P —
C 3 4 (5) 5 ∗ For details, refer to the Water-jet-proof)/With vent hole tap
L — — 2.86∗2 applicable stroke table ∗ When using the dust-tight/water-jet-proof (IP65 equivalent), correct-
below. ly mount the fitting and tubing to the vent hole tap, and then place
∗1 The values shown in ( ) are the leads for the top
mounting, right/left side parallel types. (Equiva- the end of the tubing in an area not exposed to dust or water.
lent leads which include the pulley ratio [1.25:1]) ∗ The fitting and tubing should be provided separately by the custom-
∗2 Only available for top mounting and right/left side er. Select [Applicable tubing O.D.: Ø 4 or more, Connection thread:
parallel types (Equivalent leads which include Rc1/8].
the pulley ratio [4:7]) ∗ Cannot be used in environments exposed to cutting oil, etc. Take
appropriate protective measures. For details on enclosure, refer to
“Enclosure” on page 188.
i Motor option o Rod end thread

— Without option — Rod end female thread
B With lock Rod end male thread
M
∗ When “With lock” is selected for the top (1 rod end nut is included.)
mounting and right/left side parallel types, the
motor body will stick out from the end of the
body for size 25 with strokes of 30 mm or less.
Check for interference with workpieces before
selecting a model.
Motor

[mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 stroke range
Model
LEY25 — — — — — 15 to 400
LEY32 — — — 20 to 500
LEY63 — 50 to 800 For auto switches, refer to
∗ Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are produced as special orders. pages 101 to 103.
87
AC Servo Motor Size 25, 32, 63
Selection
Model
LEY
Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel Motor mounting position: In-line
LEYG
LEY
!0 Mounting∗1
AC Servo Motor
Motor mounting position ∗1 The mounting bracket is shipped together with the product but does not
Symbol Type come assembled.
∗2 For the horizontal cantilever mounting of the ends tapped, rod flange, or
LEYG
Ends tapped/ head flange types, use the actuator within the following stroke range.
— ∗2
Body bottom tapped · LEY25: 200 mm or less · LEY32: 100 mm or less · LEY63: 400 mm or less
L Foot — ∗3 For the mounting of the double clevis type, use the actuator within the
following stroke range.
F Rod flange∗2 ∗4 · LEY25: 200 mm or less · LEY32: 200 mm or less · LEY63: 300 mm or less
G Head flange∗2 ∗5 — ∗4 The rod flange type is not available for the LEY25 with a 30 mm stroke and
D Double clevis∗3 — motor option “With lock.”
LEY-X5
∗5 The head flange type is not available for the LEY32/LEY63.
Environment
!1 Cable type∗1 !2 Cable length [m]∗1 !3 Driver type
25A-LEY
— Without cable — Without cable Compatible driver Power supply voltage [V]
R Robotic cable (Flexible cable) 5 5 M2 LECYM2-V 200 to 230
∗1 The motor and encoder cables are included. A 10 U2 LECYU2-V 200 to 230
LECA6
The motor cable for lock option is included C 20 ∗ When a driver type is selected, a cable is
when the motor with lock option is selected. included. Select the cable type and cable
∗1 The length of the motor and encoder cables

are the same. (For with lock) length.
LEC-G
— Without cable
LECP1
1 1.5
∗1 When “Without driver” is selected for driver
LECPA
type, only “—: Without cable” can be selected.
JXC
Compatible Driver
-@ type -# type
LECS
AC Servo Motor
Driver type
LECY
Specific Product
Series LECYM LECYU

Precautions
Applicable network MECHATROLINK-2 MECHATROLINK-3

Absolute
Control encoder
20-bit encoder
Communication device USB communication, RS-422 communication
Power supply voltage [V] 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Reference page 271
88
LEY Series
Specifications
Model LEY25V6 (Top/Parallel)/LEY25DV6 (In-line) LEY32V7 (Top/Parallel) LEY32DV7 (In-line)

Horizontal∗1 18 50 50 30 60 60 30 60 60
Work load [kg]
Vertical 8 16 30 9 19 37 12 24 46
Force [N]∗2
65 to 131 127 to 255 242 to 485 79 to 157 154 to 308 294 to 588 98 to 197 192 to 385 368 to 736
(Set value: 45 to 90 %)
Max. ∗ 3 Up to 300 900 450 225
Stroke 1200 600 300 1000 500 250
speed 305 to 400 600 300 150
[mm/s] range
405 to 500 — — — 800 400 200 640 320 160

Lost motion∗5 Basic type 0.1 or less 0.1 or less
[mm] High-precision type 0.05 or less 0.05 or less
Conditions for∗7 Horizontal Not required Not required
“Regenerative resistor” [kg] Vertical 6 or more 4 or more

Encoder Absolute 20-bit encoder (Resolution: 1048576 p/rev)
Type∗11
specifications
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 131 255 485 157 308 588 197 385 736
Power consumption [W] at 20 °C∗12 5.5 6 6
Rated voltage [V] 24 VDC +10
0
%
∗1 This is the maximum value of the horizontal work load. An external guide is ∗7 The work load conditions which require “Regenerative resistor” when
necessary to support the load. The actual work load changes according to operating at the maximum speed (Duty ratio: 100 %). Order the
the condition of the external guide. Confirm the load using the actual device. regenerative resistor separately. For details, refer to “Conditions for
∗2 The force setting range (set values for the driver) for the force control with the torque Regenerative Resistor (Guide)” on pages 50 and 51.
control mode. Set it with reference to “Force Conversion Graph (Guide)” on page 52. ∗8 The power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator
∗3 The allowable speed changes according to the stroke. is operating.
∗4 The allowable collision speed for collision with the workpiece with the torque control mode ∗9 The standby power consumption when operating (including the driver)
∗5 A reference value for correcting an error in reciprocal operation is for when the actuator is stopped in the set position during the
∗6 Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when the actuator was tested with a operation.
drop tester in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to the lead ∗10 The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the
screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.) driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging between 45 to 2000 ∗11 Only when motor option “With lock” is selected
Hz. The test was performed in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction ∗12 For an actuator with lock, add the power consumption for the lock.
to the lead screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
Weight
Product Weight [kg]
Series LEY25V6 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel) LEY32V7 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel)
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Weight [kg] 1.2 1.3 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.3 2.4 2.7 3.2 3.5 3.8 4.0 4.3 4.6 4.9 5.2
Series LEY25DV6 (Motor mounting position: In-line) LEY32DV7 (Motor mounting position: In-line)
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Weight [kg] 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.4 2.6 2.3 2.4 2.7 3.2 3.5 3.8 4.1 4.3 4.6 4.9 5.2
Size 25 32
Lock 0.30 0.60
Rod end male thread
Nut 0.02 0.02
0.17 0.20
89
Selection
Model
Specifications
LEY
Model LEY63V8 (Top/Parallel) LEY63DV8 (In-line)
Horizontal∗1 40 70 80 200 40 70 80
Work load [kg]
Vertical 19 38 72 115 19 38 72
Force [N]/Set value∗2 : 45 to 150 %∗3 156 to 521 304 to 1012 573 to 1910 1003 to 3343 156 to 521 304 to 1012 573 to 1910
Up to 500 1000 500 250 1000 500 250
∗4
Max. speed Stroke 505 to 600 800 400 200 800 400 200
70
[mm/s] range 605 to 700 600 300 150 600 300 150
LEYG
705 to 800 500 250 125 500 250 125
Pushing speed [mm/s]∗5 30 or less

Max. acceleration/deceleration [mm/s2] 5000 3000 5000
Positioning repeatability Basic type ±0.02
[mm] High-precision type ±0.01
LEY
Screw lead [mm] (including pulley ratio) 20 10 5 5 (2.86) 20 10 5
AC Servo Motor
Actuation type Ball screw Ball screw + Belt [Pulley ratio 4:7] Ball screw
Conditions for∗8
LEYG
Horizontal Not required
“Regenerative resistor” [kg] Vertical 2.5 or more
Motor output/Size 400 W/60
Lock unit specifications Electric specifications
Motor type AC servo motor (200 VAC)

Horizontal 210
Power consumption [W]∗9
LEY-X5
Vertical 230
Standby power consumption Horizontal 2
Environment
when operating [W]∗10 Vertical 18
Max. instantaneous power consumption [W]∗11 1275
25A-LEY
Type∗12 Non-magnetising lock
Holding force [N] 313 607 1146 2006 313 607 1146
Power consumption [W] at 20 °C∗13 6
Rated voltage [V] 24 VDC +10 0
%
LECA6
∗1 This is the maximum value of the horizontal work load. An external guide is necessary to support the load. The actual work load changes according to
the condition of the external guide. Confirm the load using the actual device.
∗2 Set values for the driver

∗3 The force setting range (set values for the driver) for the force control with the torque control mode. The force and duty ratio change according to the set
LEC-G
value. Set it with reference to “Force Conversion Graph (Guide)” on page 52.
∗4 The allowable speed changes according to the stroke.
∗5 The allowable collision speed for collision with the workpiece with the torque control mode
LECP1
∗8 The work load conditions which require “Regenerative resistor” when operating at the maximum speed (Duty ratio: 100 %)
LECPA
∗9 The power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
∗10 The standby power consumption when operating (including the driver) is for when the actuator is stopped in the set position during the operation.
∗11 The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
∗12 Only when motor option “With lock” is selected
JXC
Weight
LECS
AC Servo Motor
Product Weight [kg] Additional Weight [kg]

Series LEY63V8 (Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel) Size 63
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 Lock 0.6
LECY
Weight [kg] 4.8 5.3 6.0 6.5 7.7 8.2 8.8 9.3 9.9 10.4 12.1 13.3 14.4 Rod end Male thread 0.12
male thread Nut 0.04
Series LEY63DV8 (Motor mounting position: In-line)
Stroke [mm] 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 Foot bracket (2 sets including mounting bolt) 0.26
Rod flange (including mounting bolt) 0.51
Specific Product
Weight [kg] 5.0 5.5 6.1 6.6 7.8 8.3 9.0 9.5 10.1 10.6 12.3 13.4 14.6
Precautions
Double clevis (including pin,

0.58
retaining ring, and mounting bolt)
90
LEY Series
Construction
25
63
B-B @5 @4
A-A A
B
Cable is shipped together. !9
@0
o @3 @2 !1 @1
!8
!0
!4
B A
!7 !6 y q w t !5 r e i u !2 u !3
25
In-line motor type: LEY 32D
63
!2
#0 @9
!0 u u @6 @7 @8 @7 @5
Component Parts
1 Body Aluminium alloy Anodised 19 Motor pulley Aluminium alloy
2 Ball screw shaft Alloy steel 20 Belt —
3 Ball screw nut Resin/Alloy steel 21 Parallel pin Stainless steel
4 Piston Aluminium alloy 22 Seal NBR
5 Piston rod Stainless steel Hard chrome plating 23 Retaining ring Steel for spring Phosphate coated
6 Rod cover Aluminium alloy 24 Motor adapter Aluminium alloy Coating
7 Bearing holder Aluminium alloy 25 Motor —
8 Rotation stopper POM 26 Motor block Aluminium alloy Coating
9 Socket Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating 27 Hub Aluminium alloy
10 Connected shaft Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating 28 Spider Urethane
11 Bushing Bearing alloy 29 Socket (Male thread) Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating
12 Bearing — 30 Nut Alloy steel Zinc chromated
13 Return box Aluminium die-cast Coating
14 Return plate Aluminium die-cast Coating
15 Magnet — Replacement Parts (Motor top/parallel only)/Belt
16 Wear ring holder Stainless steel Stroke 101 mm or more No. Size Order no. No. Size Lead Order no.
17 Wear ring POM Stroke 101 mm or more 25 LE-D-2-2 A/B/C LE-D-2-5
20 20 63
18 Screw shaft pulley Aluminium alloy 32 LE-D-2-4 L LE-D-2-6
91
Selection
Model

Ø XA H9 depth XA 6 x MO thread depth MR
LEY
Make sure workpieces mounted on the rod
MH
do not interfere with the workpieces and Section XX details
facilities around the rod.
∗2 The direction of rod end width across flats
MD Section XX
LEYG
(K) differs depending on the products.
MC
XB
MA ML + Stroke (MB)
XA H9 XA
X
W
ZZ
Rod operating range∗1 F ±1
(Stroke + G mm)
Z
LEY
V
H
AC Servo Motor
thread depth C
T
EV
M
LEYG
J
ØD
Y 4 x O1
K∗2
U
M L B + Stroke thread depth R

S A + Stroke M
4 x O1 EH
thread depth R
LEY-X5
Environment
IP65 equivalent (Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof): LEY63-P
25A-LEY
(View ZZ) Rc 1/8
Vent hole tap∗1 ∗1 When using the dust-tight/water-jet-proof (IP65 equivalent), correctly
of the tubing in an area not exposed to dust or water. The fitting and
LECA6
18 Select [Applicable tubing O.D.: Ø 4 or more, Connection thread: Rc1/8].

[mm]
LEC-G
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
A B C D EH EV H J K L M O1 R S T U Y V
15 to 100 130.5 116
25 13 20 44 45.5 M8 x 1.25 24 17 14.5 34 M5 x 0.8 8 46 92 1 26.5 40
105 to 400 155.5 141
LECP1
20 to 100 148.5 130
32 13 25 51 56.5 M8 x 1.25 31 22 18.5 40 M6 x 1.0 10 60 118 1 34 60
105 to 500 178.5 160
Up to 200 192.6 155.2
63 205 to 500 227.6 190.2 21 40 76 82 M16 x 2 44 36 37.4 60 M8 x 1.25 16 80 146 4 32.2 60
505 to 800 262.6 225.2 LECPA
Size
Stroke range Without lock With lock
F G
[mm] W X Z W X Z Stroke range
Size MA MB MC MD MH ML MO MR XA XB
JXC
15 to 100 [mm]
25 82.5 115.5 11 127.5 160.5 11 2 4
105 to 400 15 to 35 24 32
20 to 100 50
32 80 120 14 120 160 14 2 4 40 to 100
105 to 500 42 41
25 105 to 120 20 46 29 M5 x 0.8 6.5 4 5
LECS
50 to 200 125 to 200 59 49.5 75

12.5 12.5
AC Servo Motor
63 205 to 500 98.5 138.5

(13.5)∗1
138.5 178.5
(13.5)∗1
4 8 205 to 400 76 58
505 to 800 20 to 35 22 36
50
∗1 L lead 40 to 100
LECY
36 43
32 105 to 120 25 55 30 M6 x 1 8.5 5 6
125 to 200 53 51.5 80
205 to 500 70 60
50 to 70 24 50
Specific Product
Precautions
75 to 120 45 60.5 65
63 125 to 200 38 52.2 58 67 44 M8 x 1.25 10 6 7
205 to 500 100
86 81
505 to 800 135
92
LEY Series

25 25
Motor left side parallel type: LEY 32 L Motor right side parallel type: LEY 32 R
63 63
S1
S1
[mm]
Size S1 T2 U
25 47 91 1
U
U
T2 T2
32 61 117 1
63 84 142 4
93
Selection
Model
LEY
thread depth MR
MH
LEYG
Section XX details
MD
Section XX
MC
MA ML + Stroke
XB
XA H9 XA
Rod operating range∗1 F ±1
(Stroke + G mm)
LEY
ZZ
Z
ØD
AC Servo Motor
EV
M
T
J
U
LEYG
4 x O1
V L B + Stroke W K∗2 thread depthR
A + Stroke M
H
EH
thread depth C
∗1 Range within which the rod can move S
Make sure workpieces mounted on the rod
LEY-X5
do not interfere with the workpieces and
facilities around the rod.
Environment
∗2 The direction of rod end width across flats
(K) differs depending on the products.
25A-LEY
[mm]
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
LECA6
15 to 100 136.5
25 13 20 44 45.5 M8 x 1.25 24 17 14.5 34 M5 x 0.8 8 45 46.5 1.5 40
105 to 400 161.5
20 to 100 156

32 13 25 51 56.5 M8 x 1.25 31 22 18.5 40 M6 x 1.0 10 60 61 1 60
105 to 500 186
LEC-G
50 to 200 190.7
63 205 to 500 21 40 76 82 M16 x 2 44 36 37.4 60 M8 x 1.25 16 78 83 5 225.7 60
505 to 800 260.7
Stroke range Without lock With lock Body Bottom Tapped [mm]
LECP1
Size F G
[mm] A W Z A W Z Stroke range
15 to 100 233.5 278.5 Size
[mm]
25 82.5 11.5 127.5 11.5 2 4
105 to 400 258.5 303.5 15 to 35 24 32
50
LECPA
20 to 100 254.5 294.5 40 to 100
32 80 14 120 14 2 4 42 41
105 to 500 284.5 324.5 25 105 to 120 20 29 M5 x 0.8 6.5 4 5
50 to 200 326.6 366.6 125 to 200 59 49.5 75
63 205 to 500 361.6 98.5 5 401.6 138.5 5 4 8 205 to 400 76 58
505 to 800 396.6 436.6
JXC
20 to 35 22 36
50
40 to 100
36 43
32 105 to 120 25 30 M6 x 1 8.5 5 6
125 to 200 53 51.5 80
LECS
205 to 500 70 60
50 to 70 24 50
AC Servo Motor
75 to 120 45 60.5 65
63 125 to 200 38 58 67 44 M8 x 1.25 10 6 7
LECY
205 to 500 100

IP65 equivalent (Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof): LEY63D-P 86 81
505 to 800 135
(View ZZ)
Rc1/8
∗ LEY63 only ∗1 When using the dust-tight/water-jet-proof (IP65 equivalent), correctly
Vent hole tap∗1
Specific Product
Precautions
of the tubing in an area not exposed to dust or water. The fitting and
Select [Applicable tubing O.D.: Ø 4 or more, Connection thread: Rc1/8].
10.5
50
94
LEY Series
Dimensions
25 A
End male thread: LEY 32 B
C -M
63 L [mm]
MM
∗ Refer to page 97 for details on the rod end nut and Size B1 C1 H1 L1∗1 L2 MM
mounting bracket. 25 22 20.5 8 38 23.5 M14 x 1.5
∗ Refer to the precautions on page 187 when mounting 32 22 20.5 8 42.0 23.5 M14 x 1.5
end brackets such as knuckle joint or workpieces.
Width across 63 27 26 11 76.4 39 M18 x 1.5
flats B1 H1
∗1 The L1 measurement is when the unit is in the
C1
Z-phase first detecting position. At this position,
L2 2 mm at the end (size 25, 32) and 4 mm at the
L1 end (size 63).
25 A
Foot: LEY 32 B
C-L
63 L Included parts
·Foot bracket
·Body mounting bolt
LT
LL Outward mounting
LG
LY
LH
LT
X Y
X Y Y X LX
LS + Stroke LS1
LS + Stroke LZ
A + Stroke
4 x Ø LD
Special cap bolt
Foot [mm]
Stroke
Size
range [mm]
15 to 100 136.6 98.8
25 19.8 8.4 6.6 3.5 30 2.6 57 51.5 71 11.2 5.8
105 to 400 161.6 123.8
20 to 100 155.7 114
32 19.2 11.3 6.6 4 36 3.2 76 61.5 90 11.2 7
105 to 500 185.7 144
50 to 200 200.8 133.2
63 205 to 500 235.8 168.2 25.2 29.2 8.6 5 50 3.2 95 88 110 14.2 8
505 to 800 270.8 203.2
∗ The A measurement is when the unit is in the Z-phase first detecting position. At this position, 2 mm at the end
(size 25, 32) and 4 mm at the end (size 63).
∗ When the motor mounting is the right or left side parallel type, the head side foot bracket should be mounted
outward.
95
Selection
Model
Dimensions

25 A 25 A
LEY
Rod flange: LEY B
32
C -F Head flange: LEY B
32
C -G
63 63
L L
∗ The head flange type is not
available for the LEY32/LEY63.
LEYG
LL
FV
M
FV
M
LEY
FT FX 4 x Ø FD Included parts
FZ FX 4 x Ø FD FT ·Flange
FZ ·Body mounting bolt
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
25 5.5 8 48 56 65 6.5 34
32 5.5 8 54 62 72 10.5 40
63 9 9 80 92 108 28.4 60
Material: Carbon steel (Nickel plating)
∗ The LL measurement is when the unit is in the
LEY-X5
Z-phase first detecting position. At this position,
2 mm at the end (size 25, 32) and 4 mm at the
Environment
end (size 63).
25 A
25A-LEY
B
Double clevis: LEY 32 C-D
63 L
LECA6
∗ Refer to page 97 for details on the rod end nut and
mounting bracket.
LEC-G
CT
Ø CD hole H10
axis d9
LECP1
Included parts
CU · Double clevis
CX +0.4
+0.2
LECPA
L CW RR · Body mounting bolt
CZ −0.1
−0.3 CL + Stroke · Clevis pin
A + Stroke · Retaining ring
Double Clevis
JXC
[mm]
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
A CL CD CT CU CW CX CZ L RR
15 to 100 160.5 150.5
25 10 5 14 20 18 36 14.5 10
LECS
105 to 200 185.5 175.5

AC Servo Motor
20 to 100 180.5 170.5

32 10 6 14 22 18 36 18.5 10
105 to 200 210.5 200.5
50 to 200 236.6 222.6 14 8
LECY
63 205 to 500 271.6 257.6 — — 22 30 22 44 37.4 14

505 to 800 306.6 292.6 — —
∗ The A and CL measurements are when the unit is in the Z-phase first detecting position.
Specific Product
Precautions
At this position, 2 mm at the end (size 25, 32) and 4 mm at the end (size 63).
96
LEY Series
Accessory Mounting Brackets
Accessory Brackets/Support Brackets
Single Knuckle Joint Double Knuckle Joint

∗ If a knuckle joint is used, select the body option [end male thread].
I-G02 I-G04 Y-G02 Y-G04

Ø ND hole H10 Ø ND hole H10
axis d9 axis d9
Ø Ø
Material: Carbon steel Material: Cast iron Material: Carbon steel Material: Cast iron
[mm] ∗ Knuckle pin and retaining ring are included. [mm]

Part Applicable Applicable
no. size
A A1 E1 L1 MM R1 U1 NDH10 NX Part no.
size
A A1 E1 L1 MM R1
I-G02 16 34 8.5 16 25 M8 x 1.25 10.3 11.5 8 8 +0.058
0
−0.2
−0.4 Y-G02 16 34 8.5 16 25 M8 x 1.25 10.3
I-G04 25, 32, 40 42 14 Ø 22 30 M14 x 1.5 12 14 10 +0.058
0 18 −0.3
−0.5 Y-G04 25, 32, 40 42 16 Ø 22 30 M14 x 1.5 12
I-G05 63 56 18 Ø 28 40 M18 x 1.5 16 20 14 +0.070
0 22 −0.3
−0.5 Y-G05 63 56 20 Ø 28 40 M18 x 1.5 16
Applicable Applicable
Part no.
size
U1 NDH10 NX NZ L pin part no.
Knuckle Pin Y-G02 16 11.5 8 +0.058
0 8 +0.4
+0.2 16 21 IY-G02
∗ Common with double clevis pin Y-G04 25, 32, 40 14 10 +0.058
0 18 +0.5
+0.3 36 41.6 IY-G04
Y-G05 63 20 14 +0.070
0 22 +0.5
+0.3 44 50.6 IY-G05
Ø
Ø
L2
Rod End Nut
L1
Material: Carbon steel

[mm]
Applicable Retaining
Part no.
size
Dd9 L1 L2 d m t ring
IY-G02 16 8 −0.040
−0.076 21 16.2 7.6 1.5 0.9 Type C retaining ring 8
IY-G04 25, 32, 40 10 −0.040
−0.076 41.6 36.2 9.6 1.55 1.15 Type C retaining ring 10
IY-G05 63 14 −0.050
−0.093 50.6 44.2 13.4 2.05 1.15 Type C retaining ring 14 Material: Carbon steel
[mm]
Applicable
Part no.
size
d H B C
Mounting Bracket Part Nos. NT-02 16 M8 x 1.25 5 13 15.0
NT-04 25, 32, 40 M14 x 1.5 8 22 25.4
Mounting Order Applicable size NT-05 63 M18 x 1.5 11 27 31.2
Contents
bracket qty. 16 25 32, 40 63
Foot bracket x 2
Foot 2∗1 LEY-L016 LEY-L025 LEY-L032 LEY-L063
Mounting bolt x 4
Flange x 1
Flange 1 LEY-F016 LEY-F025 LEY-F032 LEY-F063
Mounting bolt x 4
Clevis x 1
Mounting bolt x 4
Double
1 LEY-D016 LEY-D025 LEY-D032 LEY-D063 Clevis pin x 1
clevis
Type C retaining
ring for axis x 2
∗1 When ordering foot brackets, order 2 pieces per actuator.
97
Accessory Mounting Brackets LEY Series
Selection
Model
Simple Joint Brackets ∗ The joint is not included in type A and type B mounting brackets. Therefore, it must be ordered separately.
LEY
Joint and Mounting Bracket (Type A/B)/Part No. Type A Mounting Bracket
2xØD U T1
Joint
Joint LEY U025
Applicable size
LEYG
025 25, 32, 40
T2
W
M
V
Type A mounting bracket
Mounting
bracket YA 03 Joint
E
F
Joint
LEY
B
Material: Chromium molybdenum steel
[mm]
Applicable size
AC Servo Motor
Mounting bracket Applicable
YA Type A mounting bracket 03 25, 32, 40 Part no.
size
B D E F M T1 T2 U
Type B mounting bracket
YB Type B mounting bracket YA-03 25, 32, 40 18 6.8 16 6 42 6.5 10 6
LEYG
Applicable Weight
Allowable Eccentricity [mm] <How to Order> Part no.
size
V W [g]
• The joint is not included in type A and
Applicable size 25 32 40 type B mounting brackets. Therefore, it YA-03 25, 32, 40 18 56 55
Eccentricity tolerance ±1 must be ordered separately.
Backlash 0.5 Example) Order no.
• Joint.......................................LEY-U025
Type B Mounting Bracket
LEY-X5
• Type A mounting bracket ......YA-03
Environment
Joint and Mounting Bracket (Type A/B)/Part No.
25A-LEY
Joint Applicable mounting bracket part no. RS
Applicable size
part no. Type A mounting bracket Type B mounting bracket
T2
W
M
V
25, 32, 40 LEY-U025 YA-03 YB-03
Joint
LECA6
Joint T1
2 x Ø D through

H J B
2 x Ø O counterbore
Ø d2
With locking
LEC-G
adhesive E
Material: Stainless steel
Ø d1
[mm]
Applicable
LECP1
K UT L Part no.
size
B D E J M ØO
UA C Material: Stainless steel YB-03 25, 32, 40 12 7 25 9 34 11.5 depth 7.5

[mm]
LECPA
Applicable Weight Applicable Weight
Part no.
size
UA C d1 d2 H K L UT [g] Part no.
size
T1 T2 V W RS [g]
LEY-U025 25, 32, 40 17 11 16 8 M8 x 1.25 14 7 6 22 YB-03 25, 32, 40 6.5 10 18 50 9 80
JXC
Floating Joints (Refer to the Web Catalogue for details.)

LECS
For Male Thread/JC For Male Thread/JA

AC Servo Motor
(Light weight type)

With the aluminium case
LECY
Foot
Basic Flange
Specific Product
Precautions
For Male Thread/JS (Stainless steel) For Female Thread/JB

Stainless steel 304
(Appearance) Applicable size Thread size Applicable size Thread size
16 M8 x 1.25 16 M5 x 0.8
Dust cover
25, 32, 40 M14 x 1.5 25, 32, 40 M8 x 1.25
Fluororubber/Silicone rubber
63 M18 x 1.5 63 M16 x 2
98
LEY Series
Auto Switch Mounting
Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position
Applicable auto switches: D-M9(V), D-M9E(V), D-M9W(V), D-M9A(V)
Rod operating range
(E) Stroke (E)
LEY63 LEY16, 25, 32, 40

Switch: Left facing
A B
Auto switch groove
C Switch: Right facing D
[mm]
Auto switch position Return to origin
Operating range
Size Stroke range Mounting: Left facing Mounting: Right facing distance
A B C D E —
10 to 100 21.5 33.5
16 46.5 34.5 (2) 2.9
105 to 300 41.5 53.5
15 to 100 27 39
25 62.5 50.5 (2) 4.2
105 to 400 52 64
20 to 100 30.5 42.5
32/40 65.5 53.5 (2) 4.9
105 to 500 60.5 72.5
50 to 200 37 49
63 205 to 500 72 86 84 74 (4) 9.8
505 to 800 107 119
∗1 Figures in the table above are used as a reference when mounting the auto switches for stroke end detection. Adjust the auto switch after confirming the
operating condition in the actual setting.
∗2 Switches cannot be mounted on the motor mounting side surface.
∗3 For the LEYG with a guide, switches cannot be mounted on the guide attachment side (rod side).
∗4 Since the operating range is provided as a guideline including hysteresis, it cannot be guaranteed (assuming approximately ± 3 0 % dispersion). It may
change substantially depending on the ambient environment.
Auto Switch Mounting Screw

Tightening Torque [N·m]
Auto switch model Tightening torque
D-M9(V)
D-M9E(V) 0.05 to 0.15
D-M9W(V)
D-M9A(V) 0.05 to 0.10
Flat head watchmaker's
screwdriver
(Not an accessory) ∗ When tightening the auto switch mounting screw
6
oØ (included with auto switch), use a watchmaker’s
5t screwdriver with a handle diameter of about 5 to 6 mm.
Ø
99
100
Solid State Auto Switch
Direct Mounting Type
D-M9N(V)/D-M9P(V)/D-M9B(V) RoHS
Refer to the SMC website for details
on products that are compliant with
Auto Switch Specifications international standards.
Grommet PLC: Programmable Logic Controller

D-M9, D-M9V (With indicator light)
2-wire load current is reduced
Auto switch model D-M9N D-M9NV D-M9P D-M9PV D-M9B D-M9BV
(2.5 to 40 mA). Electrical entry direction In-line Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular
Using flexible cable as standard Wiring type 3-wire 2-wire
spec. Output type NPN PNP —
Applicable load IC circuit, Relay, PLC 24 VDC relay, PLC
Power supply voltage 5, 12, 24 VDC (4.5 to 28 V) —
Current consumption 10 mA or less —
Load voltage 28 VDC or less — 24 VDC (10 to 28 VDC)
Load current 40 mA or less 2.5 to 40 mA
Internal voltage drop 0.8 V or less at 10 mA (2 V or less at 40 mA) 4 V or less
Leakage current 100 μA or less at 24 VDC 0.8 mA or less
Indicator light Red LED illuminates when turned ON.
Standard CE marking, RoHS
Oilproof Heavy-duty Lead Wire Specifications

Auto switch model D-M9N(V) D-M9P(V) D-M9B(V)
Sheath Outside diameter [mm] 2.6
Number of cores 3 cores (Brown/Blue/Black) 2 cores (Brown/Blue)
Insulator
Outside diameter [mm] 0.88
Effective area [mm2] 0.15
Conductor
Strand diameter [mm] 0.05
Caution Minimum bending radius [mm] (Reference values) 17
Precautions ∗ Refer to the Web Catalogue for solid state auto switch common specifications.
Fix the auto switch with the existing screw ∗ Refer to the Web Catalogue for lead wire lengths.
installed on the auto switch body. The auto
switch may be damaged if a screw other
than the one supplied is used.
Weight [g]
Auto switch model D-M9N(V) D-M9P(V) D-M9B(V)

0.5 m (—) 8 7
1 m (M) 14 13
Lead wire length
3 m (L) 41 38
5 m (Z) 68 63
Dimensions [mm]
D-M9 D-M9V
2.6
Ø 2.6
2.6
9.5
4
500 (1000) (3000) (5000)
6 Most sensitive position 6 Most sensitive position
Mounting screw M2.5 x 4 L Mounting screw M2.5 x 4 L Indicator light

Slotted set screw (flat point)
Slotted set screw
2 7.5 0.3
Indicator light
3.95
2.8
Ø 2.6
4.6
15.9
2.8
22.8 19.5
101
Normally Closed Solid State Auto Switch
Selection
Model
D-M9NE(V)/D-M9PE(V)/D-M9BE(V) RoHS

LEY

D-M9E, D-M9EV (With indicator light)
Output signal turns on when
Auto switch model D-M9NE D-M9NEV D-M9PE D-M9PEV D-M9BE D-M9BEV
no magnetic force is detected. Electrical entry direction In-line Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular
Can be used for the actuator
LEYG
Wiring type 3-wire 2-wire
adopted by the solid state auto Output type NPN PNP —
switch D-M9 series (excluding Applicable load IC circuit, Relay, PLC 24 VDC relay, PLC
special order products) Power supply voltage 5, 12, 24 VDC (4.5 to 28 V) —
Current consumption 10 mA or less —
LEY
AC Servo Motor
Indicator light Red LED illuminates when turned ON.
LEYG
Oilproof Heavy-duty Lead Wire Specifications
Auto switch model D-M9NE(V) D-M9PE(V) D-M9BE(V)
Sheath Outside diameter [mm] 2.6
Number of cores 3 cores (Brown/Blue/Black) 2 cores (Brown/Blue)
Insulator
LEY-X5
Effective area [mm2] 0.15
Conductor
Environment
Minimum bending radius [mm] (Reference values) 17
∗ Refer to the Web Catalogue for solid state auto switch common specifications.
25A-LEY
Caution ∗ Refer to the Web Catalogue for lead wire lengths.
Precautions
Fix the auto switch with the existing screw
LECA6
installed on the auto switch body. The auto
switch may be damaged if a screw other
Weight [g]

Auto switch model D-M9NE(V) D-M9PE(V) D-M9BE(V)
LEC-G
0.5 m (—) 8 7
1 m (M)∗1 14 13
Lead wire length
3 m (L) 41 38
5 m (Z)∗1 68 63
LECP1
∗1 The 1 m and 5 m options are produced upon receipt of order.
Dimensions LECPA
[mm]
D-M9E D-M9EV
JXC
Ø 2.6
2.6
2.6
9.5
LECS
4
500 (1000) (3000) (5000)
AC Servo Motor
6 Most sensitive position 6 Most sensitive position

Mounting screw M2.5 x 4 L Indicator light
Mounting screw M2.5 x 4 L
Slotted set screw
LECY
Slotted set screw (flat point) 2 7.5 0.3

Indicator light
Ø 2.6
3.95
2.8
Specific Product
4.6
2.8
15.9
Precautions
19.5
22.8
102
2-Colour Indicator Solid State Auto Switch
D-M9NW(V)/D-M9PW(V)/D-M9BW(V) RoHS
2-wire load current is reduced D-M9W, D-M9WV (With indicator light)

Auto switch model D-M9NW D-M9NWV D-M9PW D-M9PWV D-M9BW D-M9BWV
(2.5 to 40 mA).
Electrical entry direction
In-line Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular
Using flexible cable as standard Wiring type 3-wire 2-wire
spec. Output type NPN PNP —
The proper operating range can Applicable load IC circuit, Relay, PLC 24 VDC relay, PLC
be determined by the colour of Power supply voltage 5, 12, 24 VDC (4.5 to 28 V) —
the light. (Red → Green ← Red) Current consumption 10 mA or less —
Operating range .......... Red LED illuminates.
Indicator light
Proper operating range .......... Green LED illuminates.
Oilproof Flexible Heavy-duty Lead Wire Specifications

Auto switch model D-M9NW(V) D-M9PW(V) D-M9BW(V)
Caution Sheath Outside diameter [mm] 2.6
Precautions Number of cores 3 cores (Brown/Blue/Black) 2 cores (Brown/Blue)
Fix the auto switch with the existing screw Insulator
installed on the auto switch body. The auto Effective area [mm2] 0.15
switch may be damaged if a screw other Conductor
Minimum bending radius [mm] (Reference values) 17
∗ Refer to the Web Catalogue for lead wire lengths.
Weight [g]
Auto switch model D-M9NW(V) D-M9PW(V) D-M9BW(V)

0.5 m (—) 8 7
1 m (M) 14 13
Lead wire length
3 m (L ) 41 38
5 m (Z) 68 63
Dimensions [mm]
D-M9W D-M9WV
2.6
9.5
Ø 2.6
2.6
500 (1000) (3000) (5000)
4
6 Most sensitive position
6 Most sensitive position Mounting screw M2.5 x 4 L Indicator light
Mounting screw M2.5 x 4 L Slotted set screw
2 7.5 0.3
3.95
Indicator light Ø 2.6

2.8
15.9
4.6
2.8
19.5
22.8
103
Selection
Model

p. 121 p. 135
LEY
Motor top mounting type Motor top mounting type
LEYG
LEY
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
LEY-X5
Environment
Step Motor/Servo Motor Controller/Driver p. 190
25A-LEY
AC Servo Motor Driver p. 246
LECA6
LEC-G
LECP1
LECPA
JXC
LECS
AC Servo Motor
LECY
Specific Product
Precautions
104
Electric Actuator/Guide Rod Type
LEYG Series
Model Selection
LEYG Seriessp. 121
Moment Load Graph

Selection conditions
Vertical Horizontal
L L
L
L
m m
Mounting position
m m
Max. speed [mm/s] “Speed–Work Load Graph” 200 or less Over 200
Sliding bearing Graphs q, w Graphs t, y∗1 —
Bearing
Ball bushing bearing Graphs e, r Graphs u, i Graphs o, !0
∗1 For the sliding bearing type, the speed is restricted with a horizontal/moment load.
Vertical Mounting, Sliding Bearing

q 70 mm stroke or less w Over 75 mm stroke
100 100
LEYG32M/40M
Load mass m [kg]
Load mass m [kg]
10 LEYG32M/40M 10 LEYG16M
LEYG25M
LEYG16M
LEYG25M
1 1
0.1 0.1
10 100 1000 10 100 1000
Eccentric distance L [mm] Eccentric distance L [mm]
∗ The limit of vertical load mass varies depending on “lead” and “speed.”
Check “Speed–Work Load Graph” on pages 107 to 109.
Vertical Mounting, Ball Bushing Bearing

e 35 mm stroke or less r Over 40 mm stroke
100 100
Load mass m [kg]
Load mass m [kg]
LEYG32L/40L
10 10
LEYG32L/40L
LEYG16L
LEYG16L
LEYG25L
1 LEYG25L 1
0.1 0.1
10 100 1000 10 100 1000
Check “Speed–Work Load Graph” on pages 107 to 109.
105
Model Selection LEYG Series
Selection
Model
Moment Load Graph

Horizontal Mounting, Sliding Bearing
LEY
t L = 50 mm y L = 100 mm
10 10
LEYG32M/40M
LEYG32M/40M LEYG32M/40M
LEYG32M/40M
Load mass m [kg]
Load mass m [kg]

LEYG25M LEYG25M
LEYG
LEYG25M LEYG25M
1 LEYG16M 1
LEYG16M LEYG16M
LEYG16M
0.1 0.1
70 75 100
LEY
10 1000 10 70 75 100 1000
Stroke [mm] Stroke [mm]
∗ Set the speed to less than or equal to the values shown below.
AC Servo Motor
Motor type LEYGMA LEYGMB LEYGMC
∗ For the specifications below, operate the system at the
Step motor (Servo/24 VDC) 200 mm/s 125 mm/s 75 mm/s “load mass” shown in the graph x 80 %.
Servo motor (24 VDC) 200 mm/s 200 mm/s 125 mm/s LEYG25MAA/Servo motor (24 VDC), Lead 12
LEYG
Horizontal Mounting, Ball Bushing Bearing
u L = 50 mm Max. speed = 200 mm/s or less i L = 100 mm Max. speed = 200 mm/s or less
10 10
LEYG32L/40L LEYG32L/40L LEYG32L/40L
LEY-X5
LEYG32L/40L
Load mass m [kg]
Load mass m [kg]
LEYG25L
Environment
LEYG25L LEYG25L
1 LEYG16L 1
25A-LEY
LEYG16L LEYG25L LEYG16L
LEYG16L
120 125 120 125
LECA6
0.1 0.1
10 35 40 100 1000 10 35 40 100 1000

o L = 50 mm Max. speed = Over 200 mm/s !0 L = 100 mm Max. speed = Over 200 mm/s
LEC-G
10 10
LEYG32L/40L
LEYG32L/40L LEYG32L/40L LEYG25L LEYG32L/40L
Load mass m [kg]
Load mass m [kg]
LECP1
LEYG25L LEYG25L
1 1
LEYG16L LEYG16L
LECPA
120 125 120 125

0.1 0.1
JXC
10 35 40 100 1000 10 35 40 100 1000

LECS
Operating Range when Used as a Stopper

AC Servo Motor
LEYGM (Sliding bearing)

LECY
Caution 100
L ≈ 50 mm
υ Handling Precautions
Fig. a 50
LEYG32M/40M
∗ When used as a stopper, select a model
Work load m [kg]
m 40
30
with a stroke of 30 mm or less.
m LEYG25M
Specific Product
20
∗ LEYGL (ball bushing bearing) cannot
Precautions
be used as a stopper. 10 LEYG16M

∗ Workpiece collision in series with guide 5
rod cannot be permitted (Fig. a). Fig. b 4
3
∗ The body should not be mounted on the 2
end. It must be mounted on the top or
bottom (Fig. b). 1
5 10 20 30 40 50
Transfer speed υ [m/min]
106
LEYG Series
∗ These graphs show the work load when the external Refer to page 108 for the LECPA,
guide is used together. When using the LEYG alone, JXC 23 and page 109 for the LECA6.
Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide) refer to pages 105 and 106.
For Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) LECP1, JXC1
Horizontal Vertical
LEYG16 M
L for acceleration/deceleration: 2000 mm/s2 LEYG16 ML
40 10
Lead 2.5: LEYG16 M
LC
35
Lead 2.5: LEYG16 M

LC
30 7.5
25
23 Lead 5: LEYG16 M
LB
20 5
17 Lead 5: LEYG16 M
LB
15 3.5
10
6 Lead 10: LEYG16 M
LA
5
1.5 Lead 10: LEYG16 M
LA
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
LEYG25 ML for acceleration/deceleration: 2000 mm/s2 LEYG25 ML

80
Lead 3: LEYG25 M
LC M
70 30 Lead 3: LEYG25 L C
29
60
55 Lead 6: LEYG25 M
LB
50
20
40
15 Lead 6: LEYG25 M
LB
30
Lead 12: LEYG25 M
LA
10
20
7
10
Lead 12: LEYG25 M
LA
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

90 50
Lead 4: LEYG32 M
LC
80 Lead 4: LEYG32 M
LC
41
70 40
60 Lead 8: LEYG32 M
LB
30
50
45
40 Lead 16: LEYG32 M
LA 20
30
Lead 8: LEYG32 M
LB
20 10
9
LA
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

100 60
90 Lead 4: LEYG40 M
LC Lead 4: LEYG40 M
LC
51
80
70 Lead 8: LEYG40 M
LB 40
60
50
Lead 16: LEYG40 M
LA
Lead 8: LEYG40 M
LB
40 25
20
20 11
Lead 16: LEYG40 M
LA
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
107
Selection
Model
∗ These graphs show the work load when the
external guide is used together. When using Refer to page 107 for the JXC1 and page 109
Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide) the LEYG alone, refer to pages 105 and 106. for the LECA6.

Horizontal Vertical
LEY
LEYG16 M
L for acceleration/deceleration: 2000 mm/s2 LEYG16 ML
40 10
35
Lead 2.5: LEYG16 M

LC Lead 2.5: LEYG16 M

LC
30 7.5
LEYG
25
20 5
17 Lead 5: LEYG16 M
LB
Lead 5: LEYG16 M
LB
15 3.5
11
10
6 Lead 10: LEYG16 M
LA 1.5 Lead 10: LEYG16 M
5 LA
LEY
4
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
80
M
70 30 Lead 3: LEYG25 L C
29
60
Lead 3: LEYG25 M
LC
50
Lead 6: LEYG25 M
LB 20
LEY-X5
40
15 Lead 6: LEYG25 M
LB
Environment
30
20 10
25A-LEY
18
LA 7
10
Lead 12: LEYG25 M
LA
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
LECA6

90 50
LEC-G
80 M
41 Lead 4: LEYG32 L C
70 40
Lead 4: LEYG32 M
LC
60
LECP1
Lead 8: LEYG32 M
LB 30
50
40
20 Lead 8: LEYG32 M
LB
LA
20 10 LECPA
9
LA
0 0
JXC
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
LEYG40 ML LEYG40 ML
LECS
100 60
AC Servo Motor
Lead 4: LEYG40 M
LC
51
80
LECY
Lead 4: LEYG40 M
LC 40
60
Lead 8: LEYG40 M
LB
Lead 8: LEYG40 M
LB
25
Specific Product
40
Precautions
20
30 Lead 16: LEYG40M
LA
20 11
Lead 16: LEYG40 M
LA
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
108
LEYG Series
Refer to page 107 for the LECP1, JXC1 and page 108 for
Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide) the LECPA, JXC 23 .
Horizontal Vertical
LEYG16 A M
L LEYG16 ML A
15 10
9
Lead 2.5: LEYG16 M
L AC
Lead 2.5: LEYG16 M

12 L AC
7.5
9 6
Lead 5: LEYG16 M
L AB
6
3.5
Lead 5: LEYG16 M
L AB
3
Lead 10: LEYG16 M
L AA
3 Lead 10: LEYG16 M
L AA
1.5
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
LEYG25 ML A LEYG25 ML A
40 15
Lead 3: LEYG25 M
L AC
30 Lead 3: LEYG25 M
L AC
11
10
20
Lead 6: LEYG25 M
L AB
15 Lead 6: LEYG25 M
L AB
5
L AA
7 Lead 12: LEYG25 M
L AA
2
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
109
Selection
Model

LEY
LEYG16 ML LEYG16 ML A
160 120
Lead 2.5: LEYG16 ML C Lead 2.5: LEYG16 ML AC
140 100 Lead 5: LEYG16ML AB
Pushing force [N]
Pushing force [N]

120 Lead 5: LEYG16ML B
80
LEYG
100
Lead 10: LEYG16 ML A
80 60
60 40
40 Min.
20
20 Min. 35 % 60 % Lead 10: LEYG16 ML AA
0 0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 50 60 70 80 90 100
Set value of pushing force [%]∗1 Max. 85 % Set value of pushing force [%]∗1 Max. 95 %
LEY
Ambient temperature Set value of pushing force [%] Duty ratio [%] Continuous pushing time [minute] Ambient temperature Set value of pushing force [%] Duty ratio [%] Continuous pushing time [minute]
AC Servo Motor
40 or less 100 —
40 °C
50 70 12 LEYG25 ML A
70 20 1.3
140
85 15 0.8 Lead 3: LEYG25ML AC
LEYG
120
LEYG25 ML Pushing force [N]
Lead 6: LEYG25ML AB
100
500 Lead 12:
Lead 3: LEYG25ML C 80
LEYG25 ML AA
400 Lead 6: LEYG25ML B
Pushing force [N]
60
300 Lead 12: LEYG25 MLA 40
LEY-X5
20 Min. 70 %
Environment
200 0
50 60 70 80 90 100
100 Set value of pushing force [%]∗1 Max. 95 %
25A-LEY
Min. 35 % Max. 65 %
0 Ambient temperature Set value of pushing force [%] Duty ratio [%] Continuous pushing time [minute]
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 40 °C or less 95 or less 100 —
LECA6
Ambient temperature Set value of pushing force [%] Duty ratio [%] Continuous pushing time [minute] <Limit Values for Pushing Force and Trigger Level in
Relation to Pushing Speed>
LEYG32 ML

Without Load
800
LEC-G
Pushing speed Pushing force Pushing speed Pushing force
700 Lead 4: LEYG32ML C Model Lead
[mm/s] (Setting input value)
Model Lead
[mm/s] (Setting input value)
Pushing force [N]
600 Lead 8: LEYG32ML B LEYG16 ML A/B/C 21 to 50 60 to 85 % LEYG16 ML A A/B/C 21 to 50 80 to 95 %

500 Lead 16: LEYG32 ML A
LEYG25 ML A/B/C 21 to 35 50 to 65 % LEYG25 ML A A/B/C 21 to 35 80 to 95 %
LECP1
400 A 24 to 30
300 LEYG32 ML 60 to 85 %
B/C 21 to 30
200 A 24 to 30
LEYG40 ML 50 to 65 %
LECPA
100 Min. 35 % B/C 21 to 30
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 There is a limit to the pushing force in relation to the pushing speed. If the
Set value of pushing force [%]∗1 Max. 85 % product is operated outside of the range (low pushing force), the
completion signal [INP] may be output before the pushing operation has
JXC
Ambient temperature Set value of pushing force [%] Duty ratio [%] Continuous pushing time [minute] been completed (during the moving operation).
25 °C or less 85 or less 100 — If operating with the pushing speed below the min. speed, please check
65 or less 100 — for operating problems before using the product.
40 °C
85 50 15
LEYG40 ML
LECS
<Set Values for Vertical Upward Transfer Pushing Operations>

AC Servo Motor
1100 For vertical loads (upward), set the pushing force to the max. value shown
1000 Lead 4: LEYG40ML C below and operate at the work load or less.
900 Lead 8: LEYG40M LB
Pushing force [N]
Model LEYG16ML LEYG25ML LEYG32ML LEYG40ML LEYG16MLA LEYG25MLA

LECY
800
M
700 Lead 16: LEYG40 L A Lead A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C
600 Work load [kg] 0.5 1 2.5 1.5 4 9 2.5 7 16 5 12 26 0.5 1 2.5 0.5 1.5 4
500 Pushing force 85 % 65 % 85 % 65 % 95 % 95 %
400
Specific Product
300
Precautions
200
100 Min. 35 % Max. 65 %
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
110
LEYG Series
Model Selection
LEYG Seriessp. 135 LECY Seriessp. 143
Moment Load Graph

Vertical Horizontal
L L
L
L
m m
Mounting position
m m
Max. speed [mm/s] “Speed–Vertical Work Load Graph” 200 or less Over 200
Sliding bearing Graphs q, w Graphs t, y∗1 Graphs u, i
Bearing
Ball bushing bearing Graphs e, r Graphs o, !0 Graphs !1, !2

100 100
LEYG32M
Load mass m [kg]
Load mass m [kg]
LEYG32M 10 LEYG25M
10
LEYG25M 1
1 0.1
10 100 1000 10 100 1000
Check “Speed–Vertical Work Load Graph” on page 113.

100 100
LEYG32L LEYG32L
Load mass m [kg]
Load mass m [kg]
10 10
LEYG25L
LEYG25L
1 1
0.1 0.1
10 100 1000 10 100 1000
Check “Speed–Vertical Work Load Graph” on page 113.
111
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model
Moment Load Graph

LEY
t L = 50 mm Max. speed = 200 mm/s or less y L = 100 mm Max. speed = 200 mm/s or less
10 10
LEYG32M LEYG32M LEYG32M
Load mass m [kg]
Load mass m [kg]

LEYG32M
LEYG25M
LEYG
1 1
0.1 0.1
10 70 75 100 1000 10 70 75 100 1000
u L = 50 mm Max. speed = Over 200 mm/s i L = 100 mm Max. speed = Over 200 mm/s
LEY
10 10
AC Servo Motor
Load mass m [kg]
Load mass m [kg]

LEYG32M LEYG32M
LEYG32M LEYG32M
1 LEYG25M 1 LEYG25M
LEYG
LEYG25M LEYG25M
0.1 0.1
10 70 75 100 1000 10 70 75 100 1000
LEY-X5
Environment
o L = 50 mm Max. speed = 200 mm/s or less !0 L = 100 mm Max. speed = 200 mm/s or less
25A-LEY
10 10
LEYG32L LEYG32L
Load mass m [kg]
Load mass m [kg]
LEYG32L LEYG32L
LEYG25L LEYG25L
LECA6
1 1 LEYG25L LEYG25L

120 125 120 125
LEC-G
0.1 0.1
10 35 40 100 1000 10 35 40 100 1000
!1 L = 50 mm Max. speed = Over 200 mm/s !2 L = 100 mm Max. speed = Over 200 mm/s
LECP1
10 10
Load mass m [kg]
Load mass m [kg]
LEYG32L LEYG32L LEYG32L LEYG32L
1
LEYG25L LEYG25L
1 LEYG25L LEYG25L LECPA
JXC
120 125 120 125

0.1 0.1
10 35 40 100 1000 10 35 40 100 1000
LECS

AC Servo Motor

LECY
Caution 100
L ≈ 50 mm
Fig. a 50
LEYG32M
Work load m [kg]
m 40
30
m LEYG25M
Specific Product
20
∗ LEYGL (ball bushing bearing) cannot
Precautions
be used as a stopper. 10
4

1
bottom (Fig. b). 5 10 20 30 40 50
112
LEYG Series
AC Servo Motor
∗ These graphs show the work load when the external guide is used
Speed–Vertical Work Load Graph/Required Conditions for “Regeneration Option” together. When using the LEYG alone, refer to pages 111 and 112.
LEYG25S 26 /T6 (Motor mounting position: Top mounting/In-line) Required conditions for “Regeneration option”
Lead 3: LEYG25C
30
Area where the regeneration option is required “Regeneration Option” Models
Work load [kg]
Size Model
20 Lead 6: LEYG25B LEYG25 LEC-MR-RB-032
LEYG32 LEC-MR-RB-032
Lead 12: LEYG25A
10
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
Speed [mm/s]
LEYG32S 37 /T7 (Motor mounting position: Top mounting) LEYG32DS 37 /T7 (Motor mounting position: In-line)
50 60
Lead 5: LEYG32C Lead 4: LEYG32DC
40 50
Area where the regeneration option is required Area where the regeneration option is required
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]
40
30
Lead 10: LEYG32B 30 Lead 8: LEYG32DB
20
20 Lead 16: LEYG32DA
Lead 20: LEYG32A
10
10
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
∗ These graphs show the work load when the external guide is used
Speed–Horizontal Work Load Graph/Required Conditions for “Regeneration Option” together. When using the LEYG alone, refer to pages 111 and 112.
LEYG25S 26 /T6 (Motor mounting position: Top mounting/In-line) Required conditions for “Regeneration option”
Lead 3: LEYG25C in graph. (Order separately.)
60
Lead 6: LEYG25B
50 “Regeneration Option” Models
Work load [kg]
Size Model
40 Area where the regeneration
option is required LEYG25 LEC-MR-RB-032
30 LEYG32 LEC-MR-RB-032
20
Lead 12:
10
LEYG25A
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
Speed [mm/s]
LEYG32S 37 /T7 (Motor mounting position: Top mounting) LEYG32DS 37 /T7 (Motor mounting position: In-line)
80 80
70 Lead 5: LEYG32C 70 Lead 4: LEYG32DC
60 60
Lead 10: LEYG32B Lead 8: LEYG32DB
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]
50 50
40 Lead 20: LEYG32A 40 Lead 16: LEYG32DA
30 30
20 Area where the 20 Area where the
regeneration regeneration
10 option is required 10 option is required
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
113
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model
Force Conversion Graph: LECSA, LECSB, LECSC, LECSS

LEYG25S 26 (Motor mounting position: Top mounting/In-line)
LEY
500
400
Lead 3: LEYG25C
Force [N]
300
LEYG
200 Lead 6: LEYG25B
100
Lead 12: LEYG25A
0
10 20 30 40
LEY
25 or less 100 —
30 60 1.5
AC Servo Motor
LEYG32S 37 (Motor mounting position: Top mounting) LEYG32DS 37 (Motor mounting position: In-line)
600 800
500 700
LEYG
Lead 5: LEYG32C 600
400
Force [N]
Force [N]
500 Lead 4: LEYG32DC
300 400
200 Lead 10: LEYG32B 300 Lead 8: LEYG32DB
200
100 100
Lead 20: LEYG32A
LEY-X5
Lead 16: LEYG32DA
0 0
10 20 30 40 10 20 30 40
Environment
25A-LEY
25 or less 100 — 25 or less 100 —
30 60 1.5 30 60 1.5
LECA6
Force Conversion Graph: LECSS-T

LEYG25T6 (Motor mounting position: Top mounting/In-line)
LEC-G
500
Lead 3: LEYG25C
400
Force [N]
300 Lead 6: LEYG25B
LECP1
200
100
LECPA
Lead 12: LEYG25A
0
10 12 15 20 24 25 30
JXC
20 or less 100 —
24 60 1.5
LEYG32T7 (Motor mounting position: Top mounting) LEYG32DT7 (Motor mounting position: In-line)
LECS
AC Servo Motor
600 800
Lead 5: LEYG32C 700 Lead 4: LEYG32DC
500
600
LECY
400 Lead 10: LEYG32B

Force [N]
Force [N]
500 Lead 8: LEYG32DB

300 400
200 300
Specific Product
200
Precautions
100 100
Lead 20: LEYG32A Lead 16: LEYG32DA
0 0
10 12 15 20 24 25 30 10 12 15 20 24 25 30
20 or less 100 — 20 or less 100 —
24 60 1.5 24 60 1.5
114
LEYG Series
AC Servo Motor
Allowable Rotational Torque of Plate

T [N⋅m]
Stroke [mm]
Model
Torque: T [N⋅m] 30 50 100 200 300
LEYG16M 0.70 0.57 1.05 0.56 —
LEYG16L 0.82 1.48 0.97 0.57 —
LEYG25M 1.56 1.29 3.50 2.18 1.36
LEYG25L 1.52 3.57 2.47 2.05 1.44
LEYG32M 2.55 2.09 5.39 3.26 1.88
LEYG32L 2.80 5.76 4.05 3.23 2.32
LEYG40M 2.55 2.09 5.39 3.26 1.88
LEYG40L 2.80 5.76 4.05 3.23 2.32
Non-rotating Accuracy of Plate
Non-rotating accuracy θ
Size
LEYGM LEYGL
+θ
16 0.05°
−θ 0.06°
25
32 0.04°
0.05°
40
Plate Displacement: δ
[mm]
Stroke [mm]
Model
30 50 100 200 300
−δ
LEYG16M ±0.20 ±0.25 ±0.24 ±0.27 —
LEYG16L ±0.13 ±0.12 ±0.17 ±0.19 —
+δ LEYG25M ±0.26 ±0.31 ±0.25 ±0.38 ±0.36
LEYG25L ±0.13 ±0.13 ±0.17 ±0.20 ±0.23
LEYG32M ±0.23 ±0.29 ±0.23 ±0.36 ±0.34
LEYG32L ±0.11 ±0.11 ±0.15 ±0.19 ±0.22
115
LEYG Series
Selection
Model
Model Selection
LEYG Seriessp. 143 LECS Seriessp. 135
LEY
Moment Load Graph
Vertical Horizontal
L L
LEYG
L
L
m m
Mounting position
m m
LEY
Max. speed [mm/s] “Speed–Work Load Graph” 200 or less Over 200
AC Servo Motor
Sliding bearing Graphs q, w Graphs t, y∗1 Graphs u, i
Bearing
Ball bushing bearing Graphs e, r Graphs o, !0 Graphs !1, !2
LEYG

100 100
LEY-X5
LEYG32M
Environment
Load mass m [kg]
Load mass m [kg]
LEYG32M 10 LEYG25M
25A-LEY
10
LEYG25M 1
LECA6
1 0.1
10 100 1000 10 100 1000
LEC-G
Check “Speed–Work Load Graph” on page 118.
LECP1
LECPA
100 100
LEYG32L LEYG32L
Load mass m [kg]
Load mass m [kg]
JXC
10 10
LEYG25L
LEYG25L
LECS
1 1
AC Servo Motor
LECY
0.1 0.1
10 100 1000 10 100 1000
Specific Product
Check “Speed–Work Load Graph” on page 118.

Precautions
116
LEYG Series
AC Servo Motor
Moment Load Graph

t L = 50 mm Max. speed = 200 mm/s or less y L = 100 mm Max. speed = 200 mm/s or less
10 10
Load mass m [kg]
Load mass m [kg]

LEYG32M
LEYG25M
1 1
0.1 0.1
10 70 75 100 1000 10 70 75 100 1000
u L = 50 mm Max. speed = Over 200 mm/s i L = 100 mm Max. speed = Over 200 mm/s
10 10
Load mass m [kg]
Load mass m [kg]

LEYG32M LEYG32M
LEYG32M LEYG32M
1 LEYG25M 1 LEYG25M
LEYG25M LEYG25M
0.1 0.1
10 70 75 100 1000 10 70 75 100 1000

o L = 50 mm Max. speed = 200 mm/s or less !0 L = 100 mm Max. speed = 200 mm/s or less
10 10
LEYG32L LEYG32L
Load mass m [kg]
Load mass m [kg]
LEYG32L LEYG32L
LEYG25L LEYG25L
1 1 LEYG25L LEYG25L
120 125 120 125

0.1 0.1
10 35 40 100 1000 10 35 40 100 1000
!1 L = 50 mm Max. speed = Over 200 mm/s !2 L = 100 mm Max. speed = Over 200 mm/s
10 10
Load mass m [kg]
Load mass m [kg]
LEYG32L LEYG32L LEYG32L LEYG32L

1 1 LEYG25L
120 125 120 125

0.1 0.1
10 35 40 100 1000 10 35 40 100 1000

Caution 100
L ≈ 50 mm
Fig. a 50
LEYG32M
Work load m [kg]
m 40
30
m ∗ LEYGL (ball bushing bearing) cannot
20 LEYG25M
be used as a stopper. 10
4

1
bottom (Fig. b). 5 10 20 30 40 50
117
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model
∗ These graphs show the work load when the
external guide is used together. When using
Speed–Work Load Graph/Conditions for “Regenerative Resistor” (Guide) the LEYG alone, refer to pages 116 and 117.

LEYG25V6 (Motor mounting position: Top mounting/In-line)
LEY
Vertical Horizontal
40
Lead 3: LEYG25C 60 Lead 3: LEYG25C

30
LEYG
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]

“Regenerative resistor” area Lead 6: LEYG25B
40
20 Lead 6: LEYG25B
Lead 12: LEYG25A
Lead 12: LEYG25A 20
10
LEY
0 0
AC Servo Motor
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
LEYG32V7 (Motor mounting position: Top mounting)
LEYG
Vertical Horizontal
50 80
Lead 5: LEYG32C
Lead 5: LEYG32C
40
Lead 10: LEYG32B
LEY-X5
60
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]
Environment
30
40 Lead 20: LEYG32A
Lead 10: LEYG32B
25A-LEY
20
Lead 20: LEYG32A 20

10
LECA6
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400

LEC-G
LEYG32DV7 (Motor mounting position: In-line)
Vertical Horizontal
LECP1
60 80
Lead 4: LEYG32DC Lead 4: LEYG32DC
50
LECPA
“Regenerative resistor” area 60 Lead 8: LEYG32DB
40
Work load [kg]
Work load [kg]
30 Lead 8: LEYG32DB 40
Lead 16: LEYG32DA
JXC
20
Lead 16: LEYG32DA 20
10
LECS
AC Servo Motor
0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
LECY
Specific Product

Precautions
Applicable model
servo drive capacity selection program/SigmaJunmaSize+” from the SMC Model
prepare an appropriate external regenerative resistor. SGDV-R90A11 (LECYM2-V5)
LEYG25 SGMJV-01A3A
SGDV-R90A21 (LECYU2-V5)
LEYG32 SGMJV-02A3A
118
LEYG Series
AC Servo Motor
Force Conversion Graph
LEYG25V6 (Motor mounting position: Top mounting/In-line)

500
400
Lead 3: LEYG25C
300
Force [N]
200
Lead 6: LEYG25B
100
Lead 12: LEYG25A
0
30 60 90 120
75 or less 100 —
90 60 1.5
LEYG32V7 (Motor mounting position: Top mounting) LEYG32DV7 (Motor mounting position: In-line)
600 800
700
500
Lead 5: LEYG32C 600
400
500 Lead 4: LEYG32DC
Force [N]
Force [N]
300 400
Lead 10: LEYG32B 300

200 Lead 8: LEYG32DB
200
100
Lead 20: LEYG32A 100 Lead 16: LEYG32DA
0 0
30 60 90 120 30 60 90 120
75 or less 100 — 75 or less 100 —
90 60 1.5 90 60 1.5
119
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model
Allowable Rotational Torque of Plate: T
LEY
T [N·m]
Torque: T [N·m]
Stroke [mm]
Model
30 50 100 200 300
LEYG25M 1.56 1.29 3.50 2.18 1.36
LEYG25L 1.52 3.57 2.47 2.05 1.44
LEYG32M 2.55 2.09 5.39 3.26 1.88
LEYG32L 2.80 5.76 4.05 3.23 2.32
LEYG
Non-rotating Accuracy of Plate: θ
LEY
Size LEYGM LEYGL
AC Servo Motor
25 ±0.06°
±0.04°
32 ±0.05°
+θ
−θ
LEYG
Plate Displacement: δ
LEY-X5
Environment
[mm]
25A-LEY
Stroke [mm]
Model
30 50 100 200 300
−δ LEYG25M ±0.26 ±0.31 ±0.25 ±0.38 ±0.36
LEYG25L ±0.13 ±0.13 ±0.17 ±0.20 ±0.23
LEYG32M ±0.23 ±0.29 ±0.23 ±0.36 ±0.34
LECA6
+δ LEYG32L ±0.11 ±0.11 ±0.15 ±0.19 ±0.22
LEC-G
LECP1
LECPA
JXC
LECS
AC Servo Motor
LECY
Specific Product
Precautions
120
Electric Actuator/
Guide Rod Type
LEYG Series LEYG16, 25, 32, 40
How to Order
Motor mounting position: Motor mounting position: In-line

Top mounting
LEC Series
6P 1
LEYG 16 M B 50 S1
JXC Series
CD17T
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1 !2
For details on controllers, refer to page 122.
q Size w Bearing type∗1 e Motor mounting position

16 M Sliding bearing — Top mounting
25 L Ball bushing bearing D In-line
32
40
r Motor type t Lead [mm]

Applicable size Compatible controller/ Symbol LEYG16 LEYG25 LEYG32/40
Symbol Type
LEYG16 LEYG25 LEYG32/40 driver A 10 12 16
JXCE1 B 5 6 8
JXC91 C 2.5 3 4
Step motor LECP1
— JXCP1
JXCD1
JXCL1
Servo motor
A — LECA6
(24 VDC)
y Stroke∗2 ∗3 [mm] u Motor option∗4 i Guide option∗5

30 30 — Without option — Without option
to to C With motor cover F With grease retaining function
300 300 B With lock
∗ For details, refer to the applicable W With lock/motor cover
stroke table below.
Applicable Stroke Table∗2

o Actuator cable type/length∗7 : Standard
Standard cable [m] Robotic cable [m] [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 stroke range
— None R1 1.5 RA 10∗6 Model [mm]
S1 1.5∗9 R3 3 RB 15∗6 LEYG16 — — 10 to 200
S3 3∗9 R5 5 RC 20∗6 LEYG25 15 to 300
S5 5∗9 R8 8∗6 LEYG32/40 20 to 300
For auto switches, refer to pages 101 to 103.
Use of auto switches for the guide rod type LEYG series
· Auto switches must be inserted from the front side with the rod (plate) sticking out.
· Auto switches cannot be fixed with the parts hidden behind the guide attachment (the side of the rod that sticks out).
· Please consult with SMC when using auto switches on the side of the rod that sticks out, as it is produced as a special order.
121
Selection
Model
LEY
6P 1
!0 !1 !2
LEYG
—
6P (Step data input type) PNP 1 1.5 m
1N LECP1∗9 NPN 3 3 m∗13
LEY
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
!0 Controller
C1 With controller
CD1 7 T
LEY-X5
Environment
25A-LEY
protocol Mounting
LECA6
L IO-Link

∗1 When [M: Sliding bearing] is selected, the maximum speed of lead [A] is ∗8 For details on controllers/drivers and compatible motors, refer to the
LEC-G
400 mm/s (at no-load, horizontal mounting). The speed is also restricted compatible controller/driver on the next page.
with a horizontal/moment load. Refer to “Model Selection” on page 105. ∗9 Only available for the motor type “Step motor”
∗2 Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are ∗10 Not compliant with CE
produced as special orders. ∗11 When pulse signals are open collector, order the current limiting
∗3 There is a limit for mounting the size 32/40 top mounting types and resistor (LEC-PA-R-) on page 220 separately.
LECP1
strokes of 50 mm or less. Refer to the dimensions. ∗12 When “Without controller/driver” is selected for controller/driver types,
∗4 When “With lock” or “With lock/motor cover” is selected for the top I/O cable cannot be selected. Refer to page 199 (For LECA6), page
mounting type, the motor body will stick out from the end of the body 213 (For LECP1), or page 220 (For LECPA) if I/O cable is required.
for size 16/40 with strokes of 30 mm or less. Check for interference ∗13 When “Pulse input type” is selected for controller/driver types, pulse input
with workpieces before selecting a model. usable only with differential. Only 1.5 m cables usable with open collector
LECPA
∗5 Only available for size 25, 32, and 40 sliding bearings (Refer to ∗14 The DIN rail is not included. Order it separately.
“Construction” on page 128.) ∗15 Select “—” for anything other than DeviceNet™.
∗7 The standard cable should only be used on fixed parts.
For use on moving parts, select the robotic cable.
JXC

LECS

AC Servo Motor
LECY
incorporated into the customer’s equipment under actual operating conditions. number should match that of the controller/driver.
As a result, it is necessary for the customer to verify compliance with the w Check that the Parallel I/O configuration matches
EMC directive for the machinery and equipment as a whole. (NPN or PNP).
Specific Product
Precautions
q w
122
LEYG Series
LEC Series
input type
Type

Standard controller
Servo motor Step motor

Compatible motor
Power supply voltage
JXC Series
Type

Features
Step motor
Compatible motor
(Servo/24 VDC)
Reference page 224
123
124
LEYG Series
Specifications
Model LEYG16 M
L LEYG25 M
L LEYG32 M
L LEYG40 M
L
Acceleration/Deceleration
6 17 30 20 40 60 30 45 60 50 60 80
Horizontal at 3000 [mm/s2]
(LECP1,
JXC1) Acceleration/Deceleration
10 23 35 30 55 70 40 60 80 60 70 90
at 2000 [mm/s2]
Work load
[kg ]∗1 4 11 20 12 30 30 20 40 40 30 60 60
Horizontal at 3000 [mm/s2]
(LECPA,
JXC 23 ) Acceleration/Deceleration
6 17 30 18 50 50 30 60 60 — — —
at 2000 [mm/s2]
Vertical 1.5 3.5 7.5 7 15 29 9 20 41 11 25 51
at 3000 [mm/s2]
Pushing force [N]∗2 ∗3 ∗4 14 to 38 27 to 74 51 to 141 63 to 122 126 to 238 232 to 452 80 to 189 156 to 370 296 to 707 132 to 283 266 to 553 562 to 1058
Speed LECP1/JXC1 12 to 300 6 to 150 24 to 500 12 to 350 6 to 175

15 to 500 8 to 250 4 to 125 18 to 500 9 to 250 5 to 125 24 to 500
[mm/s]∗4 2
LECPA/JXC 3 12 to 250 6 to 125 24 to 300 12 to 150 6 to 75
Pushing speed [mm/s]∗5 50 or less 35 or less 30 or less 30 or less
Screw lead [mm] 10 5 2.5 12 6 3 16 8 4 16 8 4
Actuation type Ball screw + Belt (LEYG), Ball screw (LEYGD)
Guide type Sliding bearing (LEYGM), Ball bushing bearing (LEYGL)
Operating temp. range [°C] 5 to 40
Motor size 28 42 56.4 56.4

Power consumption [W]∗8 23 40 50 50
Standby power consumption when operating [W]∗9 16 15 48 48
Max. instantaneous power consumption [W]∗10 43 48 104 106
Type∗11
specifications
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 20 39 78 78 157 294 108 216 421 127 265 519
Power consumption [W]∗12 2.9 5 5 5
∗1 Horizontal: An external guide is necessary to support the load (Friction coefficient of guide: 0.1 or less). The actual work load and transfer speed
change according to the condition of the external guide. Also, speed changes according to the work load. Check “Model Selection” on pages 107 and
108.
Set the acceleration/deceleration values to be 3000 [mm/s2] or less.
∗3 The pushing force values for LEYG16 is 35 % to 85 %, for LEYG25 is 35 % to 65 %, for LEYG32 is 35 % to 85 %, and for LEYG40 is 35
% to 65 %. The pushing force values change according to the duty ratio and pushing speed. Check “Model Selection” on page 110.
∗4 The speed and force may change depending on the cable length, load and mounting conditions. Furthermore, if the cable length exceeds 5 m, then it
When [M: Sliding bearing] is selected, the maximum speed of lead [A] is 400 mm/s (at no-load, horizontal mounting).
The speed is also restricted with a horizontal/moment load. Refer to “Model Selection” on page 105.
∗5 The allowable speed for the pushing operation
∗7 Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when it was tested with a drop tester in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to the lead
screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
125
Selection
Model
Specifications

LEY
∗1 Horizontal: An external guide is necessary to support
Model L A
LEYG16 M L A
LEYG25 M
the load (Friction coefficient of guide: 0.1 or less).
Acceleration/Deceleration The actual work load and transfer speed change
Horizontal 3 6 12 7 15 30
Work load at 3000 [mm/s2] according to the condition of the external guide.
[kg]∗1 Acceleration/Deceleration Vertical: Check “Model Selection” on page 109 for
Vertical 1.5 3.5 7.5 2 5 11 details.
at 3000 [mm/s2]
Set the acceleration/deceleration values to be 3000
LEYG
Pushing force [N]∗2 ∗3
16 to 30 30 to 58 57 to 111 18 to 35 37 to 72 66 to 130 [mm/s2] or less.

Speed [mm/s] 1 to 500 1 to 250 1 to 125 2 to 500 1 to 250 1 to 125 ∗2 Pushing force accuracy is ±20 % (F.S.).
∗3 The thrust setting values for LEYG16A is 60 % to
Max. acceleration/deceleration [mm/s2] 3000 95 % and for LEYG25A is 70 % to 95 %. The
Pushing speed [mm/s]∗4 50 or less 35 or less pushing force values change according to the duty
Positioning repeatability [mm] ±0.02 ratio and pushing speed. Check “Model Selection” on
page 110.
Lost motion [mm]∗5 0.1 or less ∗4 The allowable speed for the pushing operation
∗5 A reference value for correcting an error in reciprocal
LEY
Screw lead [mm] 10 5 2.5 12 6 3
Impact/Vibration resistance [m/s2]∗6 50/20 operation
∗6 Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when it
Actuation type Ball screw + Belt (LEYG), Ball screw (LEYGD)
AC Servo Motor
was tested with a drop tester in both an axial
Guide type Sliding bearing (LEYGM), Ball bushing bearing (LEYGL) direction and a perpendicular direction to the lead
Operating temp. range [°C] 5 to 40 screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in
the initial state.)
Operating humidity range [%RH] 90 or less (No condensation) Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a
LEYG
Motor size 28 42 test ranging between 45 to 2000 Hz. The test was
Motor output [W] 30 36 performed in both an axial direction and a

perpendicular direction to the lead screw. (The test
Motor type Servo motor (24 VDC) was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
Encoder Incremental A/B (800 pulse/rotation)/Z phase ∗7 The power consumption (including the controller) is
Rated voltage [V] 24 VDC ±10 % for when the actuator is operating.
∗8 The standby power consumption when operating
LEY-X5
Power consumption [W]∗7 40 86 (including the controller) is for when the actuator is
Standby power consumption when operating [W]∗8 4 (Horizontal)/6 (Vertical) 4 (Horizontal)/12 (Vertical) stopped in the set position during the operation.
Environment
Max. instantaneous power consumption [W]∗9 59 96 Except during the pushing operation
∗9 The maximum instantaneous power consumption
Type∗10
25A-LEY
specifications
Non-magnetising lock (including the controller) is for when the actuator is

Lock unit
Holding force [N] 20 39 78 78 157 294 operating. This value can be used for the selection of
the power supply.
Power consumption [W]∗11 2.9 5
Rated voltage [V] 24 VDC ±10 % ∗11 For an actuator with lock, add the power
LECA6
consumption for the lock.
Weight
LEC-G
Weight: Motor Top Mounting Type
Model LEYG16M LEYG25M LEYG32M
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 30 50 100 150 200 250 300
Product Step motor 0.83 0.97 1.20 1.49 1.66 1.67 1.86 2.18 2.60 2.94 3.28 3.54 2.91 3.17 3.72 4.28 4.95 5.44 5.88
LECP1
weight [kg] Servo motor 0.83 0.97 1.20 1.49 1.66 1.63 1.82 2.14 2.56 2.90 3.24 3.50 — — — — — — —
Model LEYG16L LEYG25L LEYG32L
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 30 50 100 150 200 250 300
Step motor 0.84 0.97 1.14 1.43 1.58 1.68 1.89 2.13 2.56 2.82 3.14 3.38 2.91 3.18 3.57 4.12 4.66 5.17 5.56
LECPA
Product
Model LEYG40M LEYG40L
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 30 50 100 150 200 250 300
Product Step motor 3.21 3.47 4.02 4.58 5.25 5.74 6.18 3.21 3.48 3.87 4.42 4.96 5.47 5.86
JXC
weight [kg] Servo motor — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

Model LEYG16M LEYG25M LEYG32M
LECS
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 30 50 100 150 200 250 300
AC Servo Motor
Model LEYG16L LEYG25L LEYG32L
LECY
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 30 50 100 150 200 250 300
Model LEYG40M LEYG40L
Specific Product
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 30 50 100 150 200 250 300
Precautions
Product Step motor 3.20 3.46 4.01 4.57 5.24 5.73 6.17 3.20 3.47 3.86 4.41 4.95 5.46 5.85
weight [kg] Servo motor — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

Size 16 25 32 40
Lock 0.12 0.26 0.53 0.53
Motor cover 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05
Lock/Motor cover 0.16 0.32 0.61 0.62
126
LEYG Series
Construction
@4 @5 @6
!9
o @3 @2 !1 @1
@0
!8
!0
!7 !6 y q w t !5 r e i u !2 u !3 !4
Motor top mounting type @4 @5 @6 $2

With lock/motor cover
In-line motor type @6 @5 @4

#8 #9
!0 $0$1
In-line motor type

With lock/motor cover
$3 $2 @6 @5 @4
127
Selection
Model
Construction

When grease retaining function selected
LEY
16 25 A
LEYGM LEYG 25
32 M: 50st or less LEYG 32
40
M BC -F: 50st or less
40
#0 @9 #1 #2 @7 @88 #4 #3
LEYG
16 25 A
LEYG 25
32 M: Over 50st LEYG 32
40
M BC -F: Over 50st
40
LEY
∗ Felt material is inserted to retain grease at
the sliding part of the sliding bearing. This
AC Servo Motor
lengthens the life of the sliding part, but
does not guarantee it permanently.
LEYG16L: 30st or less

LEYGL
LEYG
25
LEYG 32 L: 100st or less
#5 #6 40
LEY-X5
LEYG16L: Over 30st, 100st or less
Environment
25A-LEY
16
LEYG 25
32 L: Over 100st
40
LECA6
#7
LEC-G
Component Parts
LECP1
1 Body Aluminium alloy Anodised 28 Guide rod Carbon steel
2 Ball screw shaft Alloy steel 29 Plate Aluminium alloy Anodised
3 Ball screw nut Synthetic resin/Alloy steel 30 Plate mounting cap screw Carbon steel Nickel plating
4 Piston Aluminium alloy 31 Guide cap screw Carbon steel Nickel plating
5 Piston rod Stainless steel Hard chrome plating 32 Sliding bearing Bearing alloy LECPA
6 Rod cover Aluminium alloy 33 Lube-retainer Felt
7 Bearing holder Aluminium alloy 34 Holder Resin
8 Rotation stopper POM 35 Retaining ring Steel for spring Phosphate coated
JXC
9 Socket Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating 36 Ball bushing —

10 Connected shaft Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating 37 Spacer Aluminium alloy Chromated
11 Bushing Bearing alloy 38 Motor block Aluminium alloy Anodised
12 Bearing — 39 Motor adapter Aluminium alloy Anodised/LEY16, 25 only
LECS
13 Return box Aluminium die-cast Coating 40 Hub Aluminium alloy

AC Servo Motor
14 Return plate Aluminium die-cast Coating 41 Spider NBR

15 Magnet — 42 Motor cover with lock Aluminium alloy Only “With lock/motor cover”
LECY
16 Wear ring holder Stainless steel Stroke 101 mm or more 43 Cover support Aluminium alloy Only “With lock/motor cover”
19 Motor pulley Aluminium alloy Replacement Parts/Belt Replacement Parts/Grease Pack
Specific Product
20 Belt — No. Size Order no. Applied portion Order no.

Precautions
21 Parallel pin Stainless steel 16 LE-D-2-1 Piston rod GR-S-010 (10 g)

22 Seal NBR 20 25 LE-D-2-2 Guide rod GR-S-020 (20 g)
23 Retaining ring Steel for spring Phosphate coated 32, 40 LE-D-2-3 ∗ Apply grease on the piston rod period-
24 Motor — ically.
25 Motor cover Synthetic resin Only “With motor cover” Grease should be applied at 1 million
26 Grommet Synthetic resin Only “With motor cover” cycles or 200 km, whichever comes
27 Guide attachment Aluminium alloy Anodised first.
128
LEYG Series
Dimensions: Motor Top Mounting

when it returns to origin Section XX
Make sure workpieces mounted on Ø XA H9 depth XA 4 x OA thread depth OB
XB
the rod do not interfere with the work
pieces and facilities around the rod. 2 x NA
∗2 Position after return to origin thread depth NC
∗3 [ ] for when the direction of return to XA H9 XA
origin has changed 0.5 C
K
X
∗4 Through holes cannot be used for size FB
32/40 with strokes of 50 mm or less.
20
(0.5) Section XX
Section Y details
WB
Z WA
65
WC + Stroke 4 x OA through
4 x NA Ø XA H9 depth XA
thread depth NB
Stroke end VA
[Origin]∗3 VB
[2] 2
Origin∗2
V
[Stroke end] Section XX
(FC)
Y
H
M
Q
S
EV
GA
J
U
M 0.5 C Y X
EA FA FB B + Stroke T
EB Stroke A + Stroke EH
LEYGL (Ball bushing bearing) [mm] LEYGM (Sliding bearing) [mm]

Size Stroke range L DB Size Stroke range L DB
Ø DA
90st or less 75 64st or less 51.5

X
16 8
P
91st or more, 200st or less 105 16 65st or more, 90st or less 74.5 10
114st or less 91 91st or more, 200st or less 105
25 115st or more, 190st or less 115 10 59st or less 67.5
Ø DB
114st or less 97.5 ∗4 186st or more, 300st or less 138

32 (0.5) 4 x Ø G through
115st or more, 190st or less 116.5 13 54st or less 74
40 Z WA 32
191st or more, 300st or less 134 55st or more, 180st or less 107 16
L + Stroke 40 181st or more, 300st or less 144
LEYGM, LEYGL Common [mm]

Size Stroke range A B C DA EA EB EH EV FA FB FC G GA H J K M NA NB NC
39st or less 37
109 90.5
16 40st or more, 100st or less 52 16 35 69 83 41.1 8 10.5 8.5 4.3 31.8 74.3 24.8 23 25.5 M4 x 0.7 7 5.5
101st or more, 200st or less 129 110.5 82
39st or less 50
141.5 116
40st or more, 100st or less
67.5
25 101st or more, 124st or less 20 46 85 103 52.3 11 14.5 12.5 5.4 40.3 98.8 30.8 29 34 M5 x 0.8 8 6.5
125st or more, 200st or less 166.5 141 84.5
39st or less 55
160.5 130
32 68
101st or more, 124st or less 25 60 101 123 63.8 12 18.5 16.5 5.4 50.3 125.3 38.3 30 40 M6 x 1.0 10 8.5
40 125st or more, 200st or less 190.5 160 85
Size Stroke range OA OB P Q S T U V VA VB VA VB WA WB WC X XA XB Y Z
39st or less 25 19
55
16 40st or more, 100st or less M5 x 0.8 10 65 15 25 79 6.8 28 80.3 61.8 81 62.5 40 26.5 44 3 4 22.5 6.5
39st or less 35 26
70
50 33.5
25 101st or more, 124st or less M6 x 1.0 12 80 18 30 95 6.8 42 85.4 63.4 81.6 59.6 54 4 5 26.5 8.5
201st or more, 300st or less 85 51
39st or less 40 28.5
75
50 33.5
32 101st or more, 124st or less M6 x 1.0 12 95 28 40 117 7.3 56.4 95.4 68.4 — — 64 5 6 34 8.5
75
50 33.5
40 101st or more, 124st or less M6 x 1.0 12 95 28 40 117 7.3 56.4 117.4 90.4 — — 64 5 6 34 8.5
129
Selection
Model

16 A
LEY
25
With motor cover: LEYG B -C
32

40 C
65
Motor cable (2 x ø5)
LEYG
X2
T2
[mm]
Connector
Size T2 X2
16 7.5 83
25 7.5 88.5
20
24
32 7.5 98.5
LEY
20
40 7.5 120.5
24
Motor cover material: Synthetic resin
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
16
25 A Lock cable (ø3.5)
With lock: LEYG B -B
32
40 C
LEY-X5
65
Environment
Motor cable (2 x ø5)
Connector
25A-LEY
Step motor Servo motor X
15 15
W
[mm]
LECA6
Lock
20
20
cable Step motor Servo motor

Size
W X W X

Motor 16 103.3 121.8 104.0 122.5
20
24
LEC-G
cable 25 103.9 125.9 100.1 122.1
20 32 111.4 138.4 — —
24
40 133.4 160.4 — —
16 LECP1
LECPA
25 A
With lock/motor cover: LEYG B -W
32 C
JXC
40
Lock cable (ø3.5)
LECS
AC Servo Motor
65
LECY
Motor cable
(2 x ø5)
X2
Specific Product
[mm]
Precautions
T2
Size T2 X2
16 7.5 124.5
25 7.5 129
32 7.5 141.5
40 7.5 163.5
130
LEYG Series

when it returns to origin
Make sure workpieces mounted on the Ø XA H9 depth XA 4 x OA thread depth OB
rod do not interfere with the workpieces
and facilities around the rod. 2 x NA thread depth NC
∗3 [ ] for when the direction of return to
C
X
origin has changed 0.5
K
FB
Section XX
XB
(0.5) Section XX
WB Section Y details

Z WA
WC + Stroke XA H9 XA
65
4 x OA through
Stroke end Origin∗2
[Origin]∗3 [Stroke end]
[2] Stroke 2 Section XX
(FC)
Y
Q
S
EV
H
GA
J
V
0.5 C YD 2
U
X
EA FA FB B + Stroke VB T
EB A + Stroke EH Ø XA H9 depth XA

Ø DA
Size Stroke range L DB Size Stroke range L DB

P
X
90st or less 75 64st or less 51.5

16 8
114st or less 91 91st or more, 200st or less 105
(0.5)
25 115st or more, 190st or less 115 10 59st or less 67.5
Ø DB
4xØG
191st or more, 300st or less 133 Z WA through 25 60st or more, 185st or less 100.5 12
114st or less 97.5 L + Stroke 186st or more, 300st or less 138
32
115st or more, 190st or less 116.5 13 54st or less 74
40 32
191st or more, 300st or less 134 55st or more, 180st or less 107 16
40 181st or more, 300st or less 144
Size Stroke range
A B C DA EA EB EH EV FA FB FC G GA H J K NA NC
39st or less 37
174.3 175 92
16 40st or more, 100st or less 52 16 35 69 83 41.1 8 10.5 8.5 4.3 31.8 42.3 24.8 23 M4 x 0.7 5.5
101st or more, 200st or less 194.3 195 112 82
39st or less 50
206.4 202.6 115.5
67.5
25 101st or more, 124st or less 20 45 85 103 52.3 11 14.5 12.5 5.4 40.3 53.3 30.8 29 M5 x 0.8 6.5
125st or more, 200st or less 231.4 227.6 140.5 84.5
39st or less 55
228.9 — 128
68
125st or more, 200st or less 258.9 — 158 85
39st or less 55
250.9 — 128
68
125st or more, 200st or less 280.9 — 158 85
Size Stroke range OA OB P Q S T U V VB WA WB WC X XA XB YD Z
39st or less 25 19
55
16 40st or more, 100st or less M5 x 0.8 10 65 15 25 79 6.8 28 61.8 62.5 40 26.5 44 3 4 24 6.5
39st or less 35 26
70
50 33.5
25 101st or more, 124st or less M6 x 1.0 12 80 18 30 95 6.8 42 63.4 59.6 54 4 5 26 8.5
75
50 33.5
32 101st or more, 124st or less M6 x 1.0 12 95 28 40 117 7.3 56.4 68.4 — 64 5 6 32 8.5
75
50 33.5
40 101st or more, 124st or less M6 x 1.0 12 95 28 40 117 7.3 56.4 90.4 — 64 5 6 32 8.5
131
Selection
Model

16 A
LEY
25
With motor cover: LEYG D B -C
32 C
40 [mm]
Size Stroke range A T2 X2 L H CV
100st or less 177
16 7.5 66.5 35 49.8 43
LEYG
H

100st or less 209.5
25 7.5 68.5 46 61.3 54.5
L 100st or less 232
32 7.5 73.5 60 75.8 68.5
100st or less 254
T2
40 7.5 95.5 60 75.8 68.5

LEY
CV
AC Servo Motor
L X2
A + Stroke
LEYG
16 A
25
With lock: LEYG D B -B
32 C
40
LEY-X5
Connector [mm]
Lock cable (ø3.5)
Step motor Servo motor Step motor Servo motor
Environment
Step motor Servo motor Motor cable (2 x ø5) Size Stroke range
A VB
15 15
25A-LEY
100st or less 215.8 216.5
16 103.3 104
Lock
20
20
100st or less 246.9 243.1

cable 25 103.9 100.1

65
LECA6
100st or less 271.9 —
Motor 32 111.4 —
20
24
cable 101st or more, 300st or less 301.9 —

100st or less 293.9 —

40 133.4 —
20 24 101st or more, 300st or less 323.9 —
LEC-G
LECP1
2 VB
A + Stroke
LECPA
16 A
JXC
25
With lock/motor cover: LEYG D B -W
32 C
40
[mm]
LECS
Size Stroke range A T2 X2 L H CV

AC Servo Motor
100st or less 218.5

16 7.5 108 35 49.8 43

LECY
100st or less 250

Motor cable 25 7.5 109 46 61.3 54.4
Lock cable (2 x Ø 5)
(Ø 3.5) 100st or less 275
T2
32 7.5 116.5 60 75.8 68.5

Specific Product
Precautions
100st or less 297

40 7.5 138.5 60 75.8 68.5
CV
L X2
A + Stroke
132
LEYG Series
Support Block
Guide for support block application

When the stroke exceeds 100 mm and the mounting orientation
is horizontal, the body will be bent. Mounting the support block
is recommended. (Please order it separately from the models
shown below.)
Support Block Model
LEYG S 016
Size
016 For size 16
025 For size 25 Support block
032 For size 32, 40
Support block
Body mounting screw

EB
X
2 x OA thread depth OB
2 x Ø G through
GA (0.5) ST
WC + Stroke
Caution
Do not install the body using only a support block.
The support block should be used only for support.
[mm]
Size Model Stroke range EB G GA OA OB ST WC X

100st or less 55
16 LEYG-S016 69 4.3 31.8 M5 x 0.8 10 16 44
100st or less 70
25 LEYG-S025 85 5.4 40.3 M6 x 1.0 12 20 54
32 100st or less 75
LEYG-S032 101 (5.4) (50.3) M6 x 1.0 12 22 64
40 101st or more, 300st or less 105
∗ Two body mounting screws are included with the support block.
∗ The through holes of the LEYG-S032 cannot be used for the motor top mounting type. Use taps on the bottom.
133
134
Electric Actuator/
Guide Rod Type
LEYG Series LEYG25, 32
∗ Refer to tables t
LECY Seriessp. 143 and !2 below.
How to Order
LEY H G 25 M S2 B 100 S 2 A1
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1 !2 !3
q Accuracy w Size e Bearing type r Motor mounting position

— Basic type 25 M Sliding bearing — Top mounting
H High-precision type 32 L Ball bushing bearing D In-line
t Motor type∗1 y Lead [mm]

Symbol Type Output [W] Actuator size Compatible driver∗3 UL-compliant Symbol LEYG25 LEYG32∗1
AC servo motor A 12 16 (20)
100 25 LECSA-S1 —
B 6 8 (10)
AC servo motor C 3 4 (5)
200 32 LECSA-S3 —
LECSB-S5 size 32 top mounting type. (Equivalent
AC servo motor leads which include the pulley ratio [1.25:1])
100 25 LECSC-S5 —
LECSS-S5
LECSB-S7
AC servo motor
200 32 LECSC-S7 —
LECSS-S7
T7 (Absolute encoder) 200 32 LECSS2-T7
∗1 For motor type S2 and S6, the compatible driver part number suffixes are S1 and S5 respectively.
∗2 For motor type T6, the compatible driver part number suffix is T5.
∗3 For details on the driver, refer to page 246.
u Stroke [mm] i Motor option o Guide option

30 30 — Without option — Without option
to to B With lock F With grease retaining function
300 300 ∗ Only available for size 25 and 32 sliding
∗ For details, refer to the applicable stroke table below. bearings (Refer to “Construction” on page
∗ There is a limit for mounting the size 3 2 top 138.)
mounting type and strokes of 5 0 mm or less.
Refer to the dimensions.
!0 Cable type∗1 ∗2 !1 Cable length∗1 [m]

— Without cable — Without cable
S Standard cable 2 2
R Robotic cable (Flexible cable) 5 5
(The lock cable is also included when the ∗1 The length of the motor, encoder, and lock
motor with lock option is selected.) cables are the same.
Top mounting: (A) Axis side
In-line: (B) Counter axis side
(Refer to page 264 for details.)

Model [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 stroke range
LEYG25 15 to 300
LEYG32 20 to 300
135
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model
LEY
Motor mounting position: Top mounting Motor mounting position: In-line
LEYG
LEY
AC Servo Motor
!2 Driver type∗1 !3 I/O cable length [m]∗1
Compatible driver Power supply voltage [V] UL-compliant — Without cable
— Without driver — — H Without cable (Connector only)
LEYG
A1 LECSA1-S 100 to 120 — 1 1.5
A2 LECSA2-S 200 to 230 — ∗1 When “Without driver” is selected for driver
B1 LECSB1-S 100 to 120 — type, only “—: Without cable” can be selected.
B2 LECSB2-S 200 to 230 —
C1 LECSC1-S 100 to 120 —
LEY-X5
C2 LECSC2-S 200 to 230 —
S1 LECSS1-S 100 to 120 —
Environment
LECSS2-S 200 to 230 —
S2
LECSS2-T 200 to 240
25A-LEY
∗1 When a driver type is selected, a cable is included.
Select the cable type and cable length.
Example)
S2S2: Standard cable (2 m) + Driver (LECSS2)
LECA6
S2 : Standard cable (2 m)
— : Without cable and driver

⋅ Auto switches must be inserted from the front side with the rod (plate) sticking out.
LEC-G
⋅ Auto switches cannot be fixed with the parts hidden behind the guide attachment (the side of the rod that sticks out).
⋅ Please consult with SMC when using auto switches on the side of the rod that sticks out, as it is produced as a special order.
Compatible Driver
LECP1
Pulse input type Pulse input type CC-Link direct SSCNET # type type
/Positioning type input type
LECPA
Driver type
JXC
LECS
AC Servo Motor

LECY
Applicable network — — CC-Link SSCNET 3 SSCNET 3/H

Specific Product
Control encoder
Precautions
Power supply voltage 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz) 200 to 240 VAC
[V] 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz) (50/60 Hz)
Reference page 246

136
LEYG Series
AC Servo Motor
Specifications
LEYG25S 26/T6 (Top mounting)

Model LEYG32S 37/T7 (Top mounting) LEYG32DS 37/T7 (In-line)
LEYG25DS 26/T6 (In-line)
Horizontal∗1 18 50 50 30 60 60 30 60 60
Work load [kg]
Vertical 7 15 29 7 17 35 10 22 44
Force [N]∗2 (Set value: 15 to 30 %)∗11 65 to 131 127 to 255 242 to 485 79 to 157 154 to 308 294 to 588 98 to 197 192 to 385 368 to 736
Max. speed [mm/s] 900 450 225 1200 600 300 1000 500 250

Actuation type Ball screw + Belt [1:1]/Ball screw Ball screw + Belt [1:1.25] Ball screw
Regeneration option May be required depending on speed and work load (Refer to page 113.)
Encoder Motor type S6, S7: Absolute 18-bit encoder (Resolution: 262144 p/rev)
Motor type T6,T7: Absolute 22-bit encoder (Resolution: 4194304 p/rev)
consumption [W]∗ 6 Vertical 145 175 175
Type∗9
specifications
Non-magnetising lock Non-magnetising lock

Lock unit
Holding force [N] 131 255 485 157 308 588 197 385 736
Power consumption at 20 °C [W]∗10 6.3 7.9 7.9
0
∗1 This is the maximum value of the horizontal work load. An external guide is necessary to ∗6 The power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
support the load. The actual work load changes according to the condition of the external ∗7 The standby power consumption when operating (including the driver) is for when the
guide. Confirm the load using the actual device. actuator is stopped in the set position during operation.
∗2 The force setting range (set values for the driver) for the force control with the torque ∗8 The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the driver) is for when the
control mode. Set it with reference to “Force Conversion Graph” on page 114. actuator is operating.
∗3 The allowable collision speed for collision with the workpiece with the torque control mode ∗9 Only when motor option “With lock” is selected
∗5 Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when the actuator was tested with a drop ∗11 For motor type T6 and T7, the set value is from 12 to 24 %.
tester in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to the lead screw. (The test
was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging between 45 to 2000 Hz.
The test was performed in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to the lead
screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
Weight
Weight: Motor Top Mounting Type [kg]
Series LEYG25MS 26 /T6 LEYG32MS 37 /T7
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 30 50 100 150 200 250 300
Incremental encoder 1.80 1.99 2.31 2.73 3.07 3.41 3.67 3.24 3.50 4.05 4.80 5.35 5.83 6.28
Motor
type
Absolute encoder [S 67 ] 1.86 2.05 2.37 2.79 3.13 3.47 3.73 3.18 3.44 3.99 4.74 5.29 5.77 6.22
Absolute encoder [T 67 ] 1.8 2.0 2.4 2.8 3.1 3.5 3.7 3.2 3.4 4.0 4.7 5.3 5.7 6.2
Series LEYG25LS 26 /T6 LEYG32LS 37 /T7
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 30 50 100 150 200 250 300
Motor
type
Weight: In-line Motor Type [kg]
Series LEYG25MDS 26 /T6 LEYG32MDS 37 /T7
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 30 50 100 150 200 250 300
Motor
type
Series LEYG25LDS 26 /T6 LEYG32LDS 37 /T7
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 30 50 100 150 200 250 300
Motor
type
Size 25 32
Lock Absolute encoder [S 67 ] 0.30 0.66
Absolute encoder [T 67 ] 0.3 0.7
137
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model
Construction

Motor mounting position: Top mounting type
LEY
Motor mounting position: In-line type
@5 @4 !3 !4
@7 @8
!9
@0
o @2 !7 !1 @1
LEYG
!8 @6
@3 !6 y q w t r !5 e i !2 u !0
LEY
LEYGM When grease retaining function selected
#2 #1 #3 #4 @9 #0 LEYG25/32M: 50st or less LEYG25/32M: 50st or less
AC Servo Motor
#7 #8
LEYG
LEYG25/32M: Over 50st LEYG25/32M: Over 50st
LEY-X5
LEYGL
Environment
#7 #8 LEYG25/32L: 100st or less
25A-LEY
LECA6
LEYG25/32L: Over 100st
LEC-G
$1
Component Parts
LECP1
1 Body Aluminium alloy Anodised 27 Hub Aluminium alloy
2 Ball screw shaft Alloy steel 28 Spider Urethane
3 Ball screw nut Synthetic resin/Alloy steel 29 Guide attachment Aluminium alloy Anodised
LECPA
4 Piston Aluminium alloy 30 Guide rod Carbon steel
5 Piston rod Stainless steel Hard chrome plating 31 Plate Aluminium alloy Anodised
6 Rod cover Aluminium alloy 32 Plate mounting cap screw Carbon steel Nickel plating
7 Bearing holder Aluminium alloy 33 Guide cap screw Carbon steel Nickel plating
JXC
8 Rotation stopper POM 34 Sliding bearing Bearing alloy

9 Socket Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating 35 Felt Felt
10 Connected shaft Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating 36 Holder Synthetic resin
11 Bushing Bearing alloy 37 Retaining ring Steel for spring Phosphate coated
LECS
12 Bearing — 38 Ball bushing —

AC Servo Motor
13 Return box Aluminium die-cast Coating 39 Spacer Aluminium alloy Chromated

14 Return plate Aluminium die-cast Coating
15 Magnet — Support Block Replacement Parts/Belt
LECY
16 Wear ring holder Stainless steel Stroke 101 mm or more

Size Order no. Size Order no.
25 LEYG-S025 25 LE-D-2-2
32 LEYG-S032 32 LE-D-2-4
19 Motor pulley Aluminium alloy
Specific Product
∗ Two body mounting screws are

Precautions
20 Belt — included with the support block.

21 Parallel pin Stainless steel
22 Seal NBR Replacement Parts/Grease Pack
23 Retaining ring Steel for spring Phosphate coated Applied portion Order no. ∗ Apply grease on the piston rod
24 Motor adapter Aluminium alloy Coating periodically.
Piston rod GR-S-010 (10 g)
Grease should be applied at 1
25 Motor — Guide rod GR-S-020 (20 g) million cycles or 200 km,
26 Motor block Aluminium alloy Coating whichever comes first.
138
LEYG Series
AC Servo Motor

Ø XA H9 depth XA 4 x M OA thread depth OB
2 x NA
thread depth NC
K
X
0.5 C
(0.5) Section XX
FB
WB
Z WA
WC + Stroke
Section Y details
Encoder Z-phase VA
VC
detecting position∗2 VB
2 ±1
(Stroke + 4 mm) 4 x M OA through
4 x NA
V
thread depth NB Y (FC) Section XX Ø XA H9 depth XA
H
M
GA
Q
EV
S
U
J
M 0.5 C Y X
EA FA FB T
EB B + Stroke EH
∗1 Range within which the rod can move A + Stroke
Make sure workpieces mounted on the rod do not interfere Section XX
with the workpieces and facilities around the rod.
Ø DA
∗2 The Z-phase first detecting position from
XB
the stroke end of the motor side
∗3 Through holes cannot be used for size XA H9 XA
32 with strokes of 50 mm or less.
P
X

Size Stroke range [mm] L DB Size Stroke range [mm] L DB
∗3
Ø DB
Up to 114 91 0.5 Up to 59 67.5

4 x Ø G through
25 115 to 190 115 10 Z WA 25 60 to 185 100.5 12
191 to 300 133 L + Stroke 186 to 300 138
Up to 114 97.5 Up to 59 74
32 115 to 190 116.5 13 32 60 to 185 107 16
191 to 300 134 186 to 300 144
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
A B C DA EA EB EH EV FA FB FC G GA H J K M NA NB NC
Up to 39 50
141.5 116
40 to 100
67.5
25 101 to 124 20 46 85 103 52.3 11 14.5 12.5 5.4 40.3 98.8 30.8 29 34 M5 x 0.8 8 6.5
125 to 200 166.5 141 84.5
201 to 300 102
Up to 39 55
160.5 130
40 to 100
68
32 101 to 124 25 60 101 123 63.8 12 18.5 16.5 5.4 50.3 125.3 38.3 30 40 M6 x 1.0 10 8.5
125 to 200 190.5 160 85
201 to 300 102
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
OA OB P Q S T U V WA WB WC X XA XB Y Z
Up to 39 35 26
70
40 to 100
50 33.5
25 101 to 124 M6 x 1.0 12 80 18 30 95 6.8 40 54 4 5 26.5 8.5
125 to 200 70 43.5 95
201 to 300 85 51
Up to 39 40 28.5
75
40 to 100
50 33.5
32 101 to 124 M6 x 1.0 12 95 28 40 117 7.3 60 64 5 6 34 8.5
125 to 200 70 43.5 105
201 to 300 85 51
VA VB VC VA VB VC VA VB VC VA VB VC VA VB VC VA VB VC
25 120 87 14.1 156.9 123.9 15.8 115.4 82.4 14.1 156.5 123.5 15.8 115.4 82.4 14.1 156 123 15.8
32 128.2 88.2 17.1 156.8 116.8 17.1 116.6 76.6 17.1 156.1 116.1 17.1 116.6 76.6 17.1 153.4 113.4 17.1
139
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model

Ø XA H9 depth XA 4 x OA thread depth OB
LEY
2 x NA
thread depth NC
LEYG
(0.5) 0.5 C
K
Section XX
WB FB
Z WA
Encoder Z-phase WC + Stroke
detecting position∗2
2 ±1
Section Y details
Rod operating range∗1 (Stroke + 4 mm) 4 x OA through
LEY
(FC) Section XX
VC
AC Servo Motor
Q
EV
S
H
GA
U
J
Ø XA
V 0.5 C YD X H9 depth XA
T
LEYG
EB FA FB
B + Stroke VB EH
Make sure workpieces mounted on the Section XX
XB
and facilities around the rod.
∗2 The Z-phase first detecting position
LEY-X5
Ø DA
from the stroke end of the motor side XA H9 XA

P
X
Environment
Size Stroke range [mm] L DB
25A-LEY
Size Stroke range [mm] L DB
Ø DB
Up to 114 91 0.5 4 x Ø G through

Up to 59 67.5
25 115 to 190 115 10 Z WA
25 60 to 185 100.5 12
191 to 300 133 L + Stroke 186 to 300 138
Up to 114 97.5 Up to 59 74
LECA6
32 115 to 190 116.5 13 32 60 to 185 107 16
191 to 300 134 186 to 300 144

LEC-G
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
B C DA EB EH EV FA FB FC G GA H J K NA NC
Up to 39 50
136.5
40 to 100
67.5
LECP1
25 101 to 124 20 85 103 52.3 11 14.5 12.5 5.4 40.3 53.3 30.8 29 M5 x 0.8 6.5
125 to 200 161.5 84.5
201 to 300 102
Up to 39 55
156
LECPA
40 to 100
68
32 101 to 124 25 101 123 63.8 12 18.5 16.5 5.4 50.3 68.3 38.3 30 M6 x 1.0 8.5
125 to 200 186 85
201 to 300 102
JXC
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
OA OB P Q S T U V WA WB WC X XA XB YD Z
Up to 39 35 26
70
40 to 100
LECS
M6 x 50 33.5
25 101 to 124 12 80 18 30 95 6.8 40 54 4 5 47 8.5
1.0
AC Servo Motor
125 to 200 70 43.5 95

201 to 300 85 51
Up to 39 40 28.5
LECY
75
40 to 100
M6 x 50 33.5
32 101 to 124 12 95 28 40 117 7.3 60 64 5 6 60 8.5
1.0
125 to 200 70 43.5 105
201 to 300 85 51
Specific Product
Precautions

Stroke range
[mm]
A VB VC A VB VC A VB VC A VB VC A VB VC A VB VC
15 to 100 249 285.9 244.4 285.5 244.4 285
25 87 14.6 123.9 16.3 82.4 14.6 123.5 16.3 82.4 14.6 123 16.3
105 to 300 274 310.9 269.4 310.5 269.4 310
15 to 100 274.7 303.3 263.1 302.6 263.1 299.9
32 88.2 17.1 116.8 17.1 76.6 17.1 116.1 17.1 76.6 17.1 113.4 17.1
105 to 300 304.7 333.3 293.1 332.6 293.1 329.9
140
LEYG Series
AC Servo Motor
Support Block
Guide for support block application

When the stroke exceeds 100 mm and the mounting orientation
is horizontal, the body will be bent. Mounting the support block is
recommended. (Please order it separately from the models
shown below.)
Support Block Model
LEYG S 025
Size
025 For size 25
032 For size 32 Support block
Support block
Body mounting screw

EB
2 x Ø G through
GA (0.5) ST
WC + Stroke
Caution
[mm]
100st or less 70
25 LEYG-S025 85 5.4 40.3 M6 x 1.0 12 20 54
100st or less 75
32 LEYG-S032 101 (5.4) (50.3) M6 x 1.0 12 22 64
141
142
Electric Actuator/
Guide Rod Type
LEYG Series LEYG25, 32
LECS Seriessp. 135
How to Order
LEY H G 25 M V6 B 200 S 3 M2
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1 !2 !3
q Accuracy w Size e Bearing type r Motor mounting position

— Basic type 25 M Sliding bearing — Top mounting
H High-precision type 32 L Ball bushing bearing D In-line
t Motor type
Output Actuator Compatible
Symbol Type
[W] size driver
LECYM2-V5
V6∗1 100 25
LECYU2-V5
AC servo motor
(Absolute encoder) LECYM2-V7
V7 200 32
LECYU2-V7
y Lead [mm] u Stroke [mm] i Motor option

Symbol LEYG25 LEYG32∗1 30 30 — Without option
A 12 16 (20) to to B With lock
B 6 8 (10) 300 300 ∗ When “With lock” is selected for the top mount-
C 3 4 (5) ∗ For details, refer to the applicable stroke table ing type, the motor body will stick out from the
below. end of the body for size 25 with strokes of 30
∗ There is a limit for mounting the size 3 2 top mm or less. Check for interference with work-
top mounting type. (Equivalent leads which
mounting type and strokes of 5 0 mm or less. pieces before selecting a model.
include the pulley ratio [1.25:1])
Refer to the dimensions.
Motor
o Guide option !0 Cable type∗1 !1 Cable length [m]∗1

— Without option — Without cable — Without cable
F With grease retaining function S Standard cable 3 3
∗ Only available for the sliding bearing R Robotic cable (Flexible cable) 5 5
The motor cable for lock option is included C 20
when the motor with lock option is selected.
are the same. (For with lock)

[mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 stroke range
Model
LEYG25 15 to 300
LEYG32 20 to 300

143
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model
LEY
Motorr mounting position: Top mounting
g Motor mounting position: In-line
LEYG
LEY
AC Servo Motor
!2 Driver type !3 I/O cable length [m]∗1
Compatible driver Power supply voltage [V] — Without cable
— Without driver — H Without cable (Connector only)
LEYG
M2 LECYM2-V 200 to 230 1 1.5
U2 LECYU2-V 200 to 230 ∗1 When “Without driver” is selected for driver type,
∗ When a driver type is selected, a cable is only “—: Without cable” can be selected.
included. Refer to page 278 if I/O cable is required.
Select the cable type and cable length. (Options are shown on page 278.)
LEY-X5
Environment
25A-LEY
LECA6
· Auto switches must be inserted from the front side with the rod (plate) sticking out.
LEC-G
· Auto switches cannot be fixed with the parts hidden behind the guide attachment (the side of the rod that sticks out).
· Please consult with SMC when using auto switches on the side of the rod that sticks out, as it is produced as a special order.
LECP1
LECPA
JXC
Compatible Driver
-@ type
e -# type
LECS
AC Servo Motor
Driver type
LECY
Specific Product
Series LECYM LECYU

Precautions

Absolute
Control encoder
20-bit encoder
Reference page 271
144
LEYG Series
AC Servo Motor
Specifications
LEYG25MLV6 (Top mounting)

Model LEYG32ML V7 (Top mounting) LEYG32 MLDV7 (In-line)
LEYG25MLDV6 (In-line)
Horizontal∗1 18 50 50 30 60 60 30 60 60
Work load [kg]
Vertical 7 15 29 7 17 35 10 22 44
Max. speed [mm/s] 900 450 225 1200 600 300 1000 500 250
Pushing speed [mm/s]∗3
35 or less 30 or less 30 or less

Basic type 0.1 or less 0.1 or less
Lost motion [mm]
High-precision type 0.05 or less 0.05 or less
Actuation type Ball screw + Belt [1:1]/Ball screw Ball screw + Belt [1:1.25] Ball screw

Type∗9
specifications
Non-magnetising lock Non-magnetising lock

Lock unit
Holding force [N] 131 255 485 157 308 588 197 385 736
Power consumption at 20 °C [W]∗10 5.5 6 6
0
%
∗1 This is the maximum value of the horizontal work load. An external guide is ∗5 The work load conditions which require “Regenerative resistor” when operating
necessary to support the load. The actual work load changes according to the at the maximum speed (Duty ratio: 100 %)
condition of the external guide. Confirm the load using the actual device. Order the regenerative resistor separately. For details, refer to “Conditions for
∗2 The force setting range (set values for the driver) for the force control with the Regenerative Resistor (Guide)” on page 118.
torque control mode ∗6 The power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator is
Set it with reference to “Force Conversion Graph” on page 119. operating.
∗3 The allowable collision speed for collision with the workpiece with the torque ∗7 The standby power consumption when operating (including the driver) is for
control mode when the actuator is stopped in the set position during operation.
∗4 Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when the actuator was tested with ∗8 The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the driver) is for
a drop tester in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to the lead when the actuator is operating.
screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.) ∗9 Only when motor option “With lock” is selected
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging between 45 to 2000 ∗10 For an actuator with lock, add the power consumption for the lock.
Hz. The test was performed in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction
to the lead screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
Weight
Product Weight: Motor Top Mounting Type [kg]
Series LEYG25MV6 LEYG32MV7
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 30 50 100 150 200 250 300
Weight [kg] 1.7 1.9 2.2 2.6 3.0 3.3 3.6 3.1 3.4 4.0 4.7 5.3 5.7 6.2
Series LEYG25LV6 LEYG32LV7
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 30 50 100 150 200 250 300
Weight [kg] 1.7 1.9 2.2 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.4 3.1 3.4 3.8 4.5 5.0 5.5 5.9
Product Weight: In-line Motor Type [kg]

Series LEYG25MDV6 LEYG32MDV7
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 30 50 100 150 200 250 300
Weight [kg] 1.7 1.9 2.2 2.6 3.0 3.3 3.6 3.2 3.4 4.0 4.7 5.3 5.8 6.2
Series LEYG25LDV6 LEYG32LDV7
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 30 50 100 150 200 250 300
Weight [kg] 1.7 2.0 2.2 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.4 3.2 3.4 3.8 4.6 5.0 5.5 5.9

Size 25 32
Lock 0.3 0.6
145
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model
Construction

Motor mounting position: Top mounting type
LEY
@5 @4 Motor mounting position: In-line type
@8
!9
@0
@1
LEYG
o @3 @2 !1
!8
!0
!4
@6 @7
!7 !6 y qw t !5 re i u !2 u !3
LEY
AC Servo Motor
LEYGM LEYGL
LEYG
#2 #1 #3 #4 @9 #0 #5 #6
LEY-X5
Environment
25A-LEY
LECA6
LEC-G
LECP1
Component Parts
LECPA
1 Body Aluminium alloy Anodised 19 Motor pulley Aluminium alloy
2 Ball screw shaft Alloy steel 20 Belt —
3 Ball screw nut — 21 Parallel pin Stainless steel
4 Piston Aluminium alloy 22 Seal NBR
JXC
5 Piston rod Stainless steel Hard chrome plating 23 Retaining ring Steel for spring Phosphate coated
6 Rod cover Aluminium alloy 24 Motor adapter Aluminium alloy Coating
7 Bearing holder Aluminium alloy 25 Motor —
8 Rotation stopper POM 26 Motor block Aluminium alloy Coating
LECS
9 Socket Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating 27 Hub Aluminium alloy
AC Servo Motor
10 Connected shaft Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating 28 Spider Urethane
11 Bushing Bearing alloy 29 Guide attachment Aluminium alloy Anodised
12 Bearing — 30 Guide rod Carbon steel
LECY
13 Return box Aluminium die-cast Coating 31 Plate Aluminium alloy Anodised

14 Return plate Aluminium die-cast Coating 32 Plate mounting cap screw Carbon steel Nickel plating
15 Magnet — 33 Guide cap screw Carbon steel Nickel plating
16 Wear ring holder Stainless steel Stroke 101 mm or more 34 Sliding bearing Bearing alloy
Specific Product
Precautions
17 Wear ring POM Stroke 101 mm or more 35 Retaining ring Steel for spring Phosphate coated
18 Screw shaft pulley Aluminium alloy 36 Ball bushing —
Support Block Replacement Parts/Belt

Size Order no. ∗ Two body mounting screws are included Size Order no.
25 LEYG-S025 with the support block. 25 LE-D-2-2
32 LEYG-S032 32 LE-D-2-4
146
LEYG Series
AC Servo Motor

Ø XA H9 depth XA 4 x M OA thread depth OB
2 x NA
thread depth NC
K
X
(0.5) Section XX 0.5 C
WB FB
Z WA
WC + Stroke
Encoder Z-phase
detecting position∗2 VA Section Y details
VB
VC
2 ±1
∗1
Rod operating range
(Stroke + 4 mm) 4 x M OA through
Section XX
V
4 x NA
(FC) Ø XA H9 depth XA
thread depth NB Section Y
H
M
Q
EV
S
GA
U
J
0.5 C Y X
M
FA FB T
EA
B + Stroke
EB EH
A + Stroke
∗1 Range within which the rod can move Section XX
Make sure workpieces mounted on the
Ø DA
XB
and facilities around the rod.
∗2 The Z-phase first detecting position from XA H9 XA
P
X
the stroke end of the motor side

∗3 Through holes cannot be used for size
32 with strokes of 50 mm or less.
LEYGL (Ball bushing bearing) 4 x Ø G through∗3 LEYGM (Sliding bearing) [mm]
Ø DB
[mm] 0.5
Size Stroke range [mm] L DB Z WA
Size Stroke range (mm) L DB
15 to 110 91 15 to 55 67.5
L + Stroke
25 115 to 190 115 10 25 60 to 185 100.5 12
195 to 300 133 190 to 300 138
20 to 110 97.5 20 to 55 74
32 115 to 190 116.5 13 32 60 to 185 107 16
195 to 300 134 190 to 300 144

Stroke range
Size
[mm]
A B C DA EA EB EH EV FA FB FC G GA H J K M NA NB NC
15 to 35 50
141.5 116
40 to 100
67.5
25 105 to 120 20 46 85 103 52.3 11 14.5 12.5 5.4 40.3 98.8 30.8 29 34 M5 x 0.8 8 6.5
125 to 200 166.5 141 84.5
205 to 300 102
20 to 35 55
160.5 130
40 to 100
68
32 105 to 120 25 60 101 123 63.8 12 18.5 16.5 5.4 50.3 125.3 38.3 30 40 M6 x 1.0 10 8.5
125 to 200 190.5 160 85
205 to 300 102
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
OA OB P Q S T U V WA WB WC X XA XB Y Z
15 to 35 35 26
70
40 to 100
50 33.5
25 105 to 120 M6 x 1.0 12 80 18 30 95 6.8 40 54 4 5 26.5 8.5
125 to 200 70 43.5 95
205 to 300 85 51
20 to 35 40 28.5
75
40 to 100
50 33.5
32 105 to 120 M6 x 1.0 12 95 28 40 117 7.3 60 64 5 6 34 8.5
125 to 200 70 43.5 105
205 to 300 85 51
Without lock With lock
Size
VA VB VC VA VB VC
25 115.5 82.5 11 160.5 127.5 11
32 120 80 14 160 120 14
147
AC Servo Motor
Selection
Model
LEY
Ø XA H9 depth XA 4 x OA thread depth OB
2 x NA
thread depth NC
LEYG
(0.5) 0.5 C
Section XX
K
WB FB
Z WA
Encoder Z-phase WC + Stroke
detecting position∗2 Section Y details
2 ±1
Rod operating range∗1 (Stroke + 4 mm)
LEY
4 x OA through
VC
Section Y (FC) Section XX
AC Servo Motor
Q
EV
S
H
GA
U
J
Ø XA
V X H9 depth XA
LEYG
0.5 C YD
(EB) FA FB T
B + Stroke VB EH
Make sure workpieces mounted on Section XX
the rod do not interfere with the work-
pieces and facilities around the rod.
XB
LEY-X5
∗2 The Z-phase first detecting position
from the stroke end of the motor side XA H9 XA
Environment
Ø DA
P
X
25A-LEY
Size Stroke range [mm] L DB Size Stroke range [mm] L DB
15 to 110 91
Ø DB
0.5 4 x Ø G through 15 to 55 67.5

25 115 to 190 115 10
Z WA 25 60 to 185 100.5 12
195 to 300 133 190 to 300 138
L + Stroke
LECA6
20 to 110 97.5 20 to 55 74
32 115 to 190 116.5 13 32 60 to 185 107 16
195 to 300 134

190 to 300 144
LEC-G
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
B C DA EB EH EV FA FB FC G GA H J K NA NC
15 to 35 50
136.5
LECP1
40 to 100
67.5
25 105 to 120 20 85 103 52.3 11 14.5 12.5 5.4 40.3 53.3 30.8 29 M5 x 0.8 6.5
125 to 200 161.5 84.5
205 to 300 102
LECPA
20 to 35 55
156
40 to 100
68
32 105 to 120 25 101 123 63.8 12 18.5 16.5 5.4 50.3 68.3 38.3 30 M6 x 1.0 8.5
125 to 200 186 85
JXC
205 to 300 102

Stroke range
Size
[mm]
OA OB P Q S T U V WA WB WC X XA XB YD Z
15 to 35 35 26
LECS
70
40 to 100
M6 x 50 33.5
AC Servo Motor
25 105 to 120 12 80 18 30 95 6.8 40 54 4 5 47 8.5

1.0
125 to 200 70 43.5 95
205 to 300 85 51
LECY
20 to 35 40 28.5
75
40 to 100
M6 x 50 33.5
32 105 to 120 12 95 28 40 117 7.3 60 64 5 6 60 8.5
1.0
125 to 200 70 43.5 105
Specific Product
Precautions
205 to 300 85 51
Stroke range Without lock With lock
Size
[mm] A VB VC A VB VC
15 to 100 255.5 300.5
25 82.5 11.5 127.5 11.5
105 to 300 280.5 325.5
15 to 100 266.5 306.5
32 80 14 120 14
105 to 300 296.5 336.5
148
LEYG Series
AC Servo Motor
Support Block
●Guide for support block application

When the stroke exceeds 100 mm and the mounting orienta-
tion is horizontal, the body will be bent. Mounting the support
block is recommended. (Please order it separately from the
models shown below.)
Support Block Model
LEYG S 025
Size
025 For size 25
032 For size 32
Support block
Support block
Body mounting screw

EB
2 x Ø G through
GA (0.5) ST
WC + Stroke
Caution
[mm]

15 to 100 70
25 LEYG-S025 85 5.4 40.3 M6 x 1.0 12 20 54
105 to 300 95
20 to 100 75
32 LEYG-S032 101 5.4 50.3 M6 x 1.0 12 22 64
105 to 300 105
149
Environment
Selection
Model
LEY
LEY-X5 (Made to Order) Size 25, 32
Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof (IP65 Equivalent)
LEYG
∗1
Enclosure: IP65 equivalent Servo Motor (24 VDC) Type
Max. stroke: 500 mm∗

2 p. 155
∗2 For size 32
Lube-retainer Seal connector
Scraper (Excludes the LEY63) Prevents dust and water
LEY
Retains grease oil film droplets from entering between
the cable and motor cover
AC Servo Motor
Aluminum cover
Protects the motor
AC Servo Motor (100/200 W) Type
p. 163, 169
LEYG
Tubing
∗ Order the tubing
separately.
Vent hole
Reduces internal pressure fluctuations in order to prevent
dust and water droplets from entering the device
∗ Be sure to attach tubing.
LEY-X5
∗ For size 63, order a fitting separately.
Mounting groove for auto switches
LEY63-P
Environment
Size 63
Water-resistant type
For checking the limit and the intermediate signal
AC Servo Motor (400 W) Type p. 79
25A-LEY
∗ Order the water-resistant 2-color indicator solid
state auto switch separately. ∗ Option
∗1 IP65 enclosure: The protection structure against solid foreign objects is dust-tight type and the protection structure against
water is water-jet-proof type.
LECA6
Dust-tight means that no dust can enter the inside of the equipment.
Water-jet-proof means that the product is not adversely affected by direct water jets from any direction. That is, even
when direct water jets are applied to the product for 3 minutes by means of the pre-determined method, there is no water

entry that hinders the correct operation inside the equipment. Be sure to take appropriate protective measures if the
product is to be used in an environment where it will be constantly exposed to water or fluids other than water splash. In
LEC-G
particular, the product cannot be used in environments where oils, such as cutting oil or cutting fluid, are present.
Secondary Battery Compatible
LECP1
Copper (Cu) and zinc (Zn) free∗1 Compatible with dew points as
∗1 Excludes motors, cables, controllers/drivers
low as −70 °C
Uses grease compatible with low dew points LECPA
Rod Type/25A-LEY
JXC
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) Type AC Servo Motor Type p. 181, 183
Bolts
p. 177 Bolts
Material: Material:
LECS
Stainless steel Stainless steel

AC Servo Motor
Bushing
Material: Bushing
Steel bearing alloy Material:
LECY
Steel bearing alloy
Size 16 25 32 40
Specific Product
Precautions
Motor type
Step motor Size 25 32
(Servo/24 VDC) Motor type
Servo motor AC servo motor
(24 VDC)
∗ Copper and zinc materials are used for the motors, cables, controllers/drivers.
150
LEY-X5 Series Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof (IP65 Equivalent)
Model Selection
LEY-X5 Seriessp. 155
Refer to page 108 for the LECPA,
Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide) for Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) LECP1, JXC1 JXC 23 and page 109 for the LECA6.
Horizontal Vertical
LEY25-X5 for acceleration/deceleration: 2000 mm/s2 LEY25-X5
80 35
Lead 3: LEY25C
70 30
29 Lead 3: LEY25C

60
55 Lead 6: LEY25B
50
20
40
15 Lead 6: LEY25B
30 Lead 12: LEY25A
10
20
7
10
Lead 12: LEY25A
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

90 50
Lead 4: LEY32C
80
42 Lead 4: LEY32C
70 40
60 Lead 8: LEY32B
30
50
45
Lead 16: LEY32A 20
30
20 10
10 Lead 16: LEY32A
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
100
F
Workpiece
Load: F [N]
LEY32
10
Center of gravity
LEY25
1
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Stroke [mm]

+δ
Stroke
30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Size
25 ±0.3 ±0.4 ±0.7 ±0.7 ±0.9 ±1.1 ±1.3 ±1.5 ±1.7 — —
–δ
32 ±0.3 ±0.4 ±0.7 ±0.6 ±0.8 ±1.0 ±1.1 ±1.3 ±1.5 ±1.7 ±1.8
151
Model Selection LEY-X5 Series
Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof (IP65 Equivalent)
Selection
Model
Refer to page 107 for the LECP1, JXC1 and
Speed–Work Load Graph (Guide) page 109 for the LECA6.

Horizontal Vertical
LEY
80 35
70 30
29 Lead 3: LEY25C

60
LEYG
Lead 3: LEY25C
50
20
40 Lead 6: LEY25B
15 Lead 6: LEY25B
30
20 10
18 Lead 12: LEY25A 7
12
LEY
10
Lead 12: LEY25A
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
90 50
80
42 Lead 4: LEY32C
70 40
Lead 4: LEY32C
60
Lead 8: LEY32B 30
50
LEY-X5
Environment
20
30
20 Lead 16: LEY32A
25A-LEY
10
10 Lead 16: LEY32A
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
LECA6
LEC-G
Horizontal Vertical
LECP1
LEY25A-X5 LEY25A-X5
40 15
LECPA
Lead 3: LEY25AC Lead 3: LEY25C

30 11
10
20
JXC
Lead 6: LEY25AB
15 Lead 6: LEY25B
5
10 Lead 12: LEY25AA
7 Lead 12: LEY25A
LECS
2
AC Servo Motor
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 0 100 200 300 400 500 600
LECY
Specific Product
Precautions
152
Model Selection LEY-X5 Series
Force Conversion Graph

LEY25-X5 LEY25A-X5
500 140
Lead 3: LEY25C Lead 3: LEY25AC
120
400 Lead 6: LEY25B Lead 6: LEY25AB
100
Lead 12: LEY25A
300 Lead 12:
Force [N]
Force [N]
80 LEY25AA
60
200
40
100
20
Min. 38 % Max. 65 % Min. 75 %
0 0
20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 60 70 80 90 100
Set value of pushing force∗1 [%] Set value of pushing force∗1 [%] Max. 95 %
Set value of pushing force∗1 Duty ratio Continuous pushing time Set value of pushing force∗1 Duty ratio Continuous pushing time
Ambient temperature Ambient temperature
[%] [%] [minute] [%] [%] [minute]
LEY32-X5 <Limit Values for Pushing Force and Trigger Level

800 in Relation to Pushing Speed>
Lead 4: LEY32C Without Load
700
Lead 8: LEY32B Model Lead Model Lead
600 [mm/s] (Setting input value) [mm/s] (Setting input value)
Lead 16: LEY32A LEY25 A/B/C 21 to 35 50 to 65 % LEY25A A/B/C 21 to 35 80 to 95 %
500 A 24 to 30
LEY32 60 to 85 %
Force [N]
B/C 21 to 30
400 There is a limit to the pushing force in relation to the pushing speed. If the
product is operated outside of the range (low pushing force), the
300 completion signal [INP] may be output before the pushing operation has
been completed (during the moving operation).
200 If operating with the pushing speed below the min. speed, please check
for operating problems before using the product.
100
Min. 38 %
0
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 <Set Values for Vertical Upward Transfer Pushing Operations>
Set value of pushing force∗1 [%] Max. 85 % For vertical loads (upward), set the pushing force to the max. value shown
below and operate at the work load or less.
Set value of pushing force∗1 Duty ratio Continuous pushing time Model LEY25 LEY32 LEY25A
Ambient temperature
[%] [%] [minute] Lead A B C A B C A B C
25 °C or less 85 or less 100 — Work load [kg] 2.5 5 10 4.5 9 18 1.2 2.5 5
65 or less 100 — Pushing force 65 % 85 % 95 %
40 °C
85 50 15

+θ 25 ±0.8°
−θ 32 ±0.7°
∗ Avoid using the electric actuator in such a way that rotational torque would be
This may cause the deformation of the non-rotating guide, abnormal auto
switch responses, play in the internal guide, or an increase in the sliding
resistance.
153
154
Electric Actuator/
(Only applicable to the JXC)
LEY-X5 (Made to Order) Series LEY25, 32

Refer to page 151 for model selection.
How to Order
LEC Series
6P 1
LEY 25 D B 50 R1 X5
JXC Series
CD17T
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1 !2 Made to order:
Dust-tight/
Water-jet-proof

25 — Top mounting Size
Symbol Type Compatible controller/driver
32 D In-line 25 32
JXCE1
JXC91
Step motor LECP1
— JXCP1
JXCD1
JXCL1
Servo motor
A — LECA6
(24 VDC)

Symbol LEY25 LEY32 30 30 — Without option
A 12 16 to to B With lock
B 6 8 500 500
C 3 4 ∗ For details, refer to the applicable stroke table Motor
below.
u Rod end thread i Mounting∗3 o Actuator cable type/length

— Rod end female thread Motor mounting position Robotic cable [m]
Symbol Type
Rod end male thread Top mounting In-line R1 1.5 RA 10∗7
M (1 rod end nut is included.) Ends tapped/Body R3 3 RB 15∗7
—
bottom tapped∗4 R5 5 RC 20∗7
L Foot — R8 8∗7

LEY25 — — 15 to 400
LEY32 20 to 500
∗ For auto switches, refer to page 176.

∗ “-X5” is not added to an actuator model with a controller/driver part number suffix.
Example) “LEY25DB-100” for the LEY25DB-100BMU-R16N1D-X5
155
Electric Actuator/Rod Type LEY-X5 Series
Selection
Model
LEY
6P 1
!0 !1 !2
LEYG
— Without controller/driver — Without cable — Screw mounting
6N LECA6 NPN 1 1.5 m D DIN rail∗14
6P (Step data input type) PNP 3 3 m∗13
1N LECP1∗9 NPN 5 5 m∗13
1P (Programless type) PNP S Straight type communication plug connector
AN LECPA∗9 ∗11 NPN T T-branch type communication plug connector
LEY
AP (Pulse input type) PNP
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
!0 Controller
C1 With controller
CD1 7 T
LEY-X5
Environment
25A-LEY
protocol Mounting
LECA6
L IO-Link

∗1 Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are ∗9 Only available for the motor type “Step motor”
LEC-G
produced as special orders. ∗10 Not compliant with CE
∗2 When “With lock” is selected for the top mounting type, the motor body ∗11 When pulse signals are open collector, order the current limiting
will stick out from the end of the body for strokes of 5 0 mm or less. resistor (LEC-PA-R-) on page 220 separately.
Check for interference with workpieces before selecting a model. ∗12 When “Without controller/driver” is selected for controller/driver types,
∗3 The mounting bracket is shipped together with the product but does not come assembled. I/O cable cannot be selected. Refer to page 199 (For LECA6), page
LECP1
∗4 For the horizontal cantilever mounting of the rod flange, head flange, or 213 (For LECP1), or page 220 (For LECPA) if I/O cable is required.
ends tapped types, use the actuator within the following stroke range. ∗13 When “Pulse input type” is selected for controller/driver types, pulse
· LEY25: 200 mm or less · LEY32: 100 mm or less input usable only with differential. Only 1.5 m cables usable with open
∗5 The rod flange type is not available for the LEY 2 5 / 3 2 with strokes of collector
50 mm or less and motor option “With lock.” ∗14 The DIN rail is not included. Order it separately.
∗6 The head flange type is not available for the LEY32. ∗15 Select “—” for anything other than DeviceNet™. LECPA
∗8 For details on controllers/drivers and compatible motors, refer to the
compatible controller/driver on the next page.
JXC

LECS

AC Servo Motor
LECY
incorporated into the customer’s equipment under actual operating number should match that of the controller/driver.
conditions. As a result, it is necessary for the customer to verify compliance w Check that the Parallel I/O configuration matches
with the EMC directive for the machinery and equipment as a whole. (NPN or PNP).
Specific Product
Precautions
q w
156
LEY-X5 Series
LEC Series
input type
Type

Standard controller
Servo motor Servo motor

Compatible motor
JXC Series
Type

Features
Step motor
Compatible motor
(Servo/24 VDC)
Reference page 224
157
Selection
Model
Specifications

LEY
Model LEY25-X5 LEY32-X5
(3000 [mm/s2]) 20 40 60 30 45 60
For
LECP1
JXC1
Horizontal
(2000 [mm/s2]) 30 60 70 40 60 80
LEYG
Work load
(3000 [mm/s2]) 12 30 30 20 40 40
[kg]∗1 For
LECPA
JXC 23
(2000 [mm/s2]) 18 50 50 30 60 60
LEY
Vertical∗14 (3000 [mm/s2]) 7 15 29 10 21 42
Pushing force [N]∗2 ∗3 ∗4
AC Servo Motor
63 to 122 126 to 238 232 to 452 80 to 189 156 to 370 296 to 707
Speed [mm/s]∗4 18 to 400 9 to 200 5 to 100 24 to 400 12 to 200 6 to 100
Pushing speed [mm/s]∗5 35 or less 30 or less
LEYG
Screw lead [mm] 12 6 3 16 8 4
Ball screw + Belt (LEY)
LEY-X5
Actuation type
Ball screw (LEYD)
Environment
Enclosure∗8 IP65 equivalent
25A-LEY
42 56.4
Motor size
LECA6

Power consumption [W]∗9 40 50
Standby power consumption when operating [W]∗10 15 48
LEC-G
Max. instantaneous power consumption [W]∗11 48 104
Type∗12
specifications
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 78 157 294 108 216 421
LECP1
Power consumption [W]∗13 5 5
∗1 Horizontal: The maximum value of the work load. An external guide is necessary to support the load. (Friction coefficient of guide: 0.1 or less) The
LECPA
actual work load and transfer speed change according to the condition of the external guide. Also, speed changes according to the work load. Check
“Model Selection” on pages 151 and 152.
The values shown in ( ) are the acceleration/deceleration. Set these values to be 3000 [mm/s2] or less.
JXC
∗3 The thrust setting values for LEY25 is 38 % to 65 % and for LEY32 is 38 % to 85 %. The pushing force values change according to the duty ratio
and pushing speed. Check “Model Selection” on page 153.
∗4 The speed and force may change depending on the cable length, load, and mounting conditions. Furthermore, if the cable length exceeds 5 m, then it
LECS
∗5 The allowable speed for pushing operation. When push conveying a workpiece, operate at the vertical work load or less.
AC Servo Motor
LECY
∗8 Cannot be used in an environment where oil such as cutting oil splashes or it is constantly exposed to water
Take appropriate protective measures. For details on enclosure, refer to “Enclosure” on page 188.
Specific Product
Precautions
∗14 When mounting vertically and using the product facing upwards in an environment where water is present, take necessary measures to prevent water
from splashing on the rod cover, because water will accumulate on the rod seal due to the structure of the product.
158
LEY-X5 Series
Specifications
Model LEY25A-X5 ∗1 Horizontal: The maximum value of the work load.
An external guide is necessary to support the load.
Work load Horizontal (3000 [mm/s2]) 7 15 30 (Friction coefficient of guide: 0.1 or less) The
[kg]∗1 Vertical∗13 (3000 [mm/s2]) 2 5 11 actual work load and transfer speed change
Pushing force [N]∗2 ∗3
according to the condition of the external guide.
18 to 35 37 to 72 66 to 130
Vertical: Speed changes according to the work
Speed [mm/s] 2 to 400 1 to 200 1 to 100 load. Check “Model Selection” on page 152. The
Max. acceleration/deceleration [mm/s2] 3000 values shown in ( ) are the acceleration/
deceleration.
Pushing speed [mm/s]∗4 35 or less Set these values to be 3000 [mm/s2] or less.
Positioning repeatability [mm] ±0.02 ∗2 Pushing force accuracy is ±20 % (F.S.).
∗3 The thrust setting values for LEY25A is 75 % to
Lost motion [mm]∗5 0.1 or less 95 %. The pushing force values change according
Screw lead [mm] 12 6 3 to the duty ratio and pushing speed. Check “Model
Impact/Vibration resistance [m/s2]∗6 50/20 Selection” on page 153.
∗4 The allowable speed for pushing operation
Ball screw + Belt (LEY) When push conveying a workpiece, operate at the
Actuation type
Ball screw (LEYD) vertical work load or less.
∗5 A reference value for correcting an error in
Guide type Sliding bushing (Piston rod) reciprocal operation
Enclosure∗7 IP65 equivalent ∗6 Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when
the actuator was tested with a drop tester in both
an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to
Operating humidity range [%RH] 90 or less (No condensation) the lead screw. (The test was performed with the
42 actuator in the initial state.)
Motor size
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a
Motor type Servo motor (24 VDC) test ranging between 45 to 2000 Hz. The test was
Encoder Incremental A/B phase (800 pulse/rotation)/Z-phase performed in both an axial direction and a
perpendicular direction to the lead screw. (The test
Rated voltage [V] 24 VDC ±10 % was performed with the actuator in the initial state.)
Power consumption [W]∗8 86 ∗7 Cannot be used in an environment where oil such
Standby power consumption when operating [W]∗9 4 (Horizontal)/12 (Vertical) as cutting oil splashes or it is constantly exposed
to water
Max. instantaneous power consumption [W]∗10 96 Take appropriate protective measures. For details
Type∗11 on enclosure, refer to “Enclosure” on page 188.
specifications
∗8 The power consumption (including the controller)
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 78 157 294 is for when the actuator is operating.
Power consumption [W]∗12 5 ∗9 The standby power consumption when operating
Rated voltage [V] 24 VDC ±10 % (including the controller) is for when the actuator is
stopped in the set position during the operation
with the maximum work load. Except during the
pushing operation
∗10 The maximum instantaneous power consumption
(including the controller) is for when the actuator
is operating. This value can be used for the
∗12 For an actuator with lock, add the power
consumption for the lock.
∗13 When mounting vertically and using the product
facing upwards in an environment where water is
present, take necessary measures to prevent
water from splashing on the rod cover, because
water will accumulate on the rod seal due to the
structure of the product.
Weight
Weight: Motor Top Mounting Type
Model LEY25-X5 LEY32-X5
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Product Step motor 1.45 1.52 1.69 1.95 2.13 2.30 2.48 2.65 2.83 2.48 2.59 2.88 3.35 3.64 3.91 4.21 4.49 4.76 5.04 5.32
weight [kg] Servo motor 1.41 1.48 1.65 1.91 2.09 2.26 2.44 2.61 2.79 — — — — — — — — — — —

Model LEY25D-X5 LEY32D-X5
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Product Step motor 1.46 1.53 1.70 1.96 2.14 2.31 2.49 2.66 2.84 2.49 2.60 2.89 3.36 3.65 3.92 4.22 4.50 4.77 5.05 5.33
weight [kg] Servo motor 1.42 1.49 1.66 1.92 2.10 2.27 2.45 2.62 2.80 — — — — — — — — — — —

Size 25 32
Lock 0.33 0.63
Rod end male thread
Nut 0.02 0.02
0.17 0.20
159
Selection
Model
Construction

25
LEY
@4 @9 @8 In-line motor type: LEY 32 D
25
#0
LEYG
@7 #0
!9
@3 @2 @5 !1 #1
LEY
@0
AC Servo Motor
!8
!4
LEYG
o @6 !7 !6 y qwt !5 e @1 r i u !2 u !0 !3 #2#3 #4 #5 @4 @9 #1
LEY-X5
Environment
25A-LEY
#7 #6
LECA6
Component Parts
LEC-G
1 Body Aluminium alloy Anodised 20 Belt —
2 Ball screw shaft Alloy steel 21 Parallel pin Stainless steel
3 Ball screw nut Synthetic resin/Alloy steel 22 Scraper Nylon
LECP1
4 Piston Aluminium alloy 23 Retaining ring Steel for spring Phosphate coated
5 Piston rod Stainless steel Hard chrome plating 24 Motor —
6 Rod cover Aluminium alloy 25 Lube-retainer Felt
LECPA
7 Bearing holder Aluminium alloy 26 O-ring NBR
8 Rotation stopper POM 27 Gasket NBR
9 Socket Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating 28 Motor adapter Aluminium alloy Anodised
10 Connected shaft Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating 29 Motor cover Aluminium alloy Anodised
JXC
11 Bushing Bearing alloy 30 Seal connector —

12 Bearing — 31 End cover Aluminium alloy Anodised
13 Return box Aluminium die-cast Coating 32 Hub Aluminium alloy
LECS
14 Return plate Aluminium die-cast Coating 33 Spider NBR

AC Servo Motor
15 Magnet — 34 Motor block Aluminium alloy Anodised

16 Wear ring holder Stainless steel Stroke 101 mm or more 35 Motor adapter Aluminium alloy LEY25 only
17 Wear ring POM Stroke 101 mm or more 36 Socket (Male thread) Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating
LECY
18 Screw shaft pulley Aluminium alloy 37 Nut Alloy steel Zinc chromated
19 Motor pulley Aluminium alloy
Specific Product
Replacement Parts (Motor top mounting only)/Belt Replacement Parts/Grease Pack

Precautions
No. Size Order no. Applied portion Order no.

25 LE-D-2-2 GR-S-010 (10 g)
20 Piston rod
32 LE-D-2-3 GR-S-020 (20 g)
Grease should be applied at 1 million cycles or 200 km, whichever comes first.
160
LEY-X5 Series
Dimensions
thread depth MR
MH
Section XX details
MD Section XX
XB
MC
X
W
Q Ø OB
Actuator cable
Attach tubing (O.D.: Ø 4)∗5

(Order separately.)
OA
Rod operating range∗1 H thread depth C
[2] 2
Vent hole∗5
FV
Origin∗2
GV
Stroke
end∗3 [Stroke end]
[Origin]
Ø PB
T
PA
EV
M
M
ØD
J
K∗4
U
M Y 4 x O1 thread depth R
S 4 x O1 thread L B + Stroke M
depth R EH PC
Stroke A + Stroke
FH
(GH)
[mm]
Stroke
Size
range [mm]
A B C D EH EV FH FV GH GV H J K L M O1
15 to 100 130.5 116
25 13 20 44 45.5 57.6 56.8 66.2 139.5 M8 x 1.25 24 17 14.5 34 M5 x 0.8
101 to 400 155.5 141
20 to 100 148.5 130
32 13 25 51 56.5 69.6 78.6 76.2 173.5 M8 x 1.25 31 22 18.5 40 M6 x 1.0
101 to 500 178.5 160
Stroke W X
Size
range [mm]
R OA OB PA PB Q S T U PC Y
Without lock With lock Without lock With lock
15 to 100
25 8 37 38 15.4 8.2 28 46 92 1 15.4 123 173 145 195 51
101 to 400
20 to 100
32 10 37 38 15.4 8.2 28 60 118 1 15.9 123 173 150 200 61
101 to 500

Stroke
Size
range [mm]
15 to 39 24 32
50
40 to 100
42 41
25 101 to 124 20 46 29 M5 x 0.8 6.5 4 5
125 to 200 59 49.5 75
201 to 400 76 58
20 to 39 22 36
50
40 to 100
36 43
32 101 to 124 25 55 30 M6 x 1 8.5 5 6
125 to 200 53 51.5 80
201 to 500 70 60
Make sure workpieces mounted on the rod do not interfere with the workpieces and facilities around
the rod.
∗5 The vent hole is the port for releasing to atmosphere. Do not apply pressure to this hole. For the rod end male thread, refer to page 67. For
Attach tubing to the vent hole and place the end of the tubing so it is not exposed to dust or water. the mounting bracket dimensions, refer to page 97.
161
Selection
Model
Dimensions

In-line motor type
LEY
thread depth MR MH
Section XX details
LEYG
MD Section XX
XB
MC
Attach tubing (O.D.: Ø 4)∗5 Q Ø OB

(Order separately.)
LEY
Vent hole∗5 Y
Rod operating range∗1 H thread depth C
Ø PB
OA
PA
PC
AC Servo Motor
[2] 2 Origin∗2
Stroke [Stroke end]
G
end∗3
FV
[Origin]
EV
LEYG
ØD
J
K∗4
U
L B + Stroke W
Stroke A + Stroke M
EH
FH
LEY-X5
Environment
[mm]
Stroke A
Size B C D EH EV FH FV G H J K L
25A-LEY
range [mm] Without lock With lock
15 to 100 250 300 89.5
25 13 20 44 45.5 57.6 57.7 94.7 M8 x 1.25 24 17 14.5
101 to 400 275 325 114.5
20 to 100 265.5 315.5 96
32 13 25 51 56.5 69.6 79.6 116.6 M8 x 1.25 31 22 18.5
101 to 500 295.5 345.5 126
LECA6
Stroke W
Size M O1 R OA OB PA PB Q U PC Y

range [mm] Without lock With lock
15 to 100
LEC-G
25 34 M5 x 0.8 8 37 38 15.4 8.2 28 0.9 15.9 146 196 24.5
101 to 400
20 to 100
32 40 M6 x 1.0 10 37 38 15.4 8.2 28 1 15.9 151 201 27
101 to 500
LECP1
Stroke
Size
range [mm]
15 to 39 24 32
LECPA
50
40 to 100
42 41
25 101 to 124 20 29 M5 x 0.8 6.5 4 5
125 to 200 59 49.5 75
201 to 400 76 58
JXC
20 to 39 22 36
50
40 to 100
36 43
32 101 to 124 25 30 M6 x 1 8.5 5 6
125 to 200 53 51.5 80
LECS
201 to 500 70 60
AC Servo Motor
the rod.
LECY

Specific Product
Precautions
162
Electric Actuator/
Refer to page 41 for model selection. Size 63 is available by selecting option P. Refer to page 79.
LECY Seriessp. 169
How to Order
LEY H 25 S2 B 100 S 2 A1 X5
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1 !2 !3 Made to order:
Dust-tight/
q Accuracy r Motor type Water-jet-proof
— Basic type Output Actuator
Symbol Type Compatible driver
H High-precision type [W] size
S2∗1 AC servo motor 100 25 LECSA-S1
w Size e Motor mounting position S3 (Incremental encoder) 200 32 LECSA-S3
25 — Top mounting LECSB-S5
32 D In-line S6∗1 100 25 LECSC-S5
AC servo motor LECSS-S5
t Lead [mm] (Absolute encoder) LECSB-S7
Symbol LEY25 LEY32∗1 S7 200 32 LECSC-S7
A 12 16 (20) LECSS-S7
B 6 8 (10) T6∗2 AC servo motor 100 25 LECSS2-T5
C 3 4 (5) T7 (Absolute encoder) 200 32 LECSS2-T7
∗1 The values shown in ( ) are the equivalent leads which ∗1 For motor type S2 and S6, the compatible driver part number suffixes are S1 and S5 respectively.
include the pulley ratio for the size 32 top mounting type. ∗2 For motor type T6, the compatible driver part number suffix is T5.
y Stroke [mm] u Motor option i Rod end thread

30 30 — Without option — Rod end female thread
to to B With lock∗1 Rod end male thread
M (1 rod end nut is included.)
500 500 ∗1 When “With lock” is selected for the top mounting
∗ For details, refer to the applicable stroke table type, the motor body will stick out from the end of
below. the body for size 25 with strokes of 30 mm or less.
Check for interference with workpieces before
selecting a model.
Motor
o Mounting∗1 !0 Cable type∗1 ∗2 !1 Cable length [m]∗1

Motor mounting position — Without cable — Without cable
Symbol Type
Top mounting In-line S Standard cable 2 2
Ends tapped/ 2
∗
R Robotic cable (Flexible cable) 5 5
—
Body bottom tapped ∗1 The motor and encoder cables are included. A 10
L Foot — (The lock cable is also included when the ∗1 The length of the encoder, motor, and lock
F Rod flange∗2 ∗3 motor with lock option is selected.) cables are the same.
G Head flange∗2 ∗4 — ∗2 Standard cable entry direction is
∗1 The mounting bracket is shipped together with • Top mounting: (A) Axis side
• In-line: (B) Counter axis side !2 Driver type∗1
the product but does not come assembled. Compatible driver Power supply voltage [V]
∗2 For the horizontal cantilever mounting of the rod (Refer to page 264 for details.)
flange, head flange, or ends tapped types, use
— Without driver —
the actuator within the following stroke range. A1 LECSA1-S 100 to 120
• LEY25: 200 mm or less !3 I/O cable length [m]∗1 A2 LECSA2-S 200 to 230
• LEY32: 100 mm or less — Without cable B1 LECSB1-S 100 to 120
∗3 The rod flange type is not available for the H Without cable (Connector only) B2 LECSB2-S 200 to 230
LEY25 with a 30 mm stroke and motor option 1 1.5 C1 LECSC1-S 100 to 120
“With lock.” C2 LECSC2-S 200 to 230
∗4 The head flange type is not available for the S1 LECSS1-S 100 to 120
LEY32. LECSS2-S 200 to 230
Refer to page 265 if I/O cable is required. S2
(Options are shown on page 265.) LECSS2-T 200 to 240
∗1 When a driver type is selected, a cable is included.
Applicable Stroke Table : Standard Select the cable type and cable length.
Stroke Example)
Manufacturable
30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 stroke range [mm] S2S2: Standard cable (2 m) + Driver (LECSS2)
Model
S2 : Standard cable (2 m)
LEY25 — — 15 to 400
— : Without cable and driver
LEY32 20 to 500
∗ Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are produced as special orders. ∗ For auto switches, refer to page 176.
163
AC Servo Motor Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof (IP65 Equivalent)
Selection
Model
Specifications: LECSA/LECSB/LECSC/LECSS
LEY
2 2 3 3
Model LEY25S6 /T6-X5 /LEY25DS6 /T6-X5 LEY32S7 /T7-X5 (Top mounting) LEY32DS7 /T7-X5 (In-line)
Work load Horizontal∗1 18 50 50 30 60 60 30 60 60
[kg] Vertical∗8 8 16 30 9 19 37 12 24 46
Force [N]∗2 (Set value: 15 to 30%)∗15 65 to 131 127 to 255 242 to 485 79 to 157 154 to 308 294 to 588 98 to 197 192 to 385 368 to 736
Max. Up to 300 900 450 225
Stroke 1200 600 300 1000 500 250
speed 305 to 400 600 300 150
range
[mm/s]∗3 405 to 500 — — — 800 400 200 640 320 160
LEYG
Lost motion [mm]
Lead [mm] 12 6 3 20 10 5 16 8 4
Impact/Vibration resistance [m/s2]∗6
LEY
50/20 50/20
Actuation type Ball screw + Belt/Ball screw Ball screw + Belt [1.25:1] Ball screw
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
Encoder Motor type S6, S7: Absolute 18-bit encoder (Resolution: 262144 p/rev)
Motor type T6, T7: Absolute 22-bit encoder (Resolution: 4194304 p/rev)
LEY-X5
Environment
25A-LEY
Type∗12
specifications
Non-magnetizing lock
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 131 255 485 157 308 588 197 385 736
Power consumption [W] at 20°C∗13 6.3 7.9 7.9
0
LECA6
∗1 This is the maximum value of the horizontal work load. An external guide is necessary to support the load. The ∗8 When mounting vertically and using the product facing upwards in an environment where water is present,
actual work load changes according to the condition of the external guide. Confirm the load using the actual device. take necessary measures to prevent water from splashing on the rod cover, because water will accumulate
∗2 The force setting range (set values for the driver) for the force control with the torque control mode

on the rod seal due to the structure of the product.
Set it with reference to “Force Conversion Graph” on pages 45 and 46. ∗9 The power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
∗3 The allowable speed changes according to the stroke. ∗10 The standby power consumption when operating (including the driver) is for when the actuator is stopped
LEC-G
∗4 The allowable collision speed for collision with the workpiece with the torque control mode in the set position during the operation.
∗5 A reference value for correcting an error in reciprocal operation ∗11 The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
∗6 Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when the actuator was tested with a drop tester in both an axial direction and a ∗12 Only when motor option “With lock” is selected
perpendicular direction to the lead screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.) ∗13 For an actuator with lock, add the power consumption for the lock.
LECP1
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging between 45 to 2000 Hz. The test was performed in both an ∗14 The resolution will change depending on the driver type.
axial direction and a perpendicular direction to the lead screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.) ∗15 For motor type T6 and T7, the set value is from 12 to 24 %.
∗7 Cannot be used in an environment where oil such as cutting oil splashes or it is constantly exposed to water
Take appropriate protective measures. For details on enclosure, refer to “Enclosure” on page 188.
LECPA
Weight
Product Weight
Series LEY25S 26 /T6-X5 (Motor mounting position: Top mounting) LEY32S 37 /T7-X5 (Motor mounting position: Top mounting)
JXC
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Motor
type
Absolute S6/S7 1.37 1.44 1.61 1.87 2.05 2.22 2.40 2.57 2.75 2.36 2.47 2.76 3.23 3.51 3.79 4.08 4.36 4.64 4.92 5.20
encoder T6/T7 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.9 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.7 2.3 2.4 2.7 3.2 3.5 3.8 4.1 4.3 4.6 4.9 5.2
LECS
Series LEY25DS 26 /T6-X5 (Motor mounting position: In-line) LEY32DS 37 /T7-X5 (Motor mounting position: In-line)
AC Servo Motor
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Motor
type
Absolute S6/S7 1.40 1.47 1.64 1.90 2.08 2.25 2.43 2.60 2.78 2.38 2.49 2.78 3.25 3.53 3.81 4.10 4.38 4.66 4.94 5.22
LECY
encoder T6/T7 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.9 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 2.4 2.5 2.8 3.2 3.5 3.8 4.1 4.4 4.6 4.9 5.2
Size 25 32
Specific Product

Precautions
Lock
Absolute encoder 0.30 0.66
Rod end male thread
Nut 0.02 0.02
0.17 0.20
164
LEY-X5 Series
Construction
25
Motor top mounting type: LEY 32 25
In-line motor type: LEY 32 D
@5 @9 @4 @8
Cable is shipped together. !9
@3 @2 @7 @6 !1
@0
!8
!0
!4
o !7 !6 y q w t !5 r e @1 i u !2 u !3 #1 #2 #1 #0 @9 @5
#4 #3
Component Parts
1 Body Aluminium alloy Anodised 18 Screw shaft pulley Aluminium alloy
2 Ball screw shaft Alloy steel 19 Motor pulley Aluminium alloy
3 Ball screw nut Synthetic resin/Alloy steel 20 Belt —
4 Piston Aluminium alloy 21 Parallel pin Stainless steel
5 Piston rod Stainless steel Hard chrome plating 22 Scraper Nylon
6 Rod cover Aluminium alloy 23 Retaining ring Steel for spring Phosphate coated
7 Bearing holder Aluminium alloy 24 Motor adapter Aluminium alloy Coating
8 Rotation stopper POM 25 Motor —
9 Socket Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating 26 Lube-retainer Felt
10 Connected shaft Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating 27 O-ring NBR
11 Bushing Bearing alloy 28 Gasket NBR
12 Bearing — 29 O-ring NBR
13 Return box Aluminium die-cast Coating 30 Motor block Aluminium alloy Coating
14 Return plate Aluminium die-cast Coating 31 Hub Aluminium alloy
15 Magnet — 32 Spider Urethane
16 Wear ring holder Stainless steel Stroke 101 mm or more 33 Socket (Male thread) Free cutting carbon steel Nickel plating
17 Wear ring POM Stroke 101 mm or more 34 Nut Alloy steel Trivalent chromated
Replacement Parts (Motor top mounting only)/Belt Replacement Parts/Grease Pack

No. Size Order no. Applied portion Order no.
25 LE-D-2-2 GR-S-010 (10 g)
20 Piston rod
32 LE-D-2-4 GR-S-020 (20 g)
Grease should be applied at 1 million cycles or 200 km, whichever comes first.
165
Selection
Model
Dimensions

LEY
32
thread depth MR
Section XX details
MH
LEYG
MD Section XX
XB
MC
Encoder Z-phase detecting position Attach tubing (O.D.: Ø 4)∗3
LEY
X H thread depth C (Order separately.)
2 ±1 W
Ø PB
AC Servo Motor
Z
(Stroke + 4 mm)
Vent hole∗3
V
LEYG
T
PA
EV
M
M
U
J
ØD
M Y K∗2 4 x O1 thread depth R

S 4 x O1 thread depth R L B + Stroke M
LEY-X5
A + Stroke EH PC
Environment
25A-LEY
[mm]
Stroke range
LECA6
Size
[mm]
A B C D EH EV H J K L M O1 R PA PB V S T U

15 to 100 130.5 116
25 13 20 44 45.5 M8 x 1.25 24 17 14.5 34 M5 x 0.8 8 15.4 8.2 40 46 92 1
101 to 400 155.5 141
LEC-G
20 to 100 148.5 130
32 13 25 51 56.5 M8 x 1.25 31 22 18.5 40 M6 x 1.0 10 15.4 8.2 60 60 118 1
101 to 500 178.5 160
Stroke range
Size PC Without lock With lock Without lock With lock Without lock With lock Y
LECP1
[mm]
15 to 100
25 15.4 87 120 14.1 123.9 156.9 15.8 82.4 115.4 14.1 123.5 156.5 15.8 82.4 115.4 14.1 123 156 15.8 51
101 to 400
20 to 100
LECPA
32 15.9 88.2 128.2 17.1 116.8 156.8 17.1 76.6 116.6 17.1 116.1 156.1 17.1 76.6 116.6 17.1 113.4 153.4 17.1 61
101 to 500

Stroke
JXC
Size
range [mm]
15 to 39 24 32
50
40 to 100
42 41
25 101 to 124 20 46 29 M5 x 0.8 6.5 4 5
LECS
125 to 200 59 49.5 75

AC Servo Motor
201 to 400 76 58
20 to 39 22 36
50
40 to 100
LECY
36 43
32 101 to 124 25 55 30 M6 x 1 8.5 5 6
125 to 200 53 51.5 80
201 to 500 70 60
Specific Product

Precautions
the rod.
166
LEY-X5 Series
Dimensions
In-line motor type: LEY25
32 D
MH thread depth MR
Section XX details
MD Section XX
XB
MC

Y
2 ±1 Attach tubing (O.D.: Ø 4)∗3
PA
Rod operating range∗1 (Order separately.)
Ø PB
(Stroke + 4 mm) Vent hole∗3 H thread depth C
PC
Z
EV
M
T
U
J
ØD
R L B + Stroke W K∗2 4 x O1 thread depth R

A + Stroke M
EH
S
[mm]
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
Without lock With lock Without lock With lock Without lock With lock B
A W Z A W Z A W Z A W Z A VB VC A VB VC
15 to 100 238 274.9 233.4 274.5 233.4 274 136.5
25 87 14.6 123.9 16.3 82.4 14.6 123.5 16.3 82.4 14.6 123 16.3
101 to 400 263 299.9 258.4 299.5 258.4 299 161.5
20 to 100 262.7 291.3 251.1 290.6 251.1 287.9 156
32 88.2 17.1 116.8 17.1 76.6 17.1 116.1 17.1 76.6 17.1 113.4 17.1
101 to 500 292.7 321.3 281.1 320.6 281.1 317.9 186
Stroke range
Size
[mm]
C D EH EV H J K L M O1 R PA PB V S T U PC Y
15 to 100
25 13 20 44 45.5 M8 x 1.25 24 17 14.5 34 M5 x 0.8 8 15.4 8.2 40 45 46.5 1.5 15.9 71.5
101 to 400
20 to 100
32 13 25 51 56.5 M8 x 1.25 31 22 18.5 40 M6 x 1.0 10 15.4 8.2 60 60 61 1 15.9 87
101 to 500

Stroke
Size
range [mm]
15 to 39 24 32
50
40 to 100
42 41
25 101 to 124 20 29 M5 x 0.8 6.5 4 5
125 to 200 59 49.5 75
201 to 400 76 58
20 to 39 22 36
50
40 to 100
36 43
32 101 to 124 25 30 M6 x 1 8.5 5 6
125 to 200 53 51.5 80
201 to 500 70 60
the rod.
167
168
Electric Actuator/
Refer to page 48 for model selection. Size 63 is available by selecting option P. Refer to page 87.
LECS Seriessp. 163

How to Order
LEY H 25 V6 B 200 S 3 M2 X5
Made to order:
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1 !2 !3 Dust-tight/
Water-jet-proof

— Basic type 25 — Top mounting Output Compatible
Symbol Type Size
H High-precision type 32 D In-line [W] driver
LECYM2-V5
V6∗1 100 25
LECYU2-V5
AC servo motor
V7 200 32
LECYU2-V7

Symbol LEY25 LEY32 30 30 — Without option
A 12 16 (20) to to B With lock
B 6 8 (10) 500 500 ∗ When “With lock” is selected for the top
C 3 4 (5) ∗ For details, refer to the mounting type, the motor body will stick out
applicable stroke table from the end of the body for size 25 with
∗ The values shown in ( ) are the
below. strokes of 30 mm or less.
leads for the top mounting type.
Check for interference with workpieces
(Equivalent leads which include
before selecting a model.
the pulley ratio [1.25:1])
Motor
i Rod end thread

— Rod end female thread
Rod end male thread
M
(1 rod end nut is included.)

[mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 stroke range
Model
LEY25 — — 15 to 400
LEY32 20 to 500 For auto switches, refer to
∗ Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are produced as special orders. page 176.
169
Selection
Model
LEY
Motor mounting position: Top mounting Motor mounting position: In-line
LEYG
LEY
o Mounting∗1
AC Servo Motor
Motor mounting position ∗1 The mounting bracket is shipped together with the product but does not
Symbol Type come assembled.
Top mounting In-line
∗2 For the horizontal cantilever mounting of the ends tapped, rod flange, or
LEYG
Ends tapped/ head flange types, use the actuator within the following stroke range.
— ∗2
Body bottom tapped · LEY25: 200 mm or less · LEY32: 100 mm or less
L Foot — ∗3 The rod flange type is not available for the LEY25 with a 30 mm stroke and
motor option “With lock.”
F Rod flange∗2 ∗3 ∗4 The head flange type is not available for the LEY32.
LEY-X5
Environment
!0 Cable type∗1 !1 Cable length [m]∗1 !2 Driver type
25A-LEY
LECA6
The motor cable for lock option is included C 20 ∗ When a driver type is selected, a cable is
when the motor with lock option is selected. included. Select the cable type and cable
length.

are the same. (For with lock)
LEC-G
— Without cable
LECP1
1 1.5
LECPA
(Options are shown on page 278.) JXC
Compatible Driver
-@ type -# type
LECS
AC Servo Motor
Driver type
LECY
Specific Product
Series LECYM LECYU

Precautions

Absolute
Control encoder
20-bit encoder
Reference page 271
170
LEY-X5 Series
Specifications: LECY
Model LEY25V6-X5/LEY25DV6-X5 LEY32V7-X5 (Top mounting) LEY32DV7-X5 (In-line)

Horizontal∗1 18 50 50 30 60 60 30 60 60
Work load [kg]
Vertical∗9 8 16 30 9 19 37 12 24 46
Max.∗3 Up to 300 900 450 225
Stroke 1200 600 300 1000 500 250
speed 305 to 400 600 300 150
range
[mm/s] 405 to 500 — — — 800 400 200 640 320 160
Pushing speed [mm/s]∗4
35 or less 30 or less 30 or less

Basic type 0.1 or less 0.1 or less
Lost motion [mm]∗ 5
High-precision type 0.05 or less 0.05 or less
Lead [mm] (including pulley ratio) 12 6 3 20∗6 10∗6 5∗6 16 8 4
Type∗14
specifications
Lock unit
Holding force [N] 131 255 485 157 308 588 197 385 736
Power consumption [W] at 20 °C∗15 5.5 6 6
0
%
∗1 This is the maximum value of the horizontal work load. An external guide is necessary to ∗8 Cannot be used in an environment where oil such as cutting oil splashes or it is constantly exposed to water
support the load. The actual work load changes according to the condition of the external Take appropriate protective measures. For details on enclosure, refer to “Enclosure” on page 188.
guide. Confirm the load using the actual device. ∗9 When mounting vertically and using the product facing upwards in an environment where water
∗2 The force setting range (set values for the driver) for the force control with the torque control is present, take necessary measures to prevent water from splashing on the rod cover, because
mode water will accumulate on the rod seal due to the structure of the product.
Set it with reference to “Force Conversion Graph (Guide)” on page 52. ∗10 The work load conditions which require “Regenerative resistor” when operating at the maximum
∗3 The allowable speed changes according to the stroke. speed (Duty ratio: 100 %)
∗4 The allowable collision speed for collision with the workpiece with the torque control mode Order the regenerative resistor separately. For details, refer to “Conditions for Regenerative
∗5 A reference value for correcting an error in reciprocal operation Resistor (Guide)” on pages 51 and 52.
∗6 Equivalent leads which include the pulley ratio [1.25:1] ∗11 The power consumption (including the driver) is for when the actuator is operating.
∗7 Impact resistance: No malfunction occurred when the actuator was tested with a drop ∗12 The standby power consumption when operating (including the driver) is for when the
tester in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to the lead screw. (The test actuator is stopped in the set position during the operation.
was performed with the actuator in the initial state.) ∗13 The maximum instantaneous power consumption (including the driver) is for when the
Vibration resistance: No malfunction occurred in a test ranging between 45 to 2000 Hz. actuator is operating.
The test was performed in both an axial direction and a perpendicular direction to the lead ∗14 Only when motor option “With lock” is selected
screw. (The test was performed with the actuator in the initial state.) ∗15 For an actuator with lock, add the power consumption for the lock.
Weight
Product Weight [kg]
Series LEY25V6 (Motor mounting position: Top mounting) LEY32V7 (Motor mounting position: Top mounting)
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Weight [kg] 1.2 1.3 1.6 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.3 2.4 2.7 3.2 3.5 3.8 4.0 4.3 4.6 4.9 5.2
Series LEY25DV6 (Motor mounting position: In-line) LEY32DV7 (Motor mounting position: In-line)
Stroke [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Weight [kg] 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.3 2.4 2.6 2.3 2.4 2.7 3.2 3.5 3.8 4.1 4.3 4.6 4.9 5.2
Size 25 32
Lock 0.30 0.60
Rod end male thread
Nut 0.02 0.02
0.17 0.20
171
Selection
Model
Dimensions

LEY
32
thread depth MR
MH Section XX details
LEYG
MD Section XX
XB
MC
Encoder Z-phase detecting position Attach tubing (O.D.: Ø 4)∗3
LEY
X H thread depth C (Order separately.)
2 ±1 W
Ø PB
Z
AC Servo Motor
(Stroke + 4 mm)
Vent hole∗3
V
LEYG
T
PA
EV
M
M
U
Ø D
J
M Y K∗2 4 x O1 thread depth R
S 4 x O1 thread depth R L B + Stroke M
LEY-X5
A + Stroke EH PC
Environment
25A-LEY
[mm]
Stroke
LECA6
Size
range [mm]
A B C D EH EV H J K L M O1 R PA PB V

15 to 100 130.5 116
25 13 20 44 45.5 M8 x 1.25 24 17 14.5 34 M5 x 0.8 8 15.4 8.2 40
101 to 400 155.5 141
LEC-G
20 to 100 148.5 130
32 13 25 51 56.5 M8 x 1.25 31 22 18.5 40 M6 x 1.0 10 15.4 8.2 60
101 to 500 178.5 160
Stroke Without lock With lock
Size
range [mm]
S T U PC Y
W X Z W X Z
LECP1
15 to 100
25 46 92 1 15.4 82.5 115.5 11 127.5 160.5 11 51
101 to 400
20 to 100
32 60 118 1 15.9 80 120 14 120 160 14 61
101 to 500
LECPA
Stroke
Size
range [mm]
JXC
15 to 39 24 32
50
40 to 100
42 41
25 101 to 124 20 46 29 M5 x 0.8 6.5 4 5
125 to 200 59 49.5 75
LECS
201 to 400 76 58
AC Servo Motor
20 to 39 22 36
50
40 to 100
36 43
32 101 to 124 25 55 30 M6 x 1 8.5 5 6
LECY
125 to 200 53 51.5 80

201 to 500 70 60
Specific Product
Precautions
the rod.
172
LEY-X5 Series
Dimensions
In-line motor type: LEY25
32 D
thread depth MR
MH
Section XX details
MD Section XX
XB
MC

Y
2 ±1 Attach tubing (O.D.: Ø 4)∗3
PA
∗1 (Order separately.)
Ø PB
Rod operating range
(Stroke + 4 mm) Vent hole∗3 H thread depth C
PC
Z
EV
M
T
U
J
ØD
R L B + Stroke W K∗2 4 x O1 thread depth R

A + Stroke M
EH
S
[mm]
Stroke Without lock With lock
Size
range [mm]
B C D EH EV
A W Z A W Z
15 to 100 233.5 278.5 136.5
25 82.5 11.5 127.5 11.5 13 20 44 45.5
101 to 400 258.5 303.5 161.5
20 to 100 254.5 294.5 156
32 80 14 120 14 13 25 51 56.5
101 to 500 284.5 324.5 186
Stroke
Size
range [mm]
H J K L M O1 R PA PB V S T U PC Y
15 to 100
25 M8 x 1.25 24 17 14.5 34 M5 x 0.8 8 15.4 8.2 40 45 46.5 1.5 15.9 71.5
101 to 400
20 to 100
32 M8 x 1.25 31 22 18.5 40 M6 x 1.0 10 15.4 8.2 60 60 61 1 15.9 87
101 to 500

Stroke
Size
range [mm]
15 to 39 24 32
50
40 to 100
42 41
25 101 to 124 20 29 M5 x 0.8 6.5 4 5
125 to 200 59 49.5 75
201 to 400 76 58
20 to 39 22 36
50
40 to 100
36 43
32 101 to 124 25 30 M6 x 1 8.5 5 6
125 to 200 53 51.5 80
201 to 500 70 60
the rod.
173
174
LEY-X5 Series
Proper Auto Switch Mounting Position
Applicable auto switches: D-M9A(V)
Rod operating range
(E) Stroke (E)
LEY25, 32
Switch: Left facing
A B
Auto switch groove C Switch: Right facing D
[mm]
Auto switch position Return to origin
Operating range
Size Stroke range Mounting: Left facing Mounting: Right facing distance
A B C D E —
15 to 100 27 39
25 62.5 50.5 (2) 4.2
105 to 400 52 64
20 to 100 30.5 42.5
32 85.5 53.5 (2) 4.9
105 to 500 90.5 102.5
∗1 Figures in the table above are used as a reference when mounting the auto switches for stroke end detection. Adjust the auto switch after confirming the
operating condition in the actual setting.
∗2 Switches cannot be mounted on the motor mounting side surface.
∗3 For the LEYG with a guide, switches cannot be mounted on the guide attachment side (rod side).
∗4 Since the operating range is provided as a guideline including hysteresis, it cannot be guaranteed (assuming approximately ±30 % dispersion). It may
change substantially depending on the ambient environment.
Auto Switch Mounting Screw

Tightening Torque [N·m]
Auto switch model Tightening torque
D-M9A(V) 0.05 to 0.10
∗ When tightening the auto switch mounting screw

(included with auto switch), use a watchmaker’s
Flat head watchmaker's screwdriver with a handle diameter of about 5 to 6 mm.
screwdriver
(Not an accessory)
6
oØ
5t
Ø
175
Water Resistant 2-Colour Indicator
Solid State Auto Switch: Direct Mounting Type
Selection
Model
D-M9NA(V)/D-M9PA(V)/D-M9BA(V) RoHS
LEY
Auto Switch Specifications
Water (coolant) resistant type D-M9A, D-M9AV (With indicator light)

Auto switch model D-M9NA D-M9NAV D-M9PA D-M9PAV D-M9BA D-M9BAV
2-wire load current is reduced
Electrical entry direction In-line Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular In-line Perpendicular
(2.5 to 40 mA).
LEYG
Wiring type 3-wire 2-wire
The proper operating range can Output type NPN PNP —
be determined by the colour of Applicable load IC circuit, Relay, PLC 24 VDC relay, PLC
the light. (Red → Green ← Red) Power supply voltage 5, 12, 24 VDC (4.5 to 28 V) —
Using flexible cable as standard Current consumption 10 mA or less —
spec. Load voltage 28 VDC or less — 24 VDC (10 to 28 VDC)
LEY
AC Servo Motor
Operating range .......... Red LED illuminates.
Indicator light
Proper operating range .......... Green LED illuminates.
Standard CE marking (EMC directive/RoHS directive)
LEYG
Caution
Precautions Oilproof Flexible Heavy-duty Lead Wire Specifications
Fix the auto switch with the existing screw Auto switch model D-M9NA D-M9NAV D-M9PA D-M9PAV D-M9BA D-M9BAV
installed on the auto switch body. The auto Sheath Outside diameter [mm] 2.6
switch may be damaged if a screw other Number of cores 3 cores (Brown/Blue/Black) 2 cores (Brown/Blue)
Insulator
LEY-X5
than the one supplied is used. Outside diameter [mm] 0.88
Please consult with SMC if using coolant Effective area [mm2] 0.15
Environment
liquid other than water based solution. Conductor
25A-LEY
Minimum bending radius [mm] 17
Weight [g]
∗ Refer to the Web Catalogue for lead wire lengths.
Auto switch model D-M9NA(V) D-M9PA(V) D-M9BA(V)
0.5 m (—) 8 7
LECA6
Lead 1 m (M) 14 13
wire
length 3 m (L) 41 38

5 m (Z) 68 63
Dimensions
LEC-G
[mm]
D-M9A
0.2
3
LECP1
4
Ø 2.6
Mounting screw M2.5 x 4 L Stainless steel
LECPA
2 Slotted set screw (flat point)
Indicator light
2.8
24
JXC
500 (1000) (3000) (5000)
D-M9AV
LECS
500 (1000) (3000) (5000)
AC Servo Motor
Ø 2.6
LECY
2.6
9.3
Ø 2.6
4
Specific Product
Precautions
Mounting screw M2.5 x 4 L Stainless steel Indicator light

2 8
4.6
SMC
2.8
22
176
Electric Actuator/
Rod Type Secondary Battery Compatible
25A-LEY Series LEY16, 25, 32, 40
Dust -tight/Water-jet-proofsp. 151
How to Order
Motor mounting position: Top/Parallel Motor mounting position:

it In-line
LEC Series
6P 1
25A-LEY 16 B 30 S1
JXC Series
Series compatible with
secondary batteries
CD17T
q w e r t y u i o !0 !1 !2

16 — Top mounting Applicable size Compatible
Symbol Type
25 R Right side parallel LEY16 LEY25 LEY32/40 controller/driver
32 L Left side parallel JXCE1
JXC91
40 D In-line Step motor

LECP1
— (Servo/24 VDC)
JXCP1
LECPA
JXCD1
JXCL1
Servo motor
A — LECA6
(24 VDC)

Symbol LEY16 LEY25 LEY32/40 30 30 — Without option
A 10 12 16 to to C With motor cover
B 5 6 8 500 500 W With lock/motor cover
∗ For details, refer to the applicable Motor
C 2.5 3 4
stroke table below.
u Rod end thread i Mounting∗5 o Actuator cable type/length∗11

— Rod end female thread Motor mounting position Standard cable [m] Robotic cable [m]
Symbol Type
Rod end male thread Top/Parallel In-line — None R1 1.5 RA 10∗10
M Ends tapped/Body S1 1.5∗12 R3 3 RB 15∗10
(1 rod end nut is included.) —
bottom tapped∗6 S3 3∗12 R5 5 RC 20∗10
L Foot — S5 5∗12 R8 8∗10
D Double clevis∗7 —
Mounting Bracket Part Nos. for the 25A- Series∗4 Solid state auto switches should be ordered separately.
Applicable size Foot∗3 Flange Double clevis For details on auto switches, refer to the Web
16 25-LEY-L016 25-LEY-F016 25-LEY-D016 Catalogue.
25 25-LEY-L025 25-LEY-F025 25-LEY-D025
Applicable auto switches
32, 40 25-LEY-L032 25-LEY-F032 25-LEY-D032
D-M9N(V)-900, D-M9P(V)-900, D-M9B(V)-900
Surface Coating
RAYDENT ® RAYDENT ® D-M9NW(V)-900, D-M9PW(V)-900, D-M9BW(V)-900
treatment (Size 16: Electroless nickel plating)

25A-LEY16 — — — — 10 to 300
25A-LEY25 — — 15 to 400
25A-LEY32/40 20 to 500
177
Electric Actuator/Rod Type 25A-LEY Series
Selection
Model
LEY
6P 1
!0 !1 !2
LEYG
—
6P (Step data input type) PNP 1 1.5 m
1N LECP1∗13 NPN 3 3 m∗17
LEY
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
!0 Controller
C1 With controller
CD1 7 T
LEY-X5
Environment
25A-LEY
protocol Mounting
LECA6
L IO-Link

∗1 Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are ∗9 The head flange type is not available for the LEY32/40.
LEC-G
produced as special orders.
∗2 When “With lock” or “With lock/motor cover” is selected for the top ∗11 The standard cable should only be used on fixed parts.
mounting and right/left side parallel types, the motor body will stick out For use on moving parts, select the robotic cable.
from the end of the body for size 16/40 with strokes of 30 mm or less. ∗12 For details on controllers/drivers and compatible motors, refer to the
Check for interference with workpieces before selecting a model. compatible controller/driver on the next page.
LECP1
∗3 When ordering foot brackets, order 2 pieces per actuator. ∗13 Only available for the motor type “Step motor”
∗4 Parts belonging to each bracket are as follows. ∗14 Not compliant with CE
Foot, Flange: Body mounting bolt, Double clevis: Clevis pin, Type C ∗15 When pulse signals are open collector, order the current limiting
retaining ring for axis, Body mounting bolt resistor (LEC-PA-R-) on page 220 separately.
∗5 The mounting bracket is shipped together with the product but does ∗16 When “Without controller/driver” is selected for controller/driver types,
LECPA
not come assembled. I/O cable cannot be selected. Refer to page 1 9 9 (For LECA 6 ), page
∗6 For the horizontal cantilever mounting of the rod flange, head flange, or 213(For LECP1), or page 220 (For LECPA) if I/O cable is required.
ends tapped types, use the actuator within the following stroke range. ∗17 When “Pulse input type” is selected for controller/driver types, pulse input
· LEY25: 200 mm or less · LEY32/40: 100 mm or less usable only with differential. Only 1.5 m cables usable with open collector
∗7 For the mounting of the double clevis type, use the actuator within the following stroke range. ∗18 The DIN rail is not included. Order it separately.
∗19 Select “—” for anything other than DeviceNet™.
JXC
·LEY16: 100 mm or less ·LEY25: 200 mm or less ·LEY32/40: 200 mm or less

∗8 The rod flange type is not available for the LEY 1 6 / 4 0 with a 3 0 mm
stroke and motor option “With lock,” “With lock/motor cover.”
Caution The actuator and controller/driver are sold as a package.

LECS
[CE-compliant products] Confirm that the combination of the controller/driver and

AC Servo Motor
q EMC compliance was tested by combining the electric actuator LEY actuator is correct.
series and the controller LEC/JXC series. <Check the following before use.>
LECY
q Check the actuator label for the model number (after “25A-”).
the relationship with other electrical equipment and wiring. Therefore,
This number should match that of the controller/driver.
incorporated into the customer’s equipment under actual operating w Check that the Parallel I/O configuration matches
conditions. As a result, it is necessary for the customer to verify compliance (NPN or PNP).
Specific Product
with the EMC directive for the machinery and equipment as a whole.
Precautions
[UL-compliant products (For the LEC series)] q w
178
25A-LEY Series
LEC Series
input type
Type

Standard controller
Servo motor Step motor

Compatible motor
JXC Series
Type

Features
Step motor
Compatible motor
(Servo/24 VDC)
Reference page 224
179
180
Electric Actuator/
25A-LEY Series LEY25, 32 Size 25, 32
LECY Seriessp. 183 Refer to page 41 for model selection.
How to Order
25A-LEY H 25 S2 B 100 S 2 A1
Series compatible with q w e r t y u i o !0 !1 !2 !3
secondary batteries
q Accuracy w Size e Motor mounting position

— Basic type 25 — Top mounting
H High-precision type 32 R Right side parallel
L Left side parallel
r Motor type D In-line
t Lead [mm] y Stroke [mm]
Output Actuator Compatible UL- Symbol LEY25 LEY32∗1 30 30
Symbol Type
[W] size driver∗3 compliant A 12 16 (20) to to
S2∗1 AC servo motor 100 25 LECSA-S1 — B 6 8 (10) 500 500
S3 (Incremental encoder) 200 32 LECSA-S3 — C 3 4 (5) ∗ For details, refer to the
∗1 The values shown in ( ) are the applicable stroke table
LECSB-S5 below.
S6∗1 100 25 LECSC-S5 — leads for the size 32 top mounting,
LECSS-S5 right/left side parallel types.
AC servo motor
(Equivalent leads which include
(Absolute encoder) LECSB-S7 the pulley ratio [1.25:1])
S7 200 32 LECSC-S7 —
LECSS-S7
T7 (Absolute encoder) 200 32 LECSS2-T7
∗1 For motor type S2 and S6, the compatible driver part number suffixes are S1 and S5 respectively.
∗2 For motor type T6, the compatible driver part number suffix is T5.
∗3 For details on the driver, refer to the Web Catalogue.
o Mounting∗1
Motor mounting position
u Motor option i Rod end thread Symbol Type
— Without option — Rod end female thread Ends tapped/ ∗2
B With lock∗1 — Body bottom tapped
Rod end male thread
M
∗1 When “With lock” is selected for the top mounting and (1 rod end nut is included.) L Foot —
right/left side parallel types, the motor body will stick out F Rod flange∗2 ∗4
from the end of the body for size 25 with strokes of 30 mm
or less. Check for interference with workpieces before
selecting a model. D Double clevis∗3 —
Motor ∗1 The mounting bracket is shipped together with
the product but does not come assembled.
∗2 For the horizontal cantilever mounting of the rod
flange, head flange, or ends tapped types, use
Mounting Bracket Part Nos. for the 25A- Series the actuator within the following stroke range.
Applicable size Foot∗1 Flange Double clevis · 25A-LEY25: 200 mm or less
25 25-LEY-L025 25-LEY-F025 25-LEY-D025 · 25A-LEY32: 100 mm or less
32 25-LEY-L032 25-LEY-F032 25-LEY-D032 the actuator within the following stroke range.
Surface Coating · 25A-LEY25: 200 mm or less
RAYDENT ® RAYDENT ®
treatment (Size 16: Electroless nickel plating) · 25A-LEY32: 200 mm or less
∗4 The rod flange type is not available for the
∗1 When ordering foot brackets, order 2 pieces per actuator.
25A-LEY25 with a 30 mm stroke and motor option
∗ Parts belonging to each bracket are as follows.
“With lock.”
Foot, Flange: Body mounting bolt, Double clevis: Clevis pin, Type C retaining ring for axis,
∗5 The head flange type is not available for the
Body mounting bolt
25A-LEY32.
Applicable Stroke Table : Standard Solid state auto switches should be ordered separately.
[mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 stroke range [mm] For details on auto switches, refer to the Web
Model
Catalogue.
25A-LEY25 — — 15 to 400
Applicable auto switches
25A-LEY32 20 to 500 D-M9N(V)-900, D-M9P(V)-900, D-M9B(V)-900
∗ Please consult with SMC for non-standard strokes as they are produced as special orders. D-M9NW(V)-900, D-M9PW(V)-900, D-M9BW(V)-900
181
AC Servo Motor Size 25, 32 Secondary Battery Compatible
Selection
Model
LEY
Motttor
Motoror mounting p
position: Motor mounting position:
LEYG
Top/Parallel
/ In-line
LEY
!0 Cable type∗1 ∗2 !1 Cable length∗1 [m] !2 Driver type∗1
AC Servo Motor
— Without cable — Without cable Compatible driver Power supply voltage [V] UL-compliant
S Standard cable 2 2 — Without driver — —
R Robotic cable (Flexible cable) 5 5 A1 LECSA1-S 100 to 120 —
LEYG
∗1 The motor and encoder cables are included. A 10 A2 LECSA2-S 200 to 230 —
(The lock cable is also included when the ∗1 The length of the encoder, motor, B1 LECSB1-S 100 to 120 —
motor with lock option is selected.) and lock cables are the same. B2 LECSB2-S 200 to 230 —
· Top/Parallel: (A) Axis side C1 LECSC1-S 100 to 120 —
· In-line: (B) Counter axis side C2 LECSC2-S 200 to 230 —
LEY-X5
S1 LECSS1-S 100 to 120 —
LECSS2-S 200 to 230 —
Environment
S2
!3 I/O cable length [m]∗1 LECSS2-T 200 to 240
25A-LEY
— Without cable ∗1 When a driver type is selected, a cable is included.
Select the cable type and cable length.
Example)
1 1.5 S2S2: Standard cable (2 m) + Driver (LECSS2)
∗1 When “Without driver” is selected for driver type, S2 : Standard cable (2 m)
LECA6
only “—: Without cable” can be selected. — : Without cable and driver

∗ The 25A- series specifications and dimensions
LEC-G
are the same as those of the standard model.
Compatible Driver
LECP1
Pulse input type/ Pulse input type CC-Link direct SSCNET# type type
Positioning type input type
LECPA
Driver type
JXC
LECS

AC Servo Motor

LECY
Applicable network — — CC-Link SSCNET3 SSCNET3/H

Control encoder
Specific Product
Precautions
Power supply 200 to 240 VAC
100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz), 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
voltage [V] (50/60 Hz)
Reference page 246

182
Electric Actuator/
25A-LEY Series LEY25, 32 Size 25, 32
LECS Seriessp. 181 Refer to page 48 for model selection.
How to Order
25A-LEY H 25 V6 B 100 S 2 M2
Series compatible with q w e r t y u i o !0 !1 !2 !3
secondary batteries

— Basic type 25 — Top mounting Output
Symbol Type Size Compatible driver
H High-precision type 32 R Right side parallel [W]
L Left side parallel LECYM2-V5
V6∗1 100 25
LECYU2-V5
D In-line AC servo motor
V7 200 32
LECYU2-V7

Symbol 25A-LEY25 25A-LEY32∗1 30 30 — Without option
A 12 16 (20) to to B With lock∗1
B 6 8 (10) 500 500 ∗1 When “With lock” is selected for the top mounting and
C 3 4 (5) ∗ For details, refer to the applicable stroke table right/left side parallel types, the motor body will stick out
below. from the end of the body for size 25 with strokes of 30 mm
∗1 The values shown in ( ) are the leads for the size 32
or less. Check for interference with workpieces before
top mounting, right/left side parallel types. (Equivalent
selecting a model.
leads which include the pulley ratio [1.25:1])
Motor
i Rod end thread o Mounting∗1

— Rod end female thread Motor mounting position ∗1 The mounting bracket is shipped together with
Symbol Type the product but does not come assembled.
Rod end male thread Top/Parallel In-line
M ∗2 For the horizontal cantilever mounting of the rod
(1 rod end nut is included.) Ends tapped/ ∗2 flange, head flange, or ends tapped types, use
— Body bottom tapped
the actuator within the following stroke range.
L Foot — · LEY25: 200 mm or less · LEY32: 100 mm or less
F Rod flange∗2 ∗4 the actuator within the following stroke range.
G Head flange∗2 ∗5 — · LEY25: 200 mm or less · LEY32: 200 mm or less
D Double clevis∗3 — ∗4 The rod flange type is not available for the LEY25
with a 30 mm stroke and motor option “With lock.”
∗5 The head flange type is not available for the
LEY32.
Mounting Bracket Part Nos. for the 25A- Series
Applicable size Foot∗1 Flange Double clevis
25 25-LEY-L025 25-LEY-F025 25-LEY-D025
32 25-LEY-L032 25-LEY-F032 25-LEY-D032
Surface Coating Solid state auto switches should be ordered separately.
RAYDENT ® RAYDENT ®
treatment (Size 16: Electroless nickel plating) For details on auto switches, refer to the Web Catalogue.
∗1 When ordering foot brackets, order 2 pieces per actuator. Applicable auto switches
∗ Parts belonging to each bracket are as follows. D-M9N(V)-900, D-M9P(V)-900, D-M9B(V)-900
Foot, Flange: Body mounting bolt, Double clevis: Clevis pin, Type C retaining ring for axis, D-M9NW(V)-900, D-M9PW(V)-900, D-M9BW(V)-900
Body mounting bolt

Model [mm] 30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 stroke range [mm]
25A-LEY25 — — 15 to 400
25A-LEY32 20 to 500
183
AC Servo Motor Size 25, 32 Secondary Battery Compatible
Selection
Model
LEY
Motttor
Motoror mounting p
position: Motor mounting position:
LEYG
Top/Parallel
/ In-line
LEY
!0 Cable type∗1 ∗2 !1 Cable length [m]∗1 !2 Driver type
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
(The lock cable is also included when the C 20 ∗ When a driver type is selected, a cable is
motor with lock option is selected.) included. Select the cable type and cable
∗2 Standard cable entry direction is ∗1 The length of the motor and encoder cables
are the same. (For with lock) length.
· Top/Parallel: (A) Axis side
· In-line: (B) Counter axis side
LEY-X5
Environment
25A-LEY
— Without cable
1 1.5
∗1 When “Without driver” is selected for driver type,
LECA6
only “—: Without cable” can be selected.
LEC-G
LECP1
∗ The 25A- series specifications and dimensions
LECPA
are the same as those of the standard model.
Compatible Driver
JXC
-@ type -# type
LECS
Driver type
AC Servo Motor
LECY
Series LECYM LECYU

Specific Product

Precautions
Absolute
Control encoder
20-bit encoder
Reference page 271
184
LEY/LEYG Series
Electric Actuators
Specific Product Precautions 1
Be sure to read this before handling the products. Refer to the back cover for safety instructions.
For electric actuator and auto switch precautions, refer to the “Handling Precautions for SMC
Products” and the “Operation Manual” on the SMC website: https://www.smc.eu
Design/Selection Handling
Warning Caution
1. Do not apply a load in excess of the specification limits. <Set Values for Vertical Upward Transfer Pushing Operations>
For vertical loads (upward), set the pushing force to the max. value shown
Select a suitable actuator by work load and allowable lateral
below and operate at the work load or less.
load on the rod end. If a load in excess of the specification
Model LEY16 LEY25 LEY32 LEY40
limits is applied to the piston rod, the generation of play in the Lead A B C A B C A B C A B C
piston rod sliding parts, reduced accuracy, etc., may occur Work load [kg] 1 1.5 3 2.5 5 10 4.5 9 18 7 14 28
and adversely affect the operation and service life of the Pushing force 85 % 65 % 85 % 65 %
product. Model LEY16A LEY25A
Lead A B C A B C
2. Do not use the product in applications where excessive Work load [kg] 1 1.5 3 1.2 2.5 5
external force or impact force is applied to it. Pushing force 95 % 95 %
This can cause a malfunction.
Model LEYG16ML LEYG25ML LEYG32ML LEYG40ML
3. When used as a stopper, select the LEYG series Lead A B C A B C A B C A B C
“Sliding bearing” for strokes of 30 mm or less. Work load [kg] 0.5 1 2.5 1.5 4 9 2.5 7 16 5 12 26
Pushing force 85 % 65 % 85 % 65 %
4. When used as a stopper, fix the main body with a
Model LEYG16MLA LEYG25MLA
guide attachment (“Top mounting” or “Bottom
Lead A B C A B C
mounting”). Work load [kg] 0.5 1 2.5 0.5 1.5 4
If the end of the actuator is used to fix the main body (end Pushing force 95 % 95 %
mounting), the excessive load acts on the actuator, which may
adversely affect the operation and service life of the product. 2. To conduct a pushing operation, be sure to set the
product to [Pushing operation].
Handling Also, refrain from bumping the workpiece during a positioning
operation or when in the range of the positioning operation.
Caution Failure to do so may result in a malfunction.
1. INP output signal 3. Use the product within the specified pushing speed
1) Positioning operation range for the pushing operation.
When the product comes within the set range of the step Failure to do so may result in damage or malfunction.
data [In position], the INP output signal will turn ON.
4. The moving force should be the initial value (LEY16
Initial value: Set to [0.50] or higher.
/25/32/40: 100 %, LEY16A: 150 %, and
2) Pushing operation
LEY25A: 200 %).
When the effective force exceeds the step data [Trigger
If the moving force is set below the initial value, it may cause
LV], the INP output signal will turn ON.
the generation of an alarm.
Use the product within the specified range of the [Pushing
force] and [Trigger LV]. 5. The actual speed of this actuator is affected by the
a) To ensure that the actuator pushes the workpieces with the load.
set [Pushing force], it is recommended that the [Trigger LV] Check the model selection section of the catalogue.
be set to the same value as the [Pushing force].
6. Do not apply a load, impact, or resistance in addition
b) When the [Pushing force] and the [Trigger LV] are set
to the transferred load during return to origin.
below the specified range, the INP output signal will
Additional force will cause the displacement of the origin
turn ON from the pushing start position.
position since it is based on the detected motor torque.
<Limit Values for Pushing Force and Trigger Level in Relation to Pushing Speed>
Without Load 7. For pushing operations, set the product to a position
at least 2 mm away from a workpiece. (This position
Model Lead Model Lead is referred to as the pushing start position.)
[mm/s] (Setting input value) [mm/s] (Setting input value)
LEY16 A/B/C 21 to 50 60 to 85 % LEY16A A/B/C 21 to 50 80 to 95 % The following alarms may be generated and operation may
LEY25 A/B/C 21 to 35 50 to 65 % LEY25A A/B/C 21 to 35 80 to 95 %
become unstable if setting is not done correctly.
A 24 to 30
LEY32 60 to 85 % a. “Posn failed”
B/C 21 to 30
A 24 to 30 The product cannot reach the pushing start position due to
LEY40 50 to 65 %
B/C 21 to 30 variations in the target positions.
There is a limit to the pushing force in relation to the pushing speed. If the product is op- b. “Pushing ALM”
erated outside of the range (low pushing force), the completion signal [INP] may be out-
The product is pushed back from the pushing start position
put before the pushing operation has been completed (during the moving operation).
If operating with the pushing speed below the min. speed, please check for operating after starting to push.
problems before using the product.
185
LEY/LEYG Series
Electric Actuators
Selection
Model

LEY
Handling
Caution
8. Do not scratch or dent the sliding parts of the piston 14. For pushing operations, use the product within the
LEYG
rod by bumping them or placing objects on them. duty ratio range below.
The piston rod and guide rod are manufactured to precise The duty ratio is the fraction of time that the product can
tolerances, so even a slight deformation may cause a malfunction. keep pushing.
9. When an external guide is used, connect it in such • Step motor (Servo/24 VDC)
a way that no impact or load is applied to it.
LEY16
LEY
Use a freely moving connector (such as a floating joint). Ambient temperature: 25 °C or less Ambient temperature: 40 °C
Pushing
10. Do not operate by fixing the piston rod and moving Duty ratio Continuous pushing Duty ratio Continuous pushing
force [%]
AC Servo Motor
[%] time [minute] [%] time [minute]
the actuator body. 40 or less 100 —
Excessive load will be applied to the piston rod, resulting in 50 70 12
100 —
damage to the actuator and a reduced service life of the product. 70 20 1.3
LEYG
85 15 0.8
11. When an actuator is operated with one end fixed
and the other free (ends tapped or flange), a LEY25/40
Ambient temperature: 25 °C or less Ambient temperature: 40 °C
bending moment may act on the actuator due to Pushing
Duty ratio Continuous pushing Duty ratio Continuous pushing
vibration generated at the stroke end, which can force [%]
damage the actuator. In such cases, install a
LEY-X5
65 or less 100 — 100 —
mounting bracket to suppress the vibration of the LEY32
Environment
actuator body or reduce the speed so that the Ambient temperature: 25 °C or less Ambient temperature: 40 °C
Pushing
actuator does not vibrate at the stroke end.
25A-LEY
force [%]
Also, use a mounting bracket when moving the actuator body
65 or less 100 —
or when a long stroke actuator is mounted horizontally and 100 —
85 50 15
fixed at one end.
LECA6
12. Avoid using the electric actuator in such a way • Servo motor (24 VDC)
that rotational torque would be applied to the LEY16A

piston rod. Ambient temperature: 25 °C or less Ambient temperature: 40 °C
Pushing
LEC-G
This may cause the deformation of the non-rotating guide, force [%]
abnormal auto switch responses, play in the internal guide, or 95 or less 100 — 100 —
an increase in the sliding resistance.
LEY25A
LECP1
Refer to the table below for the approximate values of the
Ambient temperature: 25 °C or less Ambient temperature: 40 °C
allowable range of rotational torque. Pushing
force [%]
Allowable rotational LEY16 LEY25 LEY32/40 LEY63 [%] time [minute] [%] time [minute]
LECPA
torque [N⋅m] or less 0.8 1.1 1.4 2.8 95 or less 100 — 100 —
When screwing a bracket or nut into the piston rod end,

15. When mounting the product, secure a space of 40
hold the flats of the end of the “socket” with a wrench (the
mm or more to allow for bends in the cable.
JXC
piston rod should be fully retracted). Do not apply

tightening torque to the non-rotating mechanism. ∗ Failure to do so may result
in cable breakage.
40
LECS
AC Servo Motor
Wrench
LECY
16. When mounting a bolt, workpiece, or jig, hold the

Specific Product
Socket
Precautions
flats of the piston rod end with a wrench so that

13. When rotational torque is applied to the end of the the piston rod does not rotate. The bolt should be
plate, use it within the allowable range. [LEYG series] tightened within the specified torque range.
Failure to do so may cause the deformation of the guide rod Failure to do so may cause abnormal auto switch responses,
and bushing, play in the guide, or an increase in the sliding play in the internal guide, or an increase in the sliding
resistance. resistance.
186
LEY/LEYG Series
Electric Actuators
Handling
Caution
17. When mounting the product and/or a workpiece, tighten Body fixed/Top mounting
the mounting screws within the specified torque range.
Screw Max. tightening Length: L
Tightening the screws with a higher torque than recommended Model
size torque [N⋅m] [mm]
may cause a malfunction, while tightening with a lower torque LEYG16ML M4 x 0.7 1.5 32
L
can cause the displacement of the mounting position or, in LEYG25ML M5 x 0.8 3.0 40.3
extreme conditions, the actuator could become detached from LEYG32M
40L M5 x 0.8 3.0 50.3
its mounting position. Body fixed/Bottom mounting

<LEY series>
Screw Max. tightening Max. screw-in
Workpiece fixed/Rod end female thread Model
size torque [N⋅m] depth [mm]
LEYG16ML M5 x 0.8 3.0 10
Screw Max. tightening Max. screw-in End socket width LEYG25ML M6 x 1.0 5.2 12
Model
size torque [N⋅m] depth [mm] across flats [mm]
LEYG32M
40L M6 x 1.0 5.2 12
LEY16 M5 x 0.8 3.0 10 14
LEY25 M8 x 1.25 12.5 13 17 Body fixed/Head side tapped type
End socket LEY32/40 M8 x 1.25 12.5 13 22
LEY63 M16 x 2 106 21 36 Screw Max. tightening Max. screw-in
Model
Workpiece fixed/Rod end male thread (When “Rod end male thread” is selected) LEYG16ML M4 x 0.7 1.5 7
LEYG25ML M5 x 0.8 3.0 8
Thread Max. tightening Effective thread End socket width
Rod end nut Model LEYG32M
40L M6 x 1.0 5.2 10
size torque [N⋅m] length [mm] across flats [mm]
LEY16 M8 x 1.25 12.5 12 14
LEY25 M14 x 1.5 65.0 20.5 17
LEY32/40 M14 x 1.5 65.0 20.5 22
End socket
LEY63 M18 x 1.5 97.0 26 36
Rod end nut End bracket 18. Keep the flatness of the mounting surface within
Model
Width across flats [mm] Length [mm] screw-in depth [mm] the following ranges when mounting the actuator
LEY16 13 5 5 or more body and workpiece.
End bracket
LEY25 22 8 8 or more
LEY32/40 22 8 8 or more Mounting the product on an uneven workpiece or base may
screw-in depth
LEY63 27 11 18 cause an increase in the sliding resistance.
∗ The rod end nut is an accessary. Model Mounting position Flatness
Body fixed/Body bottom tapped type (When “Body bottom tapped” is selected) LEY Body/Body bottom
0.1 mm
or less
Model
size torque [N⋅m] depth [mm] Top mounting/Bottom mounting
LEY16 M4 x 0.7 1.5 5.5
0.02 mm
LEY25 M5 x 0.8 3.0 6.5
or less
LEY32/40 M6 x 1.0 5.2 8.8
LEY63 M8 x 1.25 12.5 10
LEYG
Body fixed/Rod side/Head side tapped type
0.02 mm
Screw Max. tightening Max. screw-in Workpiece/Plate mounting
Rod side Head side∗1 Model or less
LEY16 M4 x 0.7 1.5 7
LEY25 M5 x 0.8 3.0 8
LEY32/40 M6 x 1.0 5.2 10 19. When using auto switches with the guide rod type
LEY63 M8 x 1.25 12.5 16 LEYG series, the following limits apply. Please
consider the following before selecting the
∗1 Excludes the LEYD product.
Auto switches must be inserted from the front side with the
<LEYG series> rod (plate) sticking out.
Workpiece fixed/Plate tapped type Auto switches with perpendicular electrical entries cannot
be used.
Model
Auto switches cannot be fixed with the parts hidden behind
LEYG16ML M5 x 0.8 3.0 8 the guide attachment (the side of the rod that sticks out).
Tap LEYG25ML M6 x 1.0 5.2 11 Please consult with SMC when using auto switches on the
(4 locations)
LEYG32M
40L M6 x 1.0 5.2 12 side of the rod that sticks out.
187
LEY/LEYG Series
Electric Actuators
Selection
Model

LEY
Handling Maintenance
Caution Warning
20. When using the product with the IP65 or equivalent 1. Ensure that the power supply is stopped and the
LEYG
specifications, be sure to mount the tubing to the workpiece is removed before starting maintenance
vent hole, and then place the end of the tubing in an work or replacing the product.
area where it is not exposed to dust or water. When • Maintenance frequency
the actuator is used without mounting the fitting Perform maintenance according to the table below.
and tubing to the vent hole, water or dust may enter Frequency Appearance check Belt check
the inside of the actuator, causing a malfunction. Inspection before daily

LEY
operation —
21. When fluctuations in the load are caused during Inspection every 6 months/

operation, malfunction, noise, or alarm generation 250 km/5 million cycles∗1
AC Servo Motor
may occur. (In the case of the AC servo motor) ∗1 Select whichever comes first.
The gain tuning may not be suitable for fluctuating loads. • Items for visual appearance check
Adjust the gain properly by following the instructions in the driver manual. 1. Loose set screws, Abnormal amount of dirt, etc.
LEYG
2. Check for visible damage, Check of cable joint
3. Vibration, Noise
Enclosure • Items for belt check
Stop operation immediately and replace the belt when any of
the following occur. In addition, ensure your operating
IP
LEY-X5
environment and conditions satisfy the requirements specified
for the product.
Environment
First digit Second digit a. Tooth shape canvas is worn out
Canvas fiber becomes fuzzy, Rubber is coming off and the
25A-LEY
fiber has become whitish, Lines of fibers have become
• First Digit:
unclear
Degree of protection against solid foreign objects
b. Peeling off or wearing of the side of the belt
0 Not protected Belt corner has become rounded and frayed threads stick
LECA6
1 Protected against solid foreign objects of 50 mmØ and larger out
2 Protected against solid foreign objects of 12 mmØ and larger
c. Belt is partially cut
3

Protected against solid foreign objects of 2.5 mmØ and larger
4 Protected against solid foreign objects of 1.0 mmØ and larger Belt is partially cut, Foreign matter caught in the teeth of
LEC-G
5 Dust protected other parts is causing damage
6 Dust-tight d. A vertical line on belt teeth is visible
Damage which is made when the belt runs on the flange
• Second Digit: e. Rubber back of the belt is softened and sticky
LECP1
Degree of protection against water f. Cracks on the back of the belt are visible
0 Not protected —
1
Protected against vertically falling water Dripproof LECPA
droplets type 1
Protected against vertically falling water Dripproof
2 droplets when enclosure is tilted up to 15° type 2
JXC
Protected against rainfall when enclosure is Rainproof

3 tilted up to 60° type
Splashproof
4 Protected against splashing water
type
LECS
Water-jet-
AC Servo Motor
5 Protected against water jets

proof type
Powerful water-
6 Protected against powerful water jets
jet-proof type
LECY
Protected against the effects of temporary Immersible

7 immersion in water type
Protected against the effects of continuous Submersible
8 immersion in water type
Specific Product
Precautions
Example) IP65: Dust-tight, Water-jet-proof type

“Water-jet-proof” means that no water enters the equipment
that could hinder it from operating normally when water is
applied for 3 minutes in the prescribed manner. Take
appropriate protective measures as the device is not usable in
environments where droplets of water are splashed constantly.
188
189
Controller/Driver
Selection
Model
LEC /JXC Series
LEY
<Single Axis Controllers>
Step Data Input Type .......... p. 191 Gateway Unit ……………………… p. 203
LEYG
Servo Motor LEC-G Series
(24 VDC)
LECA6 Series
LEY
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
Programless Type …………… p. 207 Pulse Input Type ……………… p. 214
Step Motor Step Motor

(Servo/24 VDC) (Servo/24 VDC)
LEY-X5
LECP1 Series LECPA Series
Environment
25A-LEY
LECA6
EtherCAT ®/EtherNet/IP™/PROFINET/DeviceNet™/IO-Link Direct Input Type p. 2224

……………………………………………
LEC-G
JXC Series
LECP1
LECPA
JXC
LECS
<Multi-Axis Controllers>
AC Servo Motor
EtherNet/IP™ Direct Input Type …… p. 233 Parallel I/O/EtherNet/IP™ Direct Input Type …………………… p. 235
LECY
For 3 axes JXC92 Series For 4 axes JXC73 Series JXC93 Series
JXC83 Series
Specific Product
Precautions
190
Controller (Step Data Input Type)
LECA6 Series LECA6 Series
How to Order
Caution
[CE-compliant products]
LE C A 6 P
q EMC compliance was tested by combining
the electric actuator LE series and the Controller
controller LEC series.
The EMC depends on the configuration of
Actuator part number
the customer’s control panel and the rela- Compatible motor Without cable specifications and actuator options
tionship with other electrical equipment Servo motor Example: Enter “LEY16B-100”
and wiring. Therefore, compliance with the A (24 VDC) for the LEY16B-100B-R16N1.
EMC directive cannot be certified for SMC
components incorporated into the custom- BC Blank controller∗1
er’s equipment under actual operating ∗1 Requires dedicated software (LEC-BCW)
conditions. As a result, it is necessary for
the customer to verify compliance with the
EMC directive for the machinery and Number of step data (Points) Option
equipment as a whole. 6 64 — Screw mounting
w For the LECA6 series (servo motor control- I/O cable length [m]
ler), EMC compliance was tested by install- — Without cable
D∗1 DIN rail mounting
ing a noise filter set (LEC-NFA). Refer to Parallel I/O type ∗1 The DIN rail is not included.
1 1.5
page 199 for the noise filter set. Refer to N NPN Order it separately.
the LECA Operation Manual for installation. 3 3
P PNP 5 5
[UL-compliant products]
When compliance with UL is required, the
electric actuator and controller should be ∗ When controller equipped type is selected when ordering the LE series,
used with a UL1310 Class 2 power supply. you do not need to order this controller.
The controller is sold as single unit after the Precautions for blank controllers
compatible actuator is set. (LEC6-BC)
Confirm that the combination of the controller and A blank controller is a controller to which
the customer can write the data of the
actuator is correct. actuator it is to be combined and used
<Check the following before use.> with. Use the dedicated software (LEC-
q Check the actuator label for the BCW) for data writing.
• Please download the dedicated software
model number. This number should
(LEC-BCW) via our website.
match that of the controller. • Order the communication cable for con-
w Check that the Parallel I/O troller setting (LEC-W2A-C) separately to
configuration matches (NPN or PNP).
q w use this software.
SMC website
∗ Refer to the operation manual for using the products. Please download it via our website, https://www.smc.eu
https://www.smc.eu
Specifications
Basic Specifications
Item LECA6
Compatible motor Servo motor (24 VDC)
Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10 %∗2
Power supply∗1
[Including motor drive power, control power, stop, lock release]
Parallel input 11 inputs (Photo-coupler isolation)
Parallel output 13 outputs (Photo-coupler isolation)
Compatible encoder Incremental A/B phase (800 pulse/rotation) Incremental A/B (800 pulse/rotation)/Z phase
Serial communication RS485 (Modbus protocol compliant)
Memory EEPROM
LED indicator LED (Green/Red) one of each
Lock control Forced-lock release terminal∗3
Cable length [m] I/O cable: 5 or less, Actuator cable: 20 or less
Cooling system Natural air cooling
Operating temperature range [°C] 0 to 40 (No freezing)
Storage temperature range [°C] −10 to 60 (No freezing)
Storage humidity range [%RH] 90 or less (No condensation)
Insulation resistance [MΩ] Between the housing and SG terminal: 50 (500 VDC)
Weight [g] 150 (Screw mounting), 170 (DIN rail mounting)
∗1 Do not use the power supply of “inrush current prevention type” for the con- ∗2 The power consumption changes depending on the actuator model.
troller power supply. When compliance with UL is required, the electric actu- Refer to the specifications of actuator for more details.
ator and controller should be used with a UL1310 Class 2 power supply. ∗3 Applicable to non-magnetising locks
191
Controller (Step Data Input Type)/Servo Motor (24 VDC) LECA6 Series
Selection
Model
How to Mount

a) Screw mounting (LEC6-) b) DIN rail mounting (LEC6D-)
LEY
(Installation with two M4 screws) (Installation with the DIN rail)
DIN rail is locked.

Ground wire Ground
Ground wire wire
LEYG
Mounting direction
DIN rail
LEY
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
Mounting direction
A
LEY-X5
Environment
DIN rail mounting adapter
25A-LEY
Hook the controller on the DIN rail and press
the lever of section A in the arrow direction to lock it.
∗ When size 25 or more of the LE series are used, the space between the controllers should be 10 mm or more.
LECA6
LEC-G
L
DIN rail
12.5 5.25 7.5
AXT100-DR- (Pitch)
LECP1
∗ For , enter a number from the No. line in the table below.
(35)
(25)
Refer to the dimension drawings on page 193 for the mounting dimensions.
5.5
1.25
LECPA
L Dimensions [mm]
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L 23 35.5 48 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5
JXC
No. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
L 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 348 360.5 373 385.5 398 410.5 423 435.5 448 460.5 473 485.5 498 510.5
LECS
AC Servo Motor
LECY

LEC-D0 (with 2 mounting screws)
Specific Product
This should be used when the DIN rail mounting adapter is mounted onto a screw mounting type controller afterward.
Precautions
192
LECA6 Series
Dimensions
a) Screw mounting (LEC6-)
(81.7)
Ø 4.5
66 35
For body mounting
1 Power supply LED (Green) 31
(ON: Power supply is ON.)
Power supply LED (Red)

(ON: Alarm is ON.)
CN5 parallel I/O connector
CN4 serial I/O connector
150
132
141
CN3 encoder connector
CN2 motor power connector
CN1 power supply connector
4.6
For body mounting
b) DIN rail mounting (LEC6D-)
(81.7) (11.5) Refer to page 192 for the L dimension and part number of the DIN rail.
66 35
1 31
64.2
167.3 (When locking DIN rail)

173.2 (When removing DIN rail)
150
132
35
(91.7)
193
Selection
Model
Wiring Example 1

∗ The power supply plug is an accessory.
Power Supply Connector: CN1
LEY
<Applicable cable size> AWG20 (0.5 mm2), cover diameter 2.0 mm or less
CN1 Power Supply Connector Terminal for LECA6 (PHOENIX CONTACT FK-MC0.5/7-ST-2.5) Power supply plug for LECA6: LEC-D-1-2
Terminal name Function Details
∗ Accessory
M 24V terminal/C 24V terminal/EMG terminal/BK RLS terminal are
0V Common supply (−)
common (−).
LEYG
M 24V Motor power supply (+) Motor power supply (+) supplied to the controller
C 24V Control power supply (+) Control power supply (+) supplied to the controller
EMG Stop (+) Input (+) for releasing the stop
BK RLS Lock release (+) Input (+) for releasing the lock
RG+ Regenerative output 1 Regenerative output terminals for external connection
0V
M 24V
C 24V
EMG
RG− Regenerative output 2 (Not necessary to connect them in the combination with the LE series standard specifications.)
BK RLS
RG+
RG−
LEY
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
Wiring Example 2
∗ When you connect a PLC to the CN5 parallel I/O connector, use the I/O cable (LEC-CN5-).
Parallel I/O Connector: CN5 ∗ The wiring changes depending on the type of parallel I/O (NPN or PNP).
LEY-X5
Wiring diagram
LEC6N- (NPN) LEC6P- (PNP)
Environment
Power supply 24 VDC Power supply 24 VDC
CN5 for I/O signal CN5 for I/O signal
25A-LEY
COM+ A1 COM+ A1
COM− A2 COM− A2
IN0 A3 IN0 A3
IN1 A4 IN1 A4
IN2 A5 IN2 A5
LECA6
IN3 A6 IN3 A6
IN4 A7 IN4 A7

IN5 A8 IN5 A8
LEC-G
SETUP A9 SETUP A9
HOLD A10 HOLD A10
DRIVE A11 DRIVE A11
RESET A12 RESET A12
LECP1
SVON A13 SVON A13
OUT0 B1 Load OUT0 B1 Load
LECPA
BUSY B7 Load BUSY B7 Load
JXC
AREA B8 Load AREA B8 Load

SETON B9 Load SETON B9 Load
INP B10 Load INP B10 Load
LECS
SVRE B11 Load SVRE B11 Load

∗ESTOP B12 Load ∗ESTOP B12 Load
AC Servo Motor
∗ALARM B13 Load ∗ALARM B13 Load
Input Signal Output Signal

LECY
Name Details Name Details

COM+ Connects the power supply 24 V for input/output signal OUT0 to OUT5 Outputs the step data no. during operation
COM− Connects the power supply 0 V for input/output signal BUSY Outputs when the actuator is moving
Specific Product
Step data specified bit no. AREA Outputs within the step data area output setting range
Precautions
IN0 to IN5
(Input is instructed by combining IN0 to 5.) SETON Outputs when returning to origin
SETUP Instruction to return to origin Outputs when target position or target force is reached
INP
HOLD Temporarily stops operation (Turns on when the positioning or pushing is completed.)
DRIVE Instruction to drive SVRE Outputs when servo is on
RESET Resets alarm and interrupts operation ∗ESTOP∗1 OFF when EMG stop is instructed
SVON Servo ON instruction ∗ALARM∗1 OFF when alarm is generated
∗1 Signal of negative-logic circuit (N.C.)
194
LECA6 Series
Step Data Setting
1. Step data setting for positioning 2. Step data setting for pushing
In this setting, the actuator moves toward and stops at the The actuator moves toward the pushing start position, and
target position. when it reaches that position, it starts pushing with the set
The following diagram shows the setting items and operation. force or less.
The setting items and set values for this operation are stated The following diagram shows the setting items and operation.
below. The setting items and set values for this operation are stated
below.
Speed Speed
Acceleration Deceleration Acceleration Deceleration
Speed Speed
Position Pushing speed
In position Force Position

In position
INP output ON OFF ON Pushing force
Trigger LV
INP output ON OFF ON
: Need to be set.
: Need to be adjusted as required. : Need to be set.
Step Data (Positioning) —: Setting is not required. Step Data (Pushing) : Need to be adjusted as required.
Necessity Item Details Necessity Item Details
When the absolute position is required, set When the absolute position is required, set
Movement MOD Absolute. When the relative position is Movement MOD Absolute. When the relative position is
required, set Relative. required, set Relative.
Speed Transfer speed to the target position Speed Transfer speed to the pushing start position
Position Target position Position Pushing start position
Parameter which defines how rapidly the Parameter which defines how rapidly the
actuator reaches the speed set. The actuator reaches the speed set. The
Acceleration Acceleration
higher the set value, the faster it reaches higher the set value, the faster it reaches
the speed set. the speed set.
Parameter which defines how rapidly the Parameter which defines how rapidly the
Deceleration actuator comes to stop. The higher the set Deceleration actuator comes to stop. The higher the set
value, the quicker it stops. value, the quicker it stops.
Set 0. Pushing force ratio is defined.

Pushing force (If values 1 to 100 are set, the operation The setting range differs depending on the
Pushing force
will be changed to the pushing operation.) electric actuator type. Refer to the
operation manual for the electric actuator.
— Trigger LV Setting is not required.
— Pushing speed Setting is not required. Condition that turns on the INP output
Max. torque during the positioning operation signal. The INP output signal turns on
Moving force Trigger LV when the generated force exceeds the
(No specific change is required.)
value. Trigger level should be the pushing
Condition that turns on the AREA output force or less.
Area 1, Area 2
signal.
Pushing speed during pushing.
Condition that turns on the INP output When the speed is set fast, the electric
signal. When the actuator enters the range actuator and workpieces might be
of [in position], the INP output signal turns Pushing speed damaged due to the impact when they hit
on. (It is unnecessary to change this from the end, so this set value should be
In position
the initial value.) When it is necessary to smaller. Refer to the operation manual for
output the arrival signal before the the electric actuator.
operation is completed, make the value
larger. Max. torque during the positioning operation
Moving force
(No specific change is required.)
Condition that turns on the AREA output
Area 1, Area 2
signal.
Transfer distance during pushing. If the
transferred distance exceeds the setting, it
In position stops even if it is not pushing. If the
transfer distance is exceeded, the INP
output signal will not turn on.
195
Selection
Model
Signal Timing

Return to Origin
LEY
24 V
Power supply
0V
ON
SVON
OFF
Input
LEYG
SETUP
ON
BUSY
OFF
SVRE
SETON
LEY
Output
INP
AC Servo Motor
∗ALARM
∗ESTOP
LEYG
Speed 0 mm/s
Return to origin
LEY-X5
If the actuator is within the “In position” range of the basic
Environment
parameter, INP will turn ON, but if not, it will remain OFF.
∗ “∗ALARM” and “∗ESTOP” are expressed as negative-logic circuits.
25A-LEY
Scan the step Scan the step
Positioning Operation data no. Pushing Operation data no.
LECA6
ON ON
IN IN
OFF OFF
Input 15 ms Output the step Input 15 ms Output the step

DRIVE or more data no. DRIVE or more data no.
LEC-G
ON ON
OUT OUT
OFF OFF
Output BUSY Output BUSY
LECP1
INP INP
Speed 0 mm/s
LECPA
Positioning operation Speed 0 mm/s
Pushing operation
JXC
If the actuator is within the “In position” range of the step data, If the current pushing force exceeds the “Trigger LV” value
INP will turn ON, but if not, it will remain OFF. of the step data, INP signal will turn ON.
∗ “OUT” is output when “DRIVE” is changed from ON to OFF.

Refer to the operation manual for details on the controller for the LEM series.
LECS
(When power supply is applied, “DRIVE” or “RESET” is turned ON or

AC Servo Motor
“∗ESTOP” is turned OFF, all of the “OUT” outputs are OFF.)
HOLD Reset Alarm reset

LECY
ON ON
Input HOLD Input RESET
OFF OFF
ON ON
Output BUSY OUT
OFF OFF
Specific Product
Precautions
Output
ON
∗ALARM
OFF
Slow-down Alarm out
Speed starting 0 mm/s
point HOLD during the operation
It is possible to identify the alarm group by the combination
of OUT signals when the alarm is generated.
∗ When the actuator is within the “In position” range in the pushing operation, it
does not stop even if HOLD signal is input. ∗ “∗ALARM” is expressed as a negative-logic circuit.
196
LECA6 Series
Options: Actuator Cable
[Robotic cable, standard cable for step motor (Servo/24 VDC)]
1
Controller side
LE-CP- 35 /Cable length: 1.5 m, 3 m, 5 m
LE CP 1 (Terminal no.) Connector C (14.2)
Actuator side
(ø8)
1 2 (Terminal no.)
(14)
Cable length (L) [m] 5 6 (13.5) A1 B1
(17.7)
1 1.5
3 3 1 2
(18)
A6 B6
5 5 15 16 Connector A
Connector D (14.7)
8 8∗1 (10)
(30.7) L (11)
A 10∗1 LE-CP- 8B
A C /Cable
length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m
B 15∗1 Controller side
(∗1 Produced upon receipt of order)
C 20∗1 (Terminal no.) Connector C (14.2)
(ø5.5)
∗1 Produced upon receipt of 1 2
(14)
Actuator side (Terminal no.)
order (Robotic cable only) 5 6
A1 B1
(17.7)
Cable type (13.5)
1 2 A6 B6
Robotic cable
(18)
(ø6.3)
—
(Flexible cable) 15 16 Connector A (14.7)
(30.7) L Connector D (11)
S Standard cable (10)
Connector A Connector C
Weight Signal
terminal no.
Cable color
terminal no.
Product no. Weight [g] Note A B-1 Brown 2
A A-1 Red 1
LE-CP-1-S 190
B B-2 Orange 6
LE-CP-3-S 280 Standard cable B A-2 Yellow 5
LE-CP-5-S 460 COM-A/COM B-3 Green 3
COM-B/— A-3 Blue 4
LE-CP-1 140
LE-CP-3 260 Connector D
Shield Cable color
terminal no.
LE-CP-5 420 Vcc B-4 Brown 12
LE-CP-8 790 Robotic cable GND A-4 Black 13
LE-CP-A 980 A B-5 Red 7
A A-5 Black 6
LE-CP-B 1460 B B-6 Orange 9
LE-CP-C 1940 B A-6 Black 8
— 3
[Robotic cable, standard cable with lock and sensor for step motor (Servo/24 VDC)]
1
LE CP 1 B LE-CP- 35 /Cable length: 1.5 m, 3 m, 5 m
Actuator side Controller side
(ø8)
(Terminal no.) Connector A Connector C (14.2) (Terminal no.)

Cable length (L) [m] A1 B1
(10.2) (17.7)
1 2
1 1.5 5 6 (13.5) (14) A6 B6
3 3 1 2 A1 B1
(18)
A3 B3
5
(ø5.7)
5 15 16 Connector B
L Connector D
8 8∗1 (10)
(30.7) (11) (14.7)
A 10∗1 LE-CP- 8B
A C /Cable
length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m
B 15∗1 (∗1 Produced upon receipt of order) Controller side
C 20∗1 Actuator side
(ø5.5)
(ø6.3)
(Terminal no.) Connector C (14.2)

∗1 Produced upon receipt of Connector A (Terminal no.)
1 2
(14)
order (Robotic cable only) A1 B1

(10.2) (17.7)
5 6
A6 B6
With lock and sensor (13.5)
A1 B1
1 2
(18)
A3 B3
(ø5.7)
Cable type 15 16 Connector B Connector D

(30.7) L (11) (14.7)
Robotic cable (10)
—
(Flexible cable) Connector A Connector C
Signal Cable color
terminal no. terminal no.
S Standard cable A B-1 Brown 2
A A-1 Red 1
Weight B B-2 Orange 6
B A-2 Yellow 5
Product no. Weight [g] Note COM-A/COM B-3 Green 3
LE-CP-1-B-S 240 COM-B/— A-3 Blue 4
LE-CP-3-B-S 380 Standard cable
Shield Cable color
Connector D
terminal no.
LE-CP-5-B-S 630 Vcc B-4 Brown 12
LE-CP-1-B 190 GND A-4 Black 13
LE-CP-3-B 360 A B-5 Red 7
A A-5 Black 6
LE-CP-5-B 590
B B-6 Orange 9
LE-CP-8-B 1060 Robotic cable B A-6 Black 8
LE-CP-A-B 1320 Connector B
— 3
Signal
LE-CP-B-B 1920 terminal no.
LE-CP-C-B 2620 Lock (+) B-1 Red 4
Lock (−) A-1 Black 5
Sensor (+) B-3 Brown 1
Sensor (−) A-3 Blue 2
197
Selection
Model
[Robotic cable for servo motor (24 VDC)]
LEY
Controller side
LE CA 1 LE-CA-
(10.5)
Actuator side
Connector C (14.2)
(Terminal no.)
(Terminal no.)
Cable length (L) [m] (23.7) Connector A (16.6)
(ø7.0)
(5.6)
1 2
1 1.5 3 4
LEYG
321
3 3
(13.5)
(12.7)
5 5 1
8 8∗1 4
1 2
(ø6.7)
10∗1
(18)
A AB
B 15∗1 15 16 (14.7)
(30.7) L (11)
C 20∗1 (10)
Connector D
LEY
∗1 Produced upon receipt Connector B
of order
Signal Cable color
AC Servo Motor
U 1 Red 1
Weight V 2 White 2
W 3 Black 3
Product no. Weight [g]
LEYG
Connector B Connector D
LE-CA-1 220 Signal
terminal no. Shield Cable color
terminal no.
LE-CA-3 420 Vcc B-1 Brown 12
LE-CA-5 700 GND A-1 Black 13
A B-2 Red 7
LE-CA-8 1100 A A-2 Black 6
LE-CA-A 1370 B B-3 Orange 9
LEY-X5
B A-3 Black 8
LE-CA-B 2050
B-4 Yellow 11
Z
LE-CA-C 2720
Environment
Z A-4 Black 10
— 3
Connection of shield material
25A-LEY
[Robotic cable with lock and sensor for servo motor (24 VDC)]
LE CA 1 B LE-CA--B
LECA6
(30.7) (Terminal no.)

Cable length (L) [m]

Connector A1
(10.5)
(16.6)
(ø7.0)
(5.6)
(ø6.7)
(23.7) Connector C (14.2)

1 1.5 Connector A2 321
LEC-G
(Terminal no.)
3 3 1 2
5 5
(10.2) (12.7)
3 4 1
8 8∗1 4
(13.5) AB
10∗1
LECP1
A 1 2 1
15∗1
(18)
B 3
20∗1
(ø5.7)
C 15 16 AB
∗1 Produced upon receipt (14.7)
LECPA
(10) (30.7) L (11)
of order
Connector D
With lock and sensor Connector B
Weight Connector A1 Connector C

Signal Cable color
JXC

Product no. Weight [g] U 1 Red 1
LE-CA-1-B 270 V 2 White 2
W 3 Black 3
LE-CA-3-B 520
LECS
Connector A2 Connector D
LE-CA-5-B 870 Signal Shield Cable color
AC Servo Motor
LE-CA-8-B 1370 Vcc B-1 Brown 12

GND A-1 Black 13
LE-CA-A-B 1710
Red 7
A B-2
LECY
LE-CA-B-B 2560 A A-2 Black 6

LE-CA-C-B 3400 B B-3 Orange 9
B A-3 Black 8
Z B-4 Yellow 11
Specific Product
Z A-4 Black 10
Precautions
— 3
Connector B Connection of shield material
Signal
terminal no.
Lock (+) B-1 Red 4
Sensor (−) A-3 Black 2
198
LECA6 Series
Option: I/O Cable
Controller side PLC side

LEC CN5 1 (Terminal no.)
(ø8.9)
A1 B1 A1
x
(22.4)
Cable length (L) [m] A13
1 1.5 B1
x
3 3 (14.4) L B13 B13 A13
5 5
Connector Insulation Dot Dot Connector Insulation Dot Dot

pin no. colour mark colour pin no. colour mark colour
A1 Light brown Black B1 Yellow Red
∗ Conductor size: AWG28
A2 Light brown Red B2 Light green Black
A3 Yellow Black B3 Light green Red
A4 Yellow Red B4 Gray Black
A5 Light green Black B5 Gray Red
A6 Light green Red B6 White Black
A7 Gray Black B7 White Red
Weight A8 Gray Red B8 Light brown Black
Product no. Weight [g] A9 White Black B9 Light brown Red
A10 White Red B10 Yellow Black
LEC-CN5-1 170
A11 Light brown Black B11 Yellow Red
LEC-CN5-3 320 A12 Light brown Red B12 Light green Black
LEC-CN5-5 520 A13 Yellow Black B13 Light green Red
— Shield
Option: Noise Filter Set for Servo Motor (24 VDC)
LEC NFA
Contents of the set: 2 noise filters (Manufactured by WURTH ELEKTRONIK: 74271222)
(33.5)
(12.5)
(28.8) (42.2)
∗ Refer to the LECA6 series Operation Manual for installation.
199
LEC Series
Selection
Model
Communication Cable for Controller Setting/LEC-W2A-
LEY
How to Order
Communication cable PC
(LEC-W2A-C) USB cable
HRS
(LEC-W2-U)
LEC W2A C
LEYG
Communication
cable
· Controller setting software LEC W2 U

· USB driver
Download from SMC’s website USB cable
https://www.smc.eu
LEY
AC Servo Motor
LECA6 Series
LEYG
Step data input type
Pulse input type LECPA Series
Step Motor Controller JXCE1/91/P1/D1/L1 Series
∗ When connecting to a JXCE1/91/P1/D1/L1 series product, use a conversion cable (P5062-5) as a relay.
LEY-X5
Environment
Hardware Requirements
25A-LEY
OS Windows®7, Windows®8.1, Windows®10
Communication
USB 1.1 or USB 2.0 ports
interface
LECA6
Display 1024 x 768 or more
∗ Windows®7, Windows®8.1 and Windows®10 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States.
LEC-G
Screen Example
Easy mode screen example Normal mode screen example
LECP1
LECPA
JXC
LECS
AC Servo Motor
LECY
Easy operation and simple setting

Allowing to set and display actuator step data Detailed setting

Specific Product
Step data can be set in detail.

Precautions
such as position, speed, force, etc.

Setting of step data and test drive can be Signals and terminal status can be monitored.
performed on the same page. Parameters can be set.
Can be used to jog and move at a constant rate JOG and constant rate movement, return to origin, test drive and
testing of forced output can be performed.
200
®
LEC Series
Teaching Box/LEC-T1 RoHS
How to Order
LEC T1 3 E G
Enable switch
Teaching box Enable switch
(Option)
— None
Cable length [m] S Equipped with enable switch
3 3 ∗ Interlock switch for jog and test function
Stop switch
Initial language
J Japanese
Stop switch
E English G Equipped with stop switch
∗ The displayed language can be changed to English or Japanese.
Specifications
Item Description
Standard functions Switch Stop switch, Enable switch (Option)
• Chinese character display Cable length [m] 3
• Stop switch is provided. Enclosure IP64 (Except connector)
Option Operating humidity range [%RH] 90 or less (No condensation)
• Enable switch is provided. Weight [g] 350 (Except cable)
The EMC compliance of the teaching box was tested with a step motor controller (servo/24 VDC) and an
applicable actuator.
When compliance with UL is required, the electric actuator and controller should be used with a UL1310
Class 2 power supply.
Easy Mode
Function Details Menu Operations Flowchart

Menu Data
Step data • Setting of step data
Data Step data no.
• Jog operation Monitor Setting of two items selected below
Jog
• Return to origin Jog Ver. 1.∗∗:
• 1 step operation Test Position, Speed, Force, Acceleration, Deceleration
Test ALM Ver. 2.∗∗:
• Return to origin
TB setting Position, Speed, Pushing force, Acceleration, Deceleration, Movement MOD,
• Display of axis and step data no.
Trigger LV, Pushing speed, Moving force, Area 1, Area 2, In position
Monitor • Display of two items selected
from Position, Speed, Force. Monitor
• Active alarm display Display of step no.
ALM
• Alarm reset Display of two items selected below
• Reconnection of axis (Ver. 1.∗∗) (Position, Speed, Force)
• Displayed language setting
(Ver. 2.∗∗) Jog
TB setting Return to origin
• Setting of easy/normal mode
• Setting step data and selection Jog operation
of items from easy mode monitor
Test
1 step operation
ALM
Active alarm display
Alarm reset
TB setting
Reconnect (Ver. 1.∗∗)
Japanese/English (Ver. 2.∗∗)
Easy/Normal
Set item
201
Teaching Box LEC Series
Selection
Model
Normal Mode

Menu Operations Flowchart
LEY
Function Details Menu Step data
Step data • Step data setting Step data Step data no.
Parameter Movement MOD
Parameter • Parameters setting Monitor Speed
• Jog operation/Constant rate movement Test Position
• Return to origin ALM Acceleration
LEYG
• Test drive File Deceleration
(Specify a maximum of 5 step TB setting Pushing force
Test
data and operate.) Reconnect Trigger LV
• Forced output Pushing speed
(Forced signal output, Forced Moving force
terminal output) Area 1, 2
• Drive monitor In position
LEY
• Output signal monitor Parameter Basic setting
Monitor • Input signal monitor
Basic
• Output terminal monitor ORIG setting
AC Servo Motor
ORIG
• Input terminal monitor
Monitor DRV monitor
• Active alarm display
ALM (Alarm reset) Drive Position, Speed, Torque
Output signal Step no.
LEYG
• Alarm log record display
Input signal Last step no.
• Data saving Output terminal
Save the step data and parameters Input terminal Output signal monitor
of the controller which is being used
for communication (it is possible to Test Input signal monitor
save four files, with one set of step JOG/MOVE
LEY-X5
data and parameters defined as Output terminal monitor
Return to ORIG
File one file). Test drive
Environment
Input terminal monitor
• Load to controller Forced output
Loads the data which is saved in the
25A-LEY
teaching box to the controller which ALM Status
is being used for communication. Status Active alarm display
• Delete the saved data. ALM Log record Alarm reset
• File protection (Ver. 2.∗∗)
File ALM Log record display
LECA6
• Display setting Data saving Log entry display
(Easy/Normal mode) Load to controller
• Language setting File deletion

(Japanese/English) File protection (Ver. 2.∗∗)
LEC-G
TB setting • Backlight setting
• LCD contrast setting TB setting
• Beep sound setting Easy/Normal
• Max. connection axis Language
LECP1
• Distance unit (mm/inch) Backlight
Reconnect • Reconnection of axis LCD contrast
Beep
Max. connection axis
LECPA
Password
Distance unit
Reconnect
JXC
Dimensions
4 102 34.5
w
No. Description Function
LECS
q 1 LCD A screen of liquid crystal display (with backlight)

AC Servo Motor
2 Ring A ring for hanging the teaching box

r
When switch is pushed in, the switch locks and stops.
t 3 Stop switch
LECY
The lock is released when it is turned to the right.

185
4 Stop switch guard A guard for the stop switch

y e Prevents unintentional operation (unexpected
Enable switch operation) of the jog test function.
Specific Product
5
Precautions
(Option) Other functions such as data change are not

covered.
6 Key switch Switch for each input
7 Cable Length: 3 meters
u i 25 22.5
8 Connector A connector connected to CN4 of the controller
202
Gateway Unit
LEC-G Series
How to Order
Caution
Gateway unit LEC G MJ2
EMC compliance was tested by
combining the electric actuator LE Applicable Fieldbus protocols
series and the controller LEC MJ2 CC-Link Ver. 2.0
series. The EMC depends on the DN1 DeviceNet™ Mounting
configuration of the customer’s PR1 PROFIBUS DP — Screw mounting
control panel and the relationship
EN1 EtherNet/IP™ D∗1 DIN rail
with other electrical equipment
and wiring. Therefore, compliance ∗1 The DIN rail is not included.
with the EMC directive cannot be Order it separately.
certified for SMC components
incorporated into the customer’s
equipment under actual operating
conditions. As a result, it is
Cable LEC CG 1 L
necessary for the customer to Cable type
verify compliance with the EMC 1 Communication cable Cable length
directive for the machinery and
2 Cable between branches K 0.3 m Communication cable
equipment as a whole.
L 0.5 m
When compliance with UL is 1 1m
required, the electric actuator and
controller should be used with a
UL1310 Class 2 power supply. Branch connector LEC CGD Cable between branches
Branch connector
Terminating resistor LEC CGR

Specifications
Model LEC-GMJ2 LEC-GDN1 LEC-GPR1 LEC-GEN1
Fieldbus CC-Link DeviceNet™ PROFIBUS DP EtherNet/IP™
Applicable system
Version∗1 Ver. 2.0 Release 2.0 V1 Release 1.0
156 k/625 k/2.5 M 9.6 k/19.2 k/45.45 k/
Communication speed [bps] 125 k/250 k/500 k 93.75 k/187.5 k/500 k/ 10 M/100 M
/5 M/10 M 1.5 M/3 M/6 M/12 M
Configuration file∗2 — EDS file GSD file EDS file
Communication 4 stations Input 896 points
specifications occupied 108 words Input 200 bytes Input 57 words Input 256 bytes
I/O occupation area
(8 times Output 896 points Output 200 bytes Output 57 words Output 256 bytes
setting) 108 words
Power supply for Power supply voltage [V]∗6 — 11 to 25 VDC — —
communication Internal current consumption [mA] — 100 — —
Communication connector specifications Connector (Accessory) Connector (Accessory) D-sub RJ45
Terminating resistor Not included Not included Not included Not included
Power supply voltage [V]∗6 24 VDC ±10 %
Current Not connected to teaching box 200
consumption [mA] Connected to teaching box 300
EMG output terminal 30 VDC 1 A
Applicable controllers LECA6 Series
Controller
Communication speed [bps]∗3 115.2 k/230.4 k
specifications
Max. number of connectable controllers∗4 12 8∗5 5 12
Accessories Power supply connector, communication connector Power supply connector
∗1 Please note that versions are subject to change.
∗2 Each file can be downloaded from the SMC website.
∗3 When using a teaching box (LEC-T1-), set the communication speed to 115.2 kbps.
∗4 A communication response time for 1 controller is approximately 30 ms.
Refer to “Communication Response Time Guideline” for response times when several controllers are connected.
∗5 For step data input, up to 12 controllers connectable.
∗6 When compliance with UL is required, the electric actuator and controller should be used with a UL1310 Class 2 power supply.
203
Gateway Unit LEC-G Series
Selection
Model
Communication Response Time Guideline

Response time between gateway unit and controllers depends on the number of controllers connected to the gateway unit.
LEY
For response time, refer to the graph below.
400
350
Response time [ms]
300
LEYG
250
200
150
100
50
LEY
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
∗ This graph shows delay times between gateway unit and controllers.
AC Servo Motor
Number of connectable controllers [unit]
Fieldbus network delay time is not included.
Dimensions
LEYG
Screw mounting (LEC-G)
Applicable Fieldbus protocol: CC-Link Ver. 2.0 Applicable Fieldbus protocol: DeviceNet™
(85) (35) (85) (35)
82 Ø 4.5 82 Ø 4.5
31 31
LEY-X5
1 For body mounting 1 For body mounting
Environment
25A-LEY
152.2
152.2
170
161
170
161
LECA6
LEC-G
LECP1
18.2 18.2
4.5 4.5
For body mounting For body mounting
LECPA
Applicable Fieldbus protocol: PROFIBUS DP Applicable Fieldbus protocol: EtherNet/IP™
(87.9) (35) (85) (35)
82 Ø 4.5 82 Ø 4.5
31 31
For body mounting 1 For body mounting
1
JXC
LECS
AC Servo Motor
152.2
152.2
170
161
170
161
LECY
Specific Product
Precautions
18.2 18.2
4.5 4.5
For body mounting For body mounting
Trademark DeviceNet™ is a trademark of ODVA. EtherNet/IP™ is a trademark of ODVA.

204
Dimensions
DIN rail mounting (LEC-GD)
Applicable Fieldbus protocol: CC-Link Ver. 2.0 Applicable Fieldbus protocol: DeviceNet™
(85) (35) (85) (35)

82 31 82 31
1 1


64.2
64.2
152.2
152.2
170
161
170
161
35
35
(95) (95)
∗ Mountable on DIN rail (35 mm) ∗ Mountable on DIN rail (35 mm)
Applicable Fieldbus protocol: PROFIBUS DP Applicable Fieldbus protocol: EtherNet/IP™
(87.9) (35) (85) (35)

82 31 82 31
1 1


64.2
64.2
152.2
152.2
170
161
170
161
35
35
(98)
(95)
∗ Mountable on DIN rail (35 mm)
DIN rail L
AXT100-DR- 12.5 (Pitch) 5.25 7.5
(35)
(25)
Refer to the dimension drawings above for the mounting dimensions.

5.5
1.25
L Dimensions [mm]
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L 23 35.5 48 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5
No. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
L 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 348 360.5 373 385.5 398 410.5 423 435.5 448 460.5 473 485.5 498 510.5
Trademark DeviceNet™ is a trademark of ODVA. EtherNet/IP™ is a trademark of ODVA.

205
Selection
Model
Wiring Example

∗ The power supply plug is an accessory. Power supply plug for LEC-G: LEC-D-1-1
Power Supply Connector: CN1
LEY
<Applicable cable size> AWG20 (0.5 mm2), cover diameter 2.0 mm or less ∗ Accessory
CN1 Power Supply Connector Terminal for LEC-G (PHOENIX CONTACT FK-MC0.5/5-ST-2.5)
EMG + EMG signal output +
Output terminal of the emergency stop switch of the teaching box
EMG − EMG signal output –
24V Power supply + terminal Power supply terminal of the Gateway unit (Power to the teaching
LEYG
0V Power supply − terminal box is supplied from this terminal)
FG
0V
24V
EMG −
EMG +
FG FG terminal Grounding terminal
LEY
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
LEY-X5
Environment
25A-LEY
LECA6
LEC-G
LECP1
LECPA
JXC
LECS
AC Servo Motor
LECY
Specific Product
Precautions
206
Programless Controller
LECP1 Series
How to Order
LE C P 1 P 1 LEY16B-100
Controller Actuator part number
Option
Without cable specifications and actuator options
Compatible motor — Screw mounting
Example: Enter “LEY16B-100”
P Step motor (Servo/24 VDC) D∗1 DIN rail mounting for the LEY16B-100B-R16N1.
∗1 The DIN rail is not included.
Number of step data (Points) Order it separately. ∗ When controller equipped type is selected
1 14 (Programless) when ordering the LE series, you do not
I/O cable length [m]
need to order this controller.
— Without cable
Parallel I/O type 1 1.5
N NPN 3 3
P PNP 5 5
Caution The controller is sold as single

[CE-compliant products] unit after the compatible actu-
EMC compliance was tested by combining the electric actuator LE series and the controller LEC series.
The EMC depends on the configuration of the customer’s control panel and the relationship with other electrical
ator is set.
equipment and wiring. Therefore, compliance with the EMC directive cannot be certified for SMC components Confirm that the combination of the
incorporated into the customer’s equipment under actual operating conditions. As a result, it is necessary for controller and actuator is correct.
the customer to verify compliance with the EMC directive for the machinery and equipment as a whole.
[UL-compliant products] ∗ Refer to the operation manual for using the
When compliance with UL is required, the electric actuator and controller should be used with a UL1310 Class products. Please download it via our website,
2 power supply. https://www.smc.eu
Specifications
Basic Specifications
Item LECP1
Compatible motor Step motor (Servo/24 VDC)
Power supply voltage: 24 VDC ±10 %∗2
Power supply∗1
[Including the motor drive power, control power supply, stop, lock release]
Stop points 14 points (Position number 1 to 14(E))
Compatible encoder Incremental A/B phase (800 pulse/rotation)
Memory EEPROM
7-segment LED display∗3 1 digit, 7-segment display (Red) Figures are expressed in hexadecimal (“10” to “15” in decimal number are expressed as “A” to “F”)
Cable length [m] I/O cable: 5 or less, Actuator cable: 20 or less
∗1 Do not use the power supply of “inrush current prevention type” for the controller input power supply. When compliance with UL is required, the electric
actuator and controller should be used with a UL1310 Class 2 power supply.
∗2 The power consumption changes depending on the actuator model. Refer to the each actuator’s operation manual, etc., for details.
∗3 “10” to “15” in decimal number are displayed as follows in the 7-segment LED.
Decimal display 10 11 12 13 14 15
Hexadecimal display A b c d E F
∗4 Applicable to non-magnetising locks
207
Programless Controller LECP1 Series
Selection
Model
Controller Details

r e
LEY
No. Display Description Details
t q q PWR Power supply LED
Power supply ON/Servo ON : Green turns on
Power supply ON/Servo OFF: Green flashes
y w With alarm : Red turns on
w ALM Alarm LED
Parameter setting : Red flashes
u i Change and protection of the mode switch
LEYG
e — Cover
(Close the cover after changing switch)
o !0 Frame ground (Tighten the screw with the washer when
r — FG
mounting the controller. Connect the ground wire.)
!1 !2 t — Mode switch Switch the mode between manual and auto.
!3 !4 y — 7-segment LED Stop position, the value set by i and alarm information are displayed.
u SET Set button Decide the settings or drive operation in Manual mode.
LEY
i — Position selecting switch Assign the position to drive (1 to 14), and the origin position (15).
o Manual forward button Perform forward jog and inching.
MANUAL
AC Servo Motor
!0 Manual reverse button Perform reverse jog and inching.
!1 Forward speed switch 16 forward speeds are available.
SPEED
!2 Reverse speed switch 16 reverse speeds are available.
!8 !3 Forward acceleration switch 16 forward acceleration steps are available.
LEYG
ACCEL
!4 Reverse acceleration switch 16 reverse acceleration steps are available.
!5 CN1 Power supply connector Connect the power supply cable.
!7 !6 CN2 Motor connector Connect the motor connector.
!7 CN3 Encoder connector Connect the encoder connector.
!8 CN4 I/O connector Connect I/O cable.
!6
LEY-X5
Environment
!5
25A-LEY
How to Mount
LECA6
Controller mounting shown below.

1. Mounting screw (LECP1-) 2. Grounding
LEC-G
(Installation with two M4 screws) Tighten the screw with the washer when mounting the ground
Ground wire
wire as shown below.
M4 screw
Mounting direction
LECP1
Cable with crimping terminal
Tooth lock washer
LECPA
JXC
Mounting direction
Controller
∗ When size 25 or more of the LE series are used, the space between the controllers should be 10 mm or more.
LECS
AC Servo Motor
Caution
M4 screws, cable with crimping terminal and tooth lock washer are not included.
LECY
Be sure to carry out grounding earth in order to ensure the noise tolerance.
Use a watchmaker’s screwdriver of the size shown below when changing position
switch i and the set value of the speed/acceleration switch !1 to !4.
Specific Product
Precautions
Size
End width L: 2.0 to 2.4 [mm]
End thickness W: 0.5 to 0.6 [mm]
W
L Magnified view of the end

of the screwdriver
208
Dimensions
Screw mounting (LEC1-)
CN4 I/O connector
CN3 encoder
connector
CN2 motor connector
CN1 power supply

connector
38
85 36.2
1.2 18.1 Ø 4.5
4.5
For body mounting

110
101
86
4.5
For body mounting
DIN rail mounting (LEC1D-)

38
85 (11.5) 36.2
SL
24.2

35
110
86
DIN rail L
12.5 5.25 7.5
AXT100-DR- (Pitch)
∗ For , enter a number from the No. line in the

(35)
(25)
table below.
5.5
Refer to the dimension drawings above for the

mounting dimensions.
1.25
L Dimensions [mm]
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
L 23 35.5 48 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5
No. 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
L 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 348 360.5
No. 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
L 373 385.5 398 410.5 423 435.5 448 460.5 473 485.5 498 510.5

LEC-1-D0 (with 2 mounting screws)
This should be used when the DIN rail mounting adapter is mounted onto a screw mounting type controller afterward.
209
Selection
Model
Wiring Example 1

∗ When you connect a CN1 power supply connector, use the power supply cable (LEC-CK1-1).
LEY
Power Supply Connector: CN1 ∗ The power supply cable (LEC-CK1-1) is an accessory.
CN1 Power Supply Connector Terminal for LECP1 Power supply cable for LECP1 (LEC-CK1-1)
Terminal name Cable colour Function Details
Common M 24V terminal/C 24V terminal/BK
0V Blue
supply (−) RLS terminal are common (−).
LEYG
Motor power Motor power supply (+) supplied
M 24V White
supply (+) to the controller
Control power Control power supply (+) supplied
C 24V Brown
supply (+) to the controller
BK RLS Black Lock release (+) Input (+) for releasing the lock
LEY
Wiring Example 2
AC Servo Motor
∗ When you connect a PLC to the CN4 parallel I/O connector, use the I/O cable (LEC-CK4-).
NPN PNP
LEYG
Power supply 24 VDC Power supply 24 VDC
CN4 for I/O signal CN4 for I/O signal
COM+ 1 COM+ 1
COM− 2 COM− 2
OUT0 3 Load OUT0 3 Load
LEY-X5
Environment
BUSY 7 Load BUSY 7 Load
ALARM 8 Load ALARM 8 Load
25A-LEY
IN0 9 IN0 9
IN1 10 IN1 10
IN2 11 IN2 11
IN3 12 IN3 12
LECA6
RESET 13 RESET 13
STOP 14 STOP 14

Input Signal Output Signal
LEC-G
COM+ Connects the power supply 24 V for input/output signal Turns on when the positioning or pushing is completed.
COM− Connects the power supply 0 V for input/output signal (Output is instructed in the combination of OUT0 to 3.)
LECP1
• Instruction to drive (input as a combination of IN0 to IN3) OUT0 to OUT3 Example - (operation complete for position no. 3)
• Instruction to return to origin (IN0 to IN3 all ON simultaneously) OUT3 OUT2 OUT1 OUT0
IN0 to IN3 Example - (instruction to drive for position no. 5) OFF OFF ON ON
LECPA
IN3 IN2 IN1 IN0 BUSY Outputs when the actuator is moving
OFF ON OFF ON ∗ALARM∗1 Not output when alarm is active or servo OFF
Alarm reset and operation interruption ∗1 Signal of negative-logic circuit (N.C.)
During operation: deceleration stop from position at which
JXC
RESET
signal is input (servo ON maintained)
While alarm is active: alarm reset
STOP Instruction to stop (after maximum deceleration stop, servo OFF)
LECS
Input Signal [IN0 - IN3] Position Number Chart : OFF : ON Output Signal [OUT0 - OUT3] Position Number Chart : OFF : ON
AC Servo Motor
Position number IN3 IN2 IN1 IN0 Position number OUT3 OUT2 OUT1 OUT0
1 1
2 2
LECY
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
Specific Product
7 7
Precautions
8 8
9 9
10 (A) 10 (A)
11 (B) 11 (B)
12 (C) 12 (C)
13 (D) 13 (D)
14 (E) 14 (E)
Return to origin Return to origin
210
Signal Timing
(1) Return to Origin
24 V
Power supply
IN0-3 all ON 0V
ON
Input IN0-3
OFF
ON
BUSY
OFF
Output OUT0-3
∗ALARM
External lock Release

Hold
Speed 0 mm/s
ON after controller system initialization
Return to origin
Output signals for OUT0, OUT1, OUT2, OUT3

are ON when return to origin is completed.
∗ “∗ALARM” is expressed as a negative-logic circuit.
(2) Positioning Operation (4) Stop by the STOP Signal

Power supply 24 V Power supply 24 V
0V 0V
ON ON
Input IN0-3 IN0-3
OFF OFF
Input
ON
OUT0-3 STOP
OFF
Output
ON
BUSY OUT0-3
OFF
Release
External lock Output BUSY
Hold
∗ALARM
Speed 0 mm/s
Positioning operation Release
External lock
Hold
OUT0-3 output signals are ON in the same state
as the input IN0-3 when positioning is completed.
Speed 0 mm/s
Stop by the STOP signal during
positioning operation
(3) Cut-off Stop (Reset Stop)

Power supply 24 V
0V (5) Alarm Reset
ON Alarm reset
IN0-3
OFF ON
Input Input RESET
OFF
RESET
ON
Output ∗ALARM
ON OFF
OUT0-3
OFF Alarm out
Output
BUSY ∗ “∗ALARM” is expressed as a negative-logic circuit.
Release
External lock
Hold
Speed 0 mm/s
Cut-off stop during
positioning operation
211
Selection
Model

LEY
1
LE CP 1 LE-CP- 35 /Cable length: 1.5 m, 3 m, 5 m Controller side
Terminal no.) Connector C (14.2)

Cable length (L) [m] Actuator side
(ø8)
1 2 (Terminal no.)
(14)
1 1.5 5 6 (13.5) A1 B1
(17.7)
3 3 1 2
LEYG
(18)
A6 B6
5 5
15 16 Connector A
8 8∗1 (30.7) L Connector D (11) (14.7)
(10)
A 10∗1
B 15∗1
LE-CP- A8 BC /Cable length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m Controller side
C 20∗1 (∗1 Produced upon receipt of order)
∗1 Produced upon receipt of
(ø5.5)
1 2
(14)
A1 B1
LEY
(17.7)
Cable type (13.5)
Robotic cable 1 2 A6 B6
(18)
(ø6.3)
—
AC Servo Motor
Weight Signal
terminal no.
Cable color
terminal no.
LEYG
A A-1 Red 1
LE-CP-1-S 190
B B-2 Orange 6
LE-CP-1 140
Shield Cable color
terminal no.
LE-CP-5 420
LEY-X5
Vcc B-4 Brown 12
Environment
A A-5 Black 6
25A-LEY
— 3
1
LECA6
(ø8)

(10.2) (17.7)
1 2
(14)
LEC-G
1 1.5 5 6 (13.5) A6 B6
3 3 1 2 A1 B1
(18)
A3 B3
5
(ø5.7)
5 15 16 Connector B
8 8∗1 (10)
(14.7)
LECP1
10∗1
8B
A LE-CP- A C /Cable
length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m
20∗1 Actuator side
(ø5.5)
C
(ø6.3)
Connector C (14.2)
LECPA
(Terminal no.) Connector A (Terminal no.)
1 2
(14)
A1 B1
(10.2) (17.7)
order (Robotic cable only)

5 6
A6 B6
(13.5)
With lock and sensor A1 B1
1 2
(18)
JXC
A3 B3
(ø5.7)
15 16 Connector B
Cable type (30.7) L Connector D (11) (14.7)
(10)
Robotic cable
— (Flexible cable) Connector A Connector C
Signal Cable color
LECS

AC Servo Motor
A A-1 Red 1
B B-2 Orange 6
Weight B A-2 Yellow 5
COM-A/COM B-3 Green 3
LECY
Product no. Weight [g] Note

LE-CP-1-B-S 240
Connector D
LE-CP-3-B-S 380 Standard cable Shield Cable color
terminal no.
Specific Product
Precautions
A B-5 Red 7
LE-CP-3-B 360 A A-5 Black 6
LE-CP-5-B 590 B B-6 Orange 9
— 3
LE-CP-A-B 1320 Signal
Connector B
terminal no.
LE-CP-B-B 1920
Lock (+) B-1 Red 4
LE-CP-C-B 2620 Lock (−) A-1 Black 5
212
Options
[Power supply cable]
LEC CK1 1
(15.8)
(13.3) (35) (ø6) (60) (10.5)
(1500)
Terminal name Covered colour Function ∗ Conductor size: AWG20 Weight: 90 g

0V Blue Common supply (−)
M 24V White Motor power supply (+)
C 24V Brown Control power supply (+)
BK RLS Black Lock release (+)
[I/O cable]
LEC CK4
1 1.5
3 3
5 5
Controller side PLC side
(16)
(Ø 7.9)
(11) (30) (60) (10)

(L)
∗ Conductor size: AWG26 Weight

Terminal no. Insulation colour Dot mark Dot colour Function
1 Light brown Black COM+ Product no. Weight [g]
2 Light brown Red COM− LEC-CK4-1 100
3 Yellow Black OUT0 LEC-CK4-3 200
4 Yellow Red OUT1 LEC-CK4-5 330
5 Light green Black OUT2
6 Light green Red OUT3
7 Gray Black BUSY
8 Gray Red ALARM
9 White Black IN0
10 White Red IN1
11 Light brown Black IN2
12 Light brown Red IN3
13 Yellow Black RESET
14 Yellow Red STOP
∗ Parallel I/O signal is valid in auto mode. While the test function operates at manual mode, only the output is valid.
213
Selection
Model
Step Motor Driver

LECPA Series
LEY
How to Order
LEYG
Caution
[CE-compliant products] LECP AP 1 LEY16B-100
q EMC compliance was tested by combining the
electric actuator LE series and the LECPA series. Driver type
The EMC depends on the configuration of the Driver mounting
AN Pulse input type (NPN)
customer’s control panel and the relationship with — Screw mounting
AP Pulse input type (PNP)
other electrical equipment and wiring. Therefore, D∗1 DIN rail
LEY
compliance with the EMC directive cannot be cer-
tified for SMC components incorporated into the I/O cable length [m] ∗1 The DIN rail is not included.
customer’s equipment under actual operating Order it separately.
— None
AC Servo Motor
conditions. As a result, it is necessary for the cus-
1 1.5 Actuator part number
tomer to verify compliance with the EMC directive
for the machinery and equipment as a whole. 3 3∗1
Without cable specifications and actuator options
w For the LECPA series (step motor driver), EMC 5 5∗1
∗1 Pulse input usable only with
LEYG
compliance was tested by installing a noise filter for the LEY16B-100B-R16N1.
set (LEC-NFA).
Refer to page 220 for the noise filter set. Refer to
differential. Only 1.5 m cables BC Blank controller∗1
usable with open collector.
the LECPA Operation Manual for installation. ∗1 Requires dedicated software (LEC-BCW)
When compliance with UL is required, the electric
actuator and driver should be used with a UL1310
∗ When controller equipped type is selected when ordering the LE series, you do not need to order this driver.
LEY-X5
∗ When pulse signals are open collector, order the current limiting resistor (LEC-PA-R-) separately.
Environment
The driver is sold as single unit after Precautions for blank controllers
25A-LEY
the compatible actuator is set. (LECPA-BC)
Confirm that the combination of the driver and A blank controller is a controller to which
actuator is correct. the customer can write the data of the
actuator it is to be combined and used
LECA6
<Check the following before use.> with. Use the dedicated software (LEC-
q Check the actuator label for the BCW) for data writing.

model number. This number • Please download the dedicated software
(LEC-BCW) via our website.
should match that of the driver.
LEC-G
• Order the communication cable for con-
w Check that the Parallel I/O troller setting (LEC-W2A-C) separately
q w
configuration matches (NPN or PNP). to use this software.
SMC website
∗ Refer to the operation manual for using the products. Please download it via
LECP1
a our website
website,
https://www.smc.eu https://www.smc.eu
Specifications
LECPA
Item LECPA
Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10 %∗2
Power supply∗1
JXC
[Including motor drive power, control power, stop, lock release]

Parallel input 5 inputs (Except photo-coupler isolation, pulse input terminal, COM terminal)
Maximum frequency: 60 kpps (Open collector), 200 kpps (Differential)
Pulse signal input
LECS
Input method: 1 pulse mode (Pulse input in direction), 2 pulse mode (Pulse input in differing directions)
Compatible encoder Incremental A/B phase (Encoder resolution: 800 pulse/rotation)
AC Servo Motor
Serial communication RS485 (Modbus protocol compliant)

Memory EEPROM
LECY

Cable length [m] I/O cable: 1.5 or less (Open collector), 5 or less (Differential), Actuator cable: 20 or less
Specific Product
Precautions

∗1 Do not use the power supply of “inrush current prevention type” for the ∗2 The power consumption changes depending on the actuator model.
driver power supply. When compliance with UL is required, the electric Refer to the specifications of actuator for more details.
actuator and driver should be used with a UL1310 Class 2 power supply. ∗3 Applicable to non-magnetising locks
214
LECPA Series
How to Mount
a) Screw mounting (LECPA-) b) DIN rail mounting (LECPAD-)
(Installation with two M4 (Installation with the DIN rail)
screws)
DIN rail is locked.
Ground wire Ground wire Ground wire
Mounting direction
DIN rail DIN rail
Mounting direction
A A
Hook the driver on the DIN rail and press the lever
of section A in the arrow direction to lock it.
∗ The space between the drivers should be 10 mm or more.
L
DIN rail
12.5 5.25 7.5
AXT100-DR- (Pitch)
(35)
(25)
Refer to the dimension drawings on page 216 for the mounting dimensions.
5.5
1.25
L Dimensions [mm]
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L 23 35.5 48 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5
No. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
L 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 348 360.5 373 385.5 398 410.5 423 435.5 448 460.5 473 485.5 498 510.5

LEC-2-D0 (with 2 mounting screws)
This should be used when the DIN rail mounting adapter is mounted onto a screw mounting type driver afterward.
215
Step Motor Driver LECPA Series
Selection
Model
Dimensions

a) Screw mounting (LECPA-)
LEY
66 35
Power supply LED (Green) Ø 4.5
1.2
(ON: Power supply is ON.) For body mounting
(Screw mounting type)
LEYG
Power supply LED (Red)
(ON: Alarm is ON.)
CN5 parallel I/O connector
LEY
125
116
109
CN4 serial I/O connector
AC Servo Motor
CN3 encoder connector
LEYG
CN2 motor power connector
CN1 power supply connector

4.5
For body mounting
LEY-X5
(Screw mounting type)
Environment
b) DIN rail mounting (LECPAD-)
25A-LEY
76 35
39.2
LECA6

LEC-G
35
109
LECP1
LECPA
JXC

LECS
AC Servo Motor
Wiring Example 1
LECY
∗ The power supply plug is an accessory. Power supply plug for LECPA: LEC-D-1-1
Power Supply Connector: CN1 <Applicable cable size> AWG20 (0.5 mm2), cover diameter 2.0 mm or less ∗ Accessory
CN1 Power Supply Connector Terminal for LECPA (PHOENIX CONTACT FK-MC0.5/5-ST-2.5)
Specific Product
Precautions

M 24V terminal/C 24V terminal/EMG terminal/BK RLS
0V Common supply (−)
terminal are common (−).
M 24V Motor power supply (+) Motor power supply (+) supplied to the driver
C 24V Control power supply (+) Control power supply (+) supplied to the driver
0V
M 24V
C 24V
EMG
BK RLS
EMG Stop (+) Input (+) for releasing the stop

BK RLS Lock release (+) Input (+) for releasing the lock
216
LECPA Series
Wiring Example 2
∗ When you connect a PLC to the CN5 parallel I/O connector, use the I/O cable (LEC-CL5-).
LECPAN- (NPN) LECPAP- (PNP)
Power supply Power supply
CN5 CN5
24 VDC ±10% 24 VDC ±10%
Terminal name Function Pin no. for I/O signal Terminal name Function Pin no. for I/O signal
COM+ 24 V 1 COM+ 24 V 1
COM− 0V 2 COM− 0V 2
NP+ Pulse signal 3 NP+ Pulse signal 3
NP− Pulse signal 4 NP− Pulse signal 4
∗1 ∗1
PP+ Pulse signal 5 PP+ Pulse signal 5
PP− Pulse signal 6 PP− Pulse signal 6
SETUP Input 7 SETUP Input 7
RESET Input 8 RESET Input 8
SVON Input 9 SVON Input 9
CLR Input 10 CLR Input 10
TL Input 11 TL Input 11
TLOUT Output 12 Load TLOUT Output 12 Load
WAREA Output 13 Load WAREA Output 13 Load
BUSY Output 14 Load BUSY Output 14 Load
SETON Output 15 Load SETON Output 15 Load
INP Output 16 Load INP Output 16 Load
SVRE Output 17 Load SVRE Output 17 Load
∗ESTOP∗2 Output 18 Load ∗ESTOP∗2 Output 18 Load
∗ALARM∗2 Output 19 Load ∗ALARM∗2 Output 19 Load
AREA Output 20 Load AREA Output 20 Load
Round terminal Round terminal

FG FG
0.5-5 0.5-5
∗1 For pulse signal wiring method, refer to “Pulse Signal Wiring Details”.
∗2 Output when the power supply of the driver is ON. (N.C.) Output Signal
Name Details
Input Signal BUSY Outputs when the actuator is operating
Name Details SETON Outputs when returning to origin
COM+ Connects the power supply 24 V for input/output signal INP Outputs when target position is reached
COM− Connects the power supply 0 V for input/output signal SVRE Outputs when servo is on
SETUP Instruction to return to origin ∗ESTOP∗3 Not output when EMG stop is instructed
RESET Alarm reset ∗ALARM∗3 Not output when alarm is generated
SVON Servo ON instruction AREA Outputs within the area output setting range
CLR Deviation reset WAREA Outputs within W-AREA output setting range
TL Instruction to pushing operation TLOUT Outputs during pushing operation
∗3 Signal of negative-logic circuit ON (N.C.)
Pulse Signal Wiring Details
Pulse signal output of positioning unit is differential output
Positioning unit Inside of the driver

NP+
NP− 1 kΩ
120 Ω
PP+
PP− 1 kΩ
120 Ω
Pulse signal output of positioning unit is open collector output

Pulse signal power supply
Positioning
unit Inside of the driver
∗1 Connect the current limiting resistor R in series to
NP+
correspond to the pulse signal voltage.
NP− 1 kΩ
Pulse signal Current limiting resistor R Current limiting resistor
Current limiting 120 Ω power supply voltage specifications part no.
resistor R∗1 PP+
3.3 kΩ ±5 %
1 kΩ 24 VDC ±10 % LEC-PA-R-332
PP− (0.5 W or more)
Current limiting 120 Ω 390 Ω ±5 %
5 VDC ±5 % LEC-PA-R-391
resistor R∗1 (0.1 W or more)
217
Selection
Model
Signal Timing

Return to Origin
LEY
24 V
Power supply
0V
ON
SVON
OFF
Input
LEYG
SETUP
ON
BUSY
OFF
SVRE
SETON
LEY
Output
INP
AC Servo Motor
∗ALARM
∗ESTOP
LEYG
Speed 0 mm/s
Return to origin
LEY-X5
If the actuator is within the “In position” range of the basic
Environment
parameter, INP will turn ON, but if not, it will remain OFF.
∗ “∗ALARM” and “∗ESTOP” are expressed as negative-logic circuits.
25A-LEY
Positioning Operation Pushing Operation
LECA6
ON ON
TL
OFF OFF
Input Pulse signal Input

Pulse signal
LEC-G
ON ON
TLOUT
OFF OFF
Output BUSY Output BUSY
LECP1
INP INP
Speed 0 mm/s
LECPA
Positioning operation Speed 0 mm/s
Pushing operation
JXC
If the actuator is within the “In position” range of the step If the current pushing force exceeds the “Trigger LV”
data, INP will turn ON, but if not, it will remain OFF. value of the step data, INP signal will turn ON.
∗ If pushing operation is stopped when there is no pulse

LECS
deviation, the moving part of the actuator may pulsate.

AC Servo Motor
Alarm Reset
LECY
Alarm reset
ON
Input RESET
OFF
ON
Specific Product
Output ∗ALARM
Precautions
OFF
Alarm out
∗ “∗ALARM” is expressed as a negative-logic circuit.
218
LECPA Series

1 Driver side
LE CP 1 LE-CP- 35 /Cable length: 1.5 m, 3 m, 5 m
Actuator side
Cable length (L) [m] (Terminal no.)
(Ø 8)
1 2
(14)
5 6 (13.5) A1 B1
1
(17.7)
1.5
3 3 1 2
(18)
A6 B6
8 8∗1 (10)
(30.7) L Connector D (11) (14.7)
A 10∗1
B 15∗1
LE-CP- A8 BC /Cable length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m Driver side
C 20∗1 (∗1 Produced upon receipt of order) (14.2)
(Terminal no.) Connector C
(Ø 5.5)
1 2
(14)
A1 B1
(17.7)
Cable type (13.5)
1 2 A6 B6
(Ø 6.3)
Robotic cable
(18)
— (Flexible cable) 15 16 (14.7)
Connector A
Weight Signal
terminal no.
Cable color
terminal no.
A A-1 Red 1
LE-CP-1-S 190
B B-2 Orange 6
LE-CP-1 140
Shield Cable color
terminal no.
LE-CP-5 420 Vcc B-4 Brown 12
A A-5 Black 6
— 3
1
Actuator side Driver side
(ø8)

(10.2) (17.7)
1 2
(14)
1 1.5 5 6 (13.5) A6 B6
3 3 1 2 A1 B1
(18)
A3 B3
5
(ø5.7)
5 15 16 Connector B
L Connector D
8 8∗1 (10)
(30.7) (11) (14.7)
8B
A 10∗1 LE-CP- A C /Cable
length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m
B 15∗1 (∗1 Produced upon receipt of order) Driver side
(ø5.5)
(ø6.3)

1 2
(14)
order (Robotic cable only) A1 B1

(10.2) (17.7)
5 6
A6 B6
A1 B1
1 2
(18)
A3 B3
(ø5.7)
Cable type 15 16 Connector B

(30.7) L Connector D (11) (14.7)
(10)
Robotic cable
Signal Cable color
A A-1 Red 1
B B-2 Orange 6
LE-CP-1-B-S 240
LE-CP-3-B-S 380 Standard cable Connector D
Shield Cable color
terminal no.
A A-5 Black 6
LE-CP-5-B 590 B B-6 Orange 9
LE-CP-A-B 1320 — 3
Connector B
Signal
Lock (+) B-1 Red 4
LE-CP-C-B 2620 Lock (−) A-1 Black 5
219
Selection
Model
Options
LEY
[I/O cable]
LEC C L5 1
I/O cable type I/O cable length (L)
L5 1 1.5 m Pin Insulation Dot Dot Pin Insulation Dot Dot
LEYG
For LECPA
3 3 m∗1 no. colour mark colour no. colour mark colour
5 5 m∗1 1 Light brown Black 12 Light brown Red
∗1 Pulse input usable only with 2 Light brown Red 13 Yellow Black
differential. Only 1.5 m cables 3 Yellow Black 14 Yellow Red
usable with open collector 4 Yellow Red 15 Light green Black
5 Light green Black 16 Light green Red
6 Light green Red 17 Gray Black
LEY
L 7 Gray Black 18 Gray Red
(12) 8 Gray Red 19 White Black
AC Servo Motor
20 19 9 White Black 20 White Red
10 White Red Round terminal
11 Light brown Black Green
(22)
0.5-5
LEYG
(25) (10) (40) Weight
2 1
(45) Product no. Weight [g]
100 ±10 LEC-CL5-1 190
Number of cores 20
AWG size 24 LEC-CL5-3 370
LEC-CL5-5 610
LEY-X5
Environment
25A-LEY
[Noise filter set] [Current limiting resistor]
Step Motor Driver (Pulse Input Type)
LECA6
This optional resistor (LEC-PA-R-) is used when the pulse signal
output of the positioning unit is open collector output.
LEC NFA

LEC PA R
LEC-G
Contents of the set: 2 noise filters
(Manufactured by WURTH ELEKTRONIK: 74271222)
Current limiting resistor
Pulse signal
Symbol Resistance
LECP1
power supply voltage
(33.5)
332 3.3 kΩ ±5 % 24 VDC ±10 %

391 390 Ω ±5 % 5 VDC ±5 %
∗ Select a current limiting resistor that
(12.5)
LECPA
corresponds to the pulse signal power
(42.2) (28.8) supply voltage.
∗ For the LEC-PA-R-, two pieces are
∗ Refer to the LECPA series Operation Manual for installation. shipped as a set.
∗ For pulse signal wiring details, refer to
JXC
page 217.
LECS
AC Servo Motor
LECY
Specific Product
Precautions
220
LEC Series
Communication Cable for Controller Setting/LEC-W2A-
How to Order
Communication cable PC
(LEC-W2A-C) USB cable
HRS
(LEC-W2-U)
LEC W2A C
Communication
cable
· Controller setting software LEC W2 U

· USB driver
Download from SMC’s website USB cable
https://www.smc.eu
Step data input type LECA6 Series
Pulse input type LECPA Series
PStep Motor Controller JXCE1/91/P1/D1/L1 Series
∗ When connecting to a JXCE1/91/P1/D1/L1 series product, use a conversion cable (P5062-5) as a relay.
OS Windows®7, Windows®8.1, Windows®10
Communication
USB 1.1 or USB 2.0 ports
interface
Display 1024 x 768 or more
∗ Windows®7, Windows®8.1 and Windows®10 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States.
Screen Example
Easy mode screen example Normal mode screen example
Easy operation and simple setting

Allowing to set and display actuator step data Detailed setting
such as position, speed, force, etc. Step data can be set in detail.
Setting of step data and test drive can be Signals and terminal status can be monitored.
performed on the same page. Parameters can be set.
Can be used to jog and move at a constant rate JOG and constant rate movement, return to origin, test drive and
testing of forced output can be performed.
221
®
LEC Series
Selection
Model
LEY
How to Order
LEC T1 3 E G
LEYG
Enable switch
(Option)
— None
Stop switch
Initial language
J Japanese
Stop switch
LEY
AC Servo Motor
Specifications
LEYG
Item Description
LEY-X5
Option
Environment
25A-LEY
When compliance with UL is required, the electric actuator and driver should be used with a UL1310
LECA6
Easy Mode
LEC-G
Menu Data
Data Step data no.
LECP1
Jog
• 1 step operation∗1 Test Position, Speed, Force, Acceleration, Deceleration
LECPA
JXC

ALM
Jog
LECS
(Ver. 2.∗∗)
AC Servo Motor

Test∗1
LECY
1 step operation
ALM
Specific Product

Precautions
Alarm reset
TB setting
Easy/Normal
∗1 Not compatible with the LECPA Set item
222
LEC Series
Normal Mode
• Test drive∗1 File Deceleration
Test
terminal output)∗2 Area 1, 2
In position
• Drive monitor
• Output signal monitor∗2 Parameter Basic setting
Monitor • Input signal monitor∗2 Basic
• Output terminal monitor ORIG ORIG setting
Monitor DRV monitor
• Alarm log record display Output signal∗2 Step no.
Input signal∗2 Last step no.
of the driver which is being used
for communication (it is possible to Test Input signal monitor
save four files, with one set of step JOG/MOVE
Output terminal monitor
data and parameters defined as Return to ORIG
File one file). Test drive∗1 Input terminal monitor
• Load to driver Forced output∗2
Loads the data which is saved in
the teaching box to the driver which ALM Status
• File protection (Ver. 2.∗∗) File ALM Log record display
(Easy/Normal mode) Load to driver
• Distance unit (mm/inch) Backlight ∗1 Not compatible with the
LCD contrast LECPA
Reconnect • Reconnection of axis
Beep ∗2 The following signals are
Max. connection axis compatible with
Password LECPA with TB Ver. 2.10
Distance unit or newer.
Input: CLR, TL
Reconnect Output: TLOUT
Dimensions
4 102 34.5
w

r
t 3 Stop switch
185

5
covered.
u i 25 22.5
8 Connector A connector connected to CN4 of the driver
223
Selection
Model
Step Motor Controller

JXCE1/91/P1/D1/L1 Series
®
LEY
How to Order
LEYG
JXC D 1 7 T
LEY
Communication protocol
E EtherCAT®
AC Servo Motor
9 EtherNet/IP™
P PROFINET
D DeviceNet™
LEYG
L IO-Link
For single axis
Mounting
LEY-X5
7 Screw mounting
8∗1 DIN rail
Environment
∗1 The DIN rail is not included. It
must be ordered separately.
25A-LEY
(Refer to page 229.)
Option Actuator part number

— Without option Without cable specifications and actuator options
LECA6
S With straight type DeviceNet™ communication plug for JXCD1
for the LEY16B-100B-R16N1.
T With T-branch type DeviceNet™ communication plug for JXCD1
BC Blank controller∗1
∗ Select “—” for anything other than JXCD1.
∗1 Requires dedicated software (JXC-BCW)
LEC-G
LECP1
LECPA
JXC
The controller is sold as single unit after the compatible actuator is set.
Confirm that the combination of the controller and actuator is correct.
LECS
q Check the actuator label for the model number. This number should match that of
AC Servo Motor
the controller.
q
LECY
∗ Refer to the operation manual for using the products. Please download it via our website, https://www.smc.eu
Specific Product
Precautions for blank controllers (JXC1-BC)

Precautions
A blank controller is a controller to which the customer can write the data of the actuator it is to be combined and used with. Use the
dedicated software (JXC-BCW) for data writing.
• Please download the dedicated software (JXC-BCW) via our website.
• Order the controller setting kit (JXC-W2) separately to use this software.
SMC website: https://www.smc.eu
224
Specifications
Model JXCE1 JXC91 JXCP1 JXCD1 JXCL1

Network EtherCAT ® EtherNet/IP™
PROFINET DeviceNet™ IO-Link
Power supply Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10 %
Current consumption (Controller) 200 mA or less 130 mA or less 200 mA or less 100 mA or less 100 mA or less
Compatible encoder Incremental A/B phase (800 pulse/rotation)
EtherCAT ® ∗ 2 EtherNet/IP™∗2 PROFINET∗2
Communication specifications
Protocol DeviceNet™ IO-Link

Applicable
Conformance Test Volume 1 (Edition 3.14) Specification Version Volume 1 (Edition 3.14) Version 1.1
system Version∗1
Record V.1.2.6 Volume 2 (Edition 1.15) 2.32 Volume 3 (Edition 1.13) Port Class A
10/100 Mbps∗2 230.4 kbps
Communication speed 100 Mbps∗2 100 Mbps∗2 125/250/500 kbps
(Automatic negotiation) (COM3)
Configuration file∗3 ESI file EDS file GSDML file EDS file IODD file
Input 20 bytes Input 36 bytes Input 36 bytes Input 4, 10, 20 bytes Input 14 bytes
I/O occupation area
Output 36 bytes Output 36 bytes Output 36 bytes Output 4, 12, 20, 36 bytes Output 22 bytes
Terminating resistor Not included
Memory EEPROM
LED indicator PWR, RUN, ALM, ERR PWR, ALM, MS, NS PWR, ALM, SF, BF PWR, ALM, MS, NS PWR, ALM, COM
Cable length [m] Actuator cable: 20 or less
Insulation resistance [MΩ] Between all external terminals and the case: 50 (500 VDC)
220 (Screw mounting) 210 (Screw mounting) 220 (Screw mounting) 210 (Screw mounting) 190 (Screw mounting)
Weight [g]
240 (DIN rail mounting) 230 (DIN rail mounting) 240 (DIN rail mounting) 230 (DIN rail mounting) 210 (DIN rail mounting)
∗1 Please note that versions are subject to change.
∗2 Use a shielded communication cable with CAT5 or higher for the PROFINET, EtherNet/IP™, and EtherCAT ®.
∗3 The files can be downloaded from the SMC website.
Trademark
EtherNet/IP™ is a trademark of ODVA.
DeviceNet™ is a trademark of ODVA.
EtherCAT® is registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by Beckhoff Automation GmbH, Germany.
Example of Operation Command

In addition to the step data input of 64 points maximum in each communication protocol, the changing of each parameter can be performed in real time via numerical data defined operation.
∗ Numerical values other than “Moving force,” “Area 1,” and “Area 2” can be used to perform operation under numerical instructions from JXCL1.
<Application example> Movement between 2 points
No. Movement mode Speed Position Acceleration Deceleration Pushing force Trigger LV Pushing speed Moving force Area 1 Area 2 In position
0 1: Absolute 100 10 3000 3000 0 0 0 100 0 0 0.50
1 1: Absolute 100 100 3000 3000 0 0 0 100 0 0 0.50
<Step no. defined operation>

Sequence 1: Servo ON instruction
Sequence 2: Instruction to return to origin
Sequence 3: Specify step data No. 0 to input the DRIVE signal.
Sequence 4: Specify step data No. 1 after the DRIVE signal has been temporarily turned OFF to input the DRIVE signal.
<Numerical data defined operation>

Sequence 1: Servo ON instruction
Sequence 2: Instruction to return to origin
Sequence 3: Specify step data No. 0 and turn ON the input instruction flag (position). Input 10 in the target position. Subsequently the start flag turns ON.
Sequence 4: Turn ON step data No. 0 and the input instruction flag (position) to change the target position to 100 while the start flag is ON.
The same operation can be performed with any operation command.
Sequence 1씮
Sequence 2씮
Sequence 3씮
Sequence 4씮
0 10 100
225
67
67
77
77
Dimensions
1.2
1.2
JXCE1/JXC91
JXCP1/JXCD1
35 64.2 35 64.2
84.2 84.2
(11.5)
(11.5)
(35 mm)
(35 mm)
∗ Mountable
∗ Mountable
on DIN rail
on DIN rail
193.2 (When removing DIN rail) 193.2 (When removing DIN rail)
187.3 (When locking DIN rail) 187.3 (When locking DIN rail)
170 170
Ø 4.5
152.5 152.5
(Screw mounting)
For body mounting
Ø 4.5
Step Motor Controller
35
35
32.5
32.5
17.5
4.5
4.5
17.5
JXCP1
JXCE1
(Screw mounting)
(Screw mounting)
For body mounting

For body mounting
161 161
193.2 (When removing DIN rail) 193.2 (When removing DIN rail)
187.3 (When locking DIN rail) 187.3 (When locking DIN rail)
170 170
152.5 152.5
Ø 4.5
Ø 4.5
35
35
32.5
32.5
4.5
4.5
17.5
17.5
JXC91
JXCD1
(Screw mounting)
(Screw mounting)
For body mounting

For body mounting
161 161
226
Dimensions
JXCL1
67 (11.5) Ø 4.5 35
1.2 For body mounting 32.5
(Screw mounting)
84.2
64.2

152.5
170
161
35
∗ Mountable
on DIN rail
(35 mm)
77 17.5
4.5
For body mounting
(Screw mounting)
L
12.5 5.25 7.5
(Pitch)
5.5
(35)
(25)
1.25
L Dimensions [mm]
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L 23 35.5 48 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5
No. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
L 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 348 360.5 373 385.5 398 410.5 423 435.5 448 460.5 473 485.5 498 510.5
227
Step Motor Controller JXCE1/91/P1/D1/L1 Series
Selection
Model

LEY
1 Controller side
LE CP 1 LE-CP- 35 /Cable length: 1.5 m, 3 m, 5 m Connector C (14.2)
(Terminal no.)
Actuator side
(ø8)
1 2 (Terminal no.)
(14)
Cable length (L) [m] 5 6 (13.5) A1 B1
(17.7)
1 1.5
3 3 1 2
(18)
A6 B6
LEYG
Connector D (14.7)
8 8∗1 (10)
(30.7) L (11)
A 10∗1 LE-CP- 8B
A C /Cable
length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m
B 15∗1 (∗1 Produced upon receipt of order)
Controller side
C 20∗1 (Terminal no.) Connector C (14.2)
(ø5.5)
(14)
A1 B1
(17.7)
LEY
Cable type (13.5)
1 2 A6 B6
(18)
Robotic cable
(ø6.3)
—
AC Servo Motor
Weight Signal
terminal no.
Cable color
terminal no.
LEYG
A A-1 Red 1
LE-CP-1-S 190
B B-2 Orange 6
LE-CP-1 140
Shield Cable color
terminal no.
LE-CP-5 420
LEY-X5
Vcc B-4 Brown 12
Environment
A A-5 Black 6
25A-LEY
— 3
1
LECA6
(Ø 8)

(10.2) (17.7)
1 2
(14)
LEC-G
1 1.5 5 6 (13.5) A6 B6

3 3 1 2 A1 B1
(18)
A3 B3
(Ø 5.7)
5 5 15 16 Connector B
L Connector D
8 8∗1 (10)
(30.7) (11) (14.7)
LECP1
A 10∗1 LE-CP- 8B
A C /Cable
length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m
(Ø 5.5)
(Ø 6.3)
LECPA
1 2
(14)
A1 B1
(10.2) (17.7)
order (Robotic cable only)

5 6
A6 B6
A1 B1
1 2
(18)
JXC
A3 B3
(Ø 5.7)
Cable type 15 16 Connector B

(30.7) L Connector D (11) (14.7)
(10)
Robotic cable
Signal Cable color
LECS

AC Servo Motor
A A-1 Red 1
Weight B B-2 Orange 6
B A-2 Yellow 5
LECY
LE-CP-1-B-S 240 COM-B/— A-3 Blue 4

Shield Cable color
Connector D
terminal no.
Specific Product
Precautions

A A-5 Black 6
LE-CP-5-B 590
B B-6 Orange 9
LE-CP-A-B 1320 Connector B
— 3
Signal
Lock (+) B-1 Red 4
LE-CP-C-B 2620
228
Options
Controller setting kit JXC-W2 Power supply plug JXC-CPW
[Contents] ∗ The power supply plug is an accessory.
q Communication cable
w USB cable
e Controller setting software
∗ A conversion cable (P5062-5) is not required.
1 C24V 4 0V
6 5 4
JXC W2 3 2 1
2 M24V 5 N.C.
3 EMG 6 LK RLS
Contents
Power supply plug
A kit includes: Terminal name Function Details
Communication cable,
— USB cable, M24V terminal/C24V terminal/EMG terminal/
0V Common supply (–)
Controller setting software LK RLS terminal are common (–).
M24V Motor power supply (+) Motor power supply (+) of the controller
C Communication cable C24V Control power supply (+) Control power supply (+) of the controller
U USB cable EMG Stop (+) Connection terminal of the external stop circuit
Controller setting software LK RLS Lock release (+) Connection terminal of the lock release switch
S (CD-ROM)
Communication plug connector
q Communication cable JXC-W2-C For DeviceNet™
Straight type T-branch type
JXC-CD-S JXC-CD-T
32
JXC-W2
51 3000
∗ It can be connected to the controller directly.
Communication plug connector for DeviceNet™

w USB cable JXC-W2-U
Terminal name Details
V+ Power supply (+) for DeviceNet™
CAN_H Communication wire (High)
Drain Grounding wire/Shielded wire
800 CAN_L Communication wire (Low)
V– Power supply (–) for DeviceNet™
e Controller setting software (CD-ROM) For IO-Link

JXC-W2-S
Straight type
∗ The communication plug connector for
JXC-CL-S IO-Link is an accessory.
120
Communication plug connector for IO-Link

145
Terminal no. Terminal name Details
1 L+ +24 V
2 NC N/A
DIN rail mounting adapter LEC-3-D0 3 L− 0V
∗ With 2 mounting screws
4 C/Q IO-Link signal
This should be used when the DIN rail mounting adapter is
mounted onto a screw mounting type controller afterward.
Conversion cable P5062-5 (Cable length: 300 mm)
DIN rail AXT100-DR-

∗ For , enter a number from the No. line in the table on page 227. 300
Refer to the dimension drawings on pages 226 and 227 for the
mounting dimensions. ∗ To connect the teaching box (LEC-T1-3G) or controller setting kit
(LEC-W2) to the controller, a conversion cable is required.
229
Selection
Model
Precautions Related to Differences in Controller Versions
LEY
As the controller version of the JXC series differs, the internal parameters are not compatible.
If using the JXC1-BC, please use the latest version of the JXC-BCW (parameter writing tool).
There are currently 3 versions available: version 1 products (V1. or S1.), version 2 products (V2. or S2.), and version 3 products
(V3. or S3.). Keep in mind that in order to write a backup file (.bkp) to another controller with the JXC-BCW, it needs to be the same
LEYG
version as the controller that created the file. (For example, a backup file created by a version 1 product can only be written to another
version 1 product, and so on.)
Identifying Version Symbols
LEY
JXC1 Series Version V3. or S3. Products
AC Servo Motor
XR V3.0 XR S3.0 T1.0
LEYG
Applicable models Applicable models
JXC91 Series JXCD1 Series
JXCE1 Series
JXCP1 Series
LEY-X5
JXCL1 Series
Environment
25A-LEY
Version symbol
WP V2.1 WP S2.2 T1.1
LECA6
LEC-G
JXCE1 Series
JXCP1 Series
JXCL1 Series
LECP1
LECPA
XR V1.0 XR S1.0 T1.0

JXC

LECS
JXCE1 Series
AC Servo Motor
JXCP1 Series
JXCL1 Series
LECY
Specific Product
Precautions
230
®
LEC Series
How to Order
LEC T1 3 E G
Enable switch
(Option)
— None
Stop switch
Initial language
J Japanese
Stop switch
Specifications
Item Description
Option Operating humidity range [%RH] 90 or less (No condensation)
When compliance with UL is required, the electric actuator and controller should be used with a UL1310
Easy Mode

Menu Data
Data Step data no.
Jog
• 1 step operation Test Position, Speed, Force, Acceleration, Deceleration
ALM
Jog
(Ver. 2.∗∗)
Test
1 step operation
ALM
Alarm reset
TB setting
Easy/Normal
Set item
231
Teaching Box LEC Series
Selection
Model
Normal Mode

LEY
LEYG
• Test drive File Deceleration
Test
terminal output) Area 1, 2
In position
• Drive monitor
LEY
• Output signal monitor Parameter Basic setting
Monitor • Input signal monitor Basic
• Output terminal monitor ORIG setting
AC Servo Motor
ORIG
Monitor DRV monitor
Output signal Step no.
LEYG
• Alarm log record display
Input signal Last step no.
of the controller which is being
used for communication (it is Test Input signal monitor
possible to save four files, with one JOG/MOVE
LEY-X5
Output terminal monitor
set of step data and parameters Return to ORIG
File defined as one file). Test drive
Environment
Input terminal monitor
• Load to controller Forced output
Loads the data which is saved in the
25A-LEY
teaching box to the controller which ALM Status
• File protection (Ver. 2.∗∗) File ALM Log record display
LECA6
(Easy/Normal mode) Load to controller
LEC-G

LECP1
• Distance unit (mm/inch) Backlight
LCD contrast
Reconnect • Reconnection of axis
Beep
Max. connection axis
LECPA
Password
Distance unit
Reconnect
JXC
Dimensions
4 102 34.5
w
LECS

AC Servo Motor

r
t 3 Stop switch
LECY

185

Specific Product
5
Precautions

covered.
u i 25 22.5
8 Connector A connector connected to CN4 of the controller
232
3-Axis Step Motor Controller
( Type)
JXC92 Series
How to Order
EtherNet/IPTM Type (JXC92)
Controller JXC 9 2 7
Mounting
EtherNet/IPTM type Symbol Mounting
7 Screw mounting
3-axis type 8 DIN rail
∗ Order the actuator separately, including the actuator cable.

(Example: LEY16B-100-S1)
∗ For the “Speed–Work Load” graph of the actuator, refer to page 38.
Specifications
For the setting of functions and operation methods, refer to the operation
manual on the SMC website. (Documents/Download --> Instruction Manuals)
Item Specifications
Number of axes Max. 3 axes
Control power supply Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10 %
Max. current consumption: 500 mA
Power supply∗1
Motor power supply Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10 %
Max. current consumption: Based on the connected actuator∗2
Protocol EtherNet/IPTM∗3
Communication speed 10 Mbps/100 Mbps (automatic negotiation)
Communication
Communication method Full duplex/Half duplex (automatic negotiation)

Configuration file EDS file
Occupied area Input 16 bytes/Output 16 bytes
IP address setting range Manual setting by switches: From 192.168.1.1 to 254, Via DHCP server: Arbitrary address
Vendor ID 7 h (SMC Corporation)
Product type 2 Bh (Generic Device)
Product code DEh
Serial communication USB2.0 (Full Speed 12 Mbps)
Memory Flash-ROM
LED indicator PWR, RUN, USB, ALM, NS, MS, L/A, 100
Cable length Actuator cable: 20 m or less
Operating temperature range 0 °C to 40 °C (No freezing)
Operating humidity range 90 % RH or less (No condensation)
Storage temperature range –10 °C to 60 °C (No freezing)
Storage humidity range 90 % RH or less (No condensation)
Insulation resistance Between all external terminals and the case: 50 MΩ (500 VDC)
Weight 600 g (Screw mounting), 650 g (DIN rail mounting)
∗1 Do not use a power supply with inrush current protection for the motor drive power supply.
∗2 Power consumption depends on the actuator connected. Refer to the actuator specifications for further details.
∗3 EtherNet/IPTM is a trademark of ODVA.
233
3-Axis Step Motor Controller JXC92 Series
Selection
Model
Dimensions

EtherNet/IPTM Type JXC92
LEY
Screw mounting DIN rail mounting
77.6
5. 63.6
5
m
ou 44.2 130.5
nt 142.4
ing
ho 2.9 2 20.3 11.9
LEYG
le
5.5 mounting hole
88.5
LEY
158
177
172
154
177
AC Servo Motor
LEYG
DIN rail mounting bracket
LEY-X5
Controller Details
Environment
q o
25A-LEY
!0
!1
w
LECA6
!2
e
!3
r !4
LEC-G
t

y !5
u !6
LECP1
i
LECPA
No. Name Description Details
q P1, P2 EtherNet/IP™ communication connector Connect Ethernet cable.
w NS, MS Communication status LED Displays the status of the EtherNet/IP™ communication
JXC
X100
e X10 IP address setting switches Switch to set the 4th byte of the IP address by X1, X10 and X100.
X1
r PWR Power supply LED (Green) Power supply ON: Green turns on Power supply OFF: Green turns off
LECS
Running in EtherNet/IP™: Green turns on Running via USB communication: Green

AC Servo Motor
t RUN Operation LED (Green)

flashes Stopped: Green turns off
y USB USB connection LED (Green) USB connected: Green turns on USB not connected: Green turns off
u ALM Alarm LED (Red) With alarm: Red turns on Without alarm: Red turns off
LECY
i USB Serial communication connector Connect to a PC via the USB cable.

o ENC z Encoder connector (16 pins)
Axis 1: Connect the actuator cable.
!0 MOT z Motor power connector (6 pins)
!1 ENC x
Specific Product
Encoder connector (16 pins)

Precautions

!2 MOT x Motor power connector (6 pins)
!3 ENC c Encoder connector (16 pins)
!4 MOT c Motor power connector (6 pins)
Control power supply (+), All axes stop (+), Axis 1 lock release (+),
!5 CI Control power supply connector∗1
Axis 2 lock release (+), Axis 3 lock release (+), Common (−)
!6 M PWR Motor power supply connector∗1 Motor power supply (+), Motor power supply (−)
∗1 Connectors are included. (Refer to page 239.)
234
4-Axis Step Motor Controller
(Parallel I/O/ Type)
JXC73/83/93 Series
How to Order
Parallel I/O (JXC73/83)
I/O type I/O cable, mounting
Symbol I/O type Symbol I/O cable Mounting
7 NPN 1 1.5 m Screw mounting
8 PNP 2 1.5 m DIN rail
3 3m Screw mounting
4 3m DIN rail
4-axis type 5 5m Screw mounting
6 5m DIN rail
7 None Screw mounting
8 None DIN rail
∗ Two I/O cables are included.
EtherNet/IPTM type Mounting
Symbol Mounting
7 Screw mounting
8 DIN rail
4-axis type
∗ Order the actuator separately, including the actuator cable.

(Example: LEY16B-100-S1)
∗ For the “Speed–Work Load” graph of the actuator, refer to page 38.
235
4-Axis Step Motor Controller JXC73/83/93 Series
Selection
Model
Specifications
LEY
Parallel I/O (JXC73/83)
Item Specifications
LEYG
Main control power supply Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10 %
Power supply∗1 Motor power supply, Motor control power supply (Common)
Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10 %
LEY
Memory Flash-ROM/EEPROM
AC Servo Motor
LED indicator PWR, RUN, USB, ALM
Cable length I/O cable: 5 m or less, Actuator cable: 20 m or less
LEYG
LEY-X5
∗1 Do not use a power supply with inrush current protection for the motor drive power and motor control power supply.
Environment
25A-LEY
LECA6
Item Specifications
LEC-G
Main control power supply Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10 %

Power supply∗1 Motor power supply, Motor control power supply (Common)
Power voltage: 24 VDC ±10 %
LECP1
Protocol EtherNet/IPTM∗4
Communication speed 10 Mbps/100 Mbps (automatic negotiation)
Communication
Communication method Full duplex/Half duplex (automatic negotiation)
LECPA
Configuration file EDS file
Occupied area Input 16 bytes/Output 16 bytes
IP address setting range Manual setting by switches: From 192.168.1.1 to 254, Via DHCP server: Arbitrary address
Vendor ID 7 h (SMC Corporation)
JXC
Product type 2 Bh (Generic Device)

Product code DCh
Memory Flash-ROM/EEPROM
LECS
LED indicator PWR, RUN, USB, ALM, NS, MS, L/A, 100
AC Servo Motor

Cable length Actuator cable: 20 m or less
LECY

Specific Product
Precautions
∗1 Do not use a power supply with inrush current protection for the motor drive power and motor control power supply.
∗4 EtherNet/IPTM is a trademark of ODVA.
236
JXC73/83/93 Series
Dimensions
Parallel I/O JXC73/83
139.2
5.
5
125 117.8
m
105.9
ou
106 2 116.2
nt
104.3
in
g
2.9 2.5 11.9

2.9
81
ho
le
5.5 mounting hole
66.3
144.2
136.2
144.2
125
2.9

139.2
5.
5
125 117.1
m
105.2
ou
106 2 116.2
nt
104.3
in
g
2.9 2.5 11.9

2.9
ho
81
le
5.5 mounting hole
66.3
144.2
136.2
144.2
125
2.9
237
Selection
Model
Controller Details

Parallel I/O JXC73/83
LEY
q PWR Power supply LED (Green) Power supply ON: Green turns on Power supply OFF: Green turns off
q o Running in parallel I/O: Green turns on Running via USB
w RUN Operation LED (Green)
!5 communication: Green flashes Stopped: Green turns off
w
!0 e USB USB connection LED (Green) USB connected: Green turns on USB not connected: Green turns off
LEYG
e r ALM Alarm LED (Red) With alarm: Red turns on Without alarm: Red turns off
!6 t USB Serial communication Connect to a PC via the USB cable.
r
!1 y C PWR Main control power supply connector (2 pins)∗1 Main control power supply (+) (−)
u !7 u I/O 1 Parallel I/O connector (40 pins) Connect to a PLC via the I/O cable.
i I/O 2 Parallel I/O connector (40 pins) Connect to a PLC via the I/O cable.
t !2 o ENC z Encoder connector (16 pins)
LEY
!0 MOT z Motor power connector (6 pins)
!8 !1 ENC x Encoder connector (16 pins)
i !2 MOT x Motor power connector (6 pins)
AC Servo Motor
y !9 Motor control power supply Motor control power supply (+), Axis 1 stop (+), Axis 1
!3 CI zx
connector∗1
@0 lock release (+), Axis 2 stop (+), Axis 2 lock release (+)
!3 !4 !4 M PWR zx Motor power supply connector∗1 For Axis 1, 2. Motor power supply (+), Common (−)
LEYG
!7 ENC v Encoder connector (16 pins)
!8 MOT v Motor power connector (6 pins)
Motor control power supply Motor control power supply (+), Axis 3 stop (+), Axis 3
!9 CI cv
LEY-X5
connector∗1 lock release (+), Axis 4 stop (+), Axis 4 lock release (+)
@0 M PWR cv Motor power supply connector∗1 For Axis 3, 4. Motor power supply (+), Common (−)
Environment
25A-LEY
LECA6
q PWR Power supply LED (Green) Power supply ON: Green turns on Power supply OFF: Green turns off
q o Running in EtherNet/IPTM: Green turns on Running via USB
w RUN Operation LED (Green)
!5 communication: Green flashes Stopped: Green turns off
w e USB USB connection LED (Green) USB connected: Green turns on USB not connected: Green turns off
!0
LEC-G
e r ALM Alarm LED (Red) With alarm: Red turns on Without alarm: Red turns off
!6 t USB Serial communication Connect to a PC via the USB cable.
r Main control power supply connector (2 pins)∗1 Main control power supply (+) (−)
!1 y C PWR
LECP1
u !7 x100
Switch to set the 4th byte of the IP address by X1,
u x10 IP address setting switches
i !2 x1
X10 and X100.
t i MS, NS Communication status LED Displays the status of the EtherNet/IPTM communication
!8
o ENC z Encoder connector (16 pins)
Axis 1: Connect the actuator cable. LECPA
@1 !0 MOT z Motor power connector (6 pins)
!9 !1 ENC x Encoder connector (16 pins)
y Axis 2: Connect the actuator cable.
JXC
!2 MOT x Motor power connector (6 pins)

@0 Motor control power supply Motor control power supply (+), Axis 1 stop (+), Axis 1
!3 !4 !3 CI zx
!4 M PWR zx Motor power supply connector∗1 For Axis 1, 2. Motor power supply (+), Common (−)
LECS

AC Servo Motor

!7 ENC v Encoder connector (16 pins)
LECY
!8 MOT v Motor power connector (6 pins)

Motor control power supply Motor control power supply (+), Axis 3 stop (+), Axis 3
!9 CI cv
@0 M PWR cv Motor power supply connector∗1 For Axis 3, 4. Motor power supply (+), Common (−)
Specific Product
Precautions
@1 P1, P2 EtherNet/IPTM communication connector Connect Ethernet cable.

238
JXC73/83/93 Series
Wiring Example 1
For 4 Axes
Cable with Main Control Power Supply Connector (For 4 Axes)∗1: C PWR 1 pc. JXC73/83/93
Cable with main control power
supply connector
Terminal name Function Details Cable color: Blue (0V)
+24V Main control power supply (+) Power supply (+) supplied to the main control
24−0V Main control power supply (−) Power supply (−) supplied to the main control
∗1 Part no.: JXC-C1 (Cable length: 1.5 m) Cable color: Brown (24V)
For 3 Axes For 4 Axes

Motor Power Supply Connector (For 3/4 Axes)∗2: M PWR 2 pcs.∗3 JXC92 JXC73/83/93
Motor power supply connector
Terminal name Function Details Note

For 3 axes
Power supply (−) supplied to the motor power 0V
JXC92
0V Motor power supply (−) M 24V
The M 24V terminal, C 24V terminal, EMG For 4 axes
terminal, and LKRLS terminal are common (−). JXC73/83/93
M 24V Motor power supply (+) Power supply (+) supplied to the motor power
∗2 Manufactured by PHOENIX CONTACT (Part no.: MSTB2, 5/2-STF-5, 08)
∗3 1 pc. for 3 axes (JXC92)
For 4 Axes
Motor Control Power Supply Connector (For 4 Axes)∗4: CI 2 pcs.
Motor control power supply connector
JXC73/83/93

C 24V Motor control power supply (+) Power supply (+) supplied to the motor control
EMG1/EMG3 Stop (+) Axis 1/Axis 3: Input (+) for releasing the stop
EMG2/EMG4 Stop (+) Axis 2/Axis 4: Input (+) for releasing the stop
LKRLS1/LKRLS3 Lock release (+) Axis 1/Axis 3: Input (+) for releasing the lock
LKRLS2/LKRLS4 Lock release (+) Axis 2/Axis 4: Input (+) for releasing the lock
C 24V
∗4 Manufactured by PHOENIX CONTACT (Part no.: FK-MC0, 5/5-ST-2, 5)

EMG1/EMG3
EMG2/EMG4
LKRLS1/LKRLS3
LKRLS2/LKRLS4
For 3 Axes
Control Power Supply Connector (For 3 Axes)∗5: CI 1 pc. JXC92
Control power supply connector

0V Control power supply (−) The C 24V terminal, LKRLS terminal, and EMG terminal are common (−).
C 24V Control power supply (+) Power supply (+) supplied to the control
LKRLS3 Lock release (+) Axis 3: Input (+) for releasing the lock
0V
C 24V
EMG Stop (+) All axes: Input (+) for releasing the stop
LKRLS3
LKRLS2
LKRLS1
∗5 Manufactured by PHOENIX CONTACT (Part no.: FK-MC0, 5/6-ST-2, 5)

EMG
239
Selection
Model
Wiring Example 2

∗ When you connect a PLC to the I/O 1 or I/O 2 parallel I/O connector, use the I/O cable (JXC-C2-).
Parallel I/O Connector
LEY
∗ The wiring changes depending on the type of parallel I/O (NPN or PNP).
I/O 1 Wiring example

NPN JXC73 PNP JXC83
LEYG
24 VDC 24 VDC
+COM1 1 OUT0 10 Load +COM1 1 OUT0 10 Load
+COM2 21 OUT1 30 Load +COM2 21 OUT1 30 Load
IN0 2 IN0 2
IN1 22 OUT4 12 IN1 22 OUT4 12 Load
Load
IN2 3 OUT5 32 Load IN2 3 OUT5 32 Load
LEY
AC Servo Motor
IN5 24 IN5 24
BUSY BUSY
IN6 5 34 Load IN6 5 34 Load
(OUT9) (OUT9)
IN7 25 AREA IN7 25 AREA
LEYG
15 Load 15 Load
IN8 6 (OUT10) IN8 6 (OUT10)
IN9 26 SETON 35 Load IN9 26 SETON 35 Load
INP 16 Load INP 16 Load
IN10 7 IN10 7
SVRE 36 Load SVRE 36 Load
SETUP 27 ∗ESTOP 17 SETUP 27 ∗ESTOP
Load 17 Load
LEY-X5
HOLD 8 ∗ALARM 37 Load HOLD 8 ∗ALARM 37 Load
Environment
DRIVE 28 –COM1 18 DRIVE 28 –COM1 18
RESET 9 –COM1 19 RESET 9 –COM1 19
25A-LEY
–COM1 38 –COM1 38
SVON 29 SVON 29
–COM2 20 –COM2 20
–COM2 39 –COM2 39
–COM2 40 –COM2 40
LECA6
LEC-G
LECP1
I/O 1 Input Signal I/O 1 Output Signal
+COM1 OUT0
LECPA
Connects the power supply 24 V for input/output signal
+COM2 to Outputs the step data no. during operation
OUT8
IN0
Step data specified bit no.
to BUSY
(Standard: When 512 points are used) Outputs when the operation of the actuator is in progress
IN8 (OUT9)
JXC
IN9 Step data specified extension bit no. AREA

Outputs when all actuators are within the area output range
IN10 (Extension: When 2048 points are used) (OUT10)
SETUP Instruction to return to origin SETON Outputs when the return to origin of all actuators is completed
LECS
HOLD Temporarily stops operation Outputs when the positioning or pushing of all actuators
INP
AC Servo Motor
DRIVE Instruction to drive is completed

RESET Resets alarm and interrupts operation SVRE Outputs when servo is ON
∗ESTOP∗1
LECY
SVON Servo ON instruction OFF when EMG stop is instructed

∗ALARM∗1 OFF when alarm is generated
–COM1
–COM2
Specific Product
Precautions
∗1 Negative-logic circuit signal
240
JXC73/83/93 Series
Wiring Example 2
∗ When you connect a PLC to the I/O 1 or I/O 2 parallel I/O connector, use the I/O cable (JXC-C2-).
Parallel I/O Connector ∗ The wiring changes depending on the type of parallel I/O (NPN or PNP).
I/O 2 Wiring example

NPN JXC73 PNP JXC83
24 VDC 24 VDC
BUSY1 10 Load BUSY1 10 Load
+COM3 1 +COM3 1
+COM4 21 +COM4 21
N.C.∗1 2 Load N.C.∗1 2 BUSY4 31 Load
BUSY4 31
N.C.∗1 22 AREA1 12 Load N.C.∗1 22 AREA1 12 Load
AREA4 33 Load AREA4 33 Load
N.C.∗1 4 N.C.∗1 4
INP1 14 Load INP1 14 Load
N.C.∗1 24 N.C.∗1 24
INP2 34 Load INP2 34 Load
N.C.∗1 5 INP3 15 Load N.C.∗1 5 INP3 15 Load
N.C.∗1 25 INP4 35 Load N.C.∗1 25 INP4 35 Load
N.C.∗1 6 ∗ALARM1 16 Load N.C.∗1 6 ∗ALARM1 16 Load
N.C.∗1 ∗ALARM2 36 Load ∗ALARM2 36 Load

26 N.C.∗1 26
∗ALARM3 17 Load ∗ALARM3 17 Load
N.C.∗1 7 N.C.∗1 7
∗ALARM4 37 Load ∗ALARM4 37 Load
N.C.∗1 27 N.C.∗1 27 –COM3 18
–COM3 18
N.C.∗1 8 –COM3 19 N.C.∗1 8 –COM3 19
N.C.∗1 28 –COM3 38 N.C.∗1 28 –COM3 38
N.C.∗1 9 –COM4 20 N.C.∗1 9 –COM4 20
–COM4 39 –COM4 39
N.C.∗1 29 N.C.∗1 29
–COM4 40 –COM4 40
∗1 Cannot be connected ∗1 Cannot be connected
I/O 2 Input Signal I/O 2 Output Signal

+COM3 BUSY1 Busy signal for axis 1
+COM4 BUSY2 Busy signal for axis 2
N.C. Cannot be connected BUSY3 Busy signal for axis 3
BUSY4 Busy signal for axis 4
AREA1 Area signal for axis 1
INP1 Positioning or pushing completion signal for axis 1
∗ALARM1∗2 Alarm signal for axis 1
–COM3
–COM4
∗2 Negative-logic circuit signal
241
Selection
Model
Options

Cable with main control power supply connector For 4 Axes
LEY
JXC73/83/93
JXC C1
Cable color: Blue (0V)
Number of cores 2
AWG size AWG20
LEYG
Cable color: Brown (24V)
I/O cable (1 pc.) For 4 Axes Controller side PLC side

JXC73/83
LEY
L
JXC C2 (R1.25-4) 40
(Terminal no.)
(ø7.5)
20
AC Servo Motor
20 40
Cable length (L) [m] 39
50.8
…
1 1.5 2 1 21
3 3 21
LEYG
5 5 1
Number of cores 40 Pin no. Wire colour Pin no. Wire colour Pin no. Wire colour Pin no. Wire colour
AWG size AWG28 1 Orange (Black 1) 6 Orange (Black 2) 11 Orange (Black 3) 16 Orange (Black 4)
21 Orange (Red 1) 26 Orange (Red 2) 31 Orange (Red 3) 36 Orange (Red 4)
Weight 2 Gray (Black 1) 7 Gray (Black 2) 12 Gray (Black 3) 17 Gray (Black 4)
22 Gray (Red 1) 27 Gray (Red 2) 32 Gray (Red 3) 37 Gray (Red 4)
LEY-X5
Product no. Weight [g]
3 White (Black 1) 8 White (Black 2) 13 White (Black 3) 18 White (Black 4)
JXC-C2-1 160 23 White (Red 1) 28 White (Red 2) 33 White (Red 3) 38 White (Red 4)
Environment
JXC-C2-3 300 4 Yellow (Black 1) 9 Yellow (Black 2) 14 Yellow (Black 3) 19 Yellow (Black 4)
24 Yellow (Red 1) 29 Yellow (Red 2) 34 Yellow (Red 3) 39 Yellow (Red 4)
25A-LEY
JXC-C2-5 480
5 Pink (Black 1) 10 Pink (Black 2) 15 Pink (Black 3) 20 Pink (Black 4)
25 Pink (Red 1) 30 Pink (Red 2) 35 Pink (Red 3) 40 Pink (Red 4)
LECA6
DIN rail For 3 Axes For 4 Axes L
JXC92 JXC73/83/93 12.5 5.25 7.5
AXT100 DR
LEC-G
(Pitch)

∗ For , enter a number from the No. line in the table below. Refer to the
(35)
(25)
dimension drawings on pages 234 and 237 for the mounting dimensions.
5.5
LECP1
8 (1.5)
L Dimensions
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
L 23 35.5 48 60.5 73 85.5 98 110.5 123 135.5 148 160.5 173 185.5 198 210.5 223 235.5 248 260.5
LECPA
No. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
L 273 285.5 298 310.5 323 335.5 348 360.5 373 385.5 398 410.5 423 435.5 448 460.5 473 485.5 498 510.5 JXC
DIN rail mounting bracket (with 6 mounting screws) For 3 Axes For 4 Axes
JXC92 JXC73/83/93
LECS
JXC Z1
AC Servo Motor
This should be used when the DIN rail mounting bracket is mounted onto a screw mounting type controller afterward.
LECY
Specific Product
Precautions
242
JXC73/83/93 Series
Options
Controller setting kit For 4 Axes q Controller setting
JXC73/83/93 software
JXC W1
Controller setting kit
wUSB cable
(Japanese and English are available.)
(A-B type)
PC
Contents Hardware Requirements

qController setting software (CD-ROM) PC/AT compatible machine with Windows 7 or Windows 8.1
wUSB cable (Cable length: 3 m) and USB1.1 or USB2.0 port
Description Model ∗ Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the
q Controller setting software JXC-W1-1 United States.
JXC-W1-2
w USB cable
(The same cable as the JXC-MA1-2)
∗ Can be ordered separately
q Controller setting
Controller setting kit For 3 Axes
software∗1
JXC92
JXC MA1∗1
Controller setting kit wUSB cable
(Japanese and English are available.) (A-B type)
PC
Contents Hardware Requirements

qController setting software (CD-ROM)∗1 PC/AT compatible machine with Windows 7 or Windows 8.1
wUSB cable (Cable length: 3 m) and USB1.1 or USB2.0 port
Description Model ∗1 The controller setting software also includes software dedicated for 4
q Controller setting software JXC-MA1-1 axes.
∗ Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the
JXC-MA1-2 United States.
w USB cable
(The same cable as the JXC-W1-2)
∗ Can be ordered separately
243
Selection
Model

LEY
1 Controller side
For 3 Axes For 4 Axes LE-CP- 35 /Cable length: 1.5 m, 3 m, 5 m
JXC92 JXC73/83/93 (Terminal no.) Connector C (14.2)
Actuator side
(ø8)
1 2 (Terminal no.)
(14)
5 6 (13.5) A1 B1
(17.7)
LE CP 1 1 2
LEYG
(18)
A6 B6
15 16 Connector A
Cable length (L) [m] (30.7) L Connector D (11) (14.7)
(10)
1 1.5
LE-CP- 8B
A C /Cable
length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m
3 3 Controller side
5 5 (∗1 Produced upon receipt of order)
8 8∗1
(ø5.5)
1 2
(14)
10∗1
Actuator side
A Cable type 5 6
(Terminal no.)
LEY
B 15∗1 A1 B1
(17.7)
(13.5)
C 20∗1 —
Robotic cable
(Flexible cable) 1 2 A6 B6
(18)
AC Servo Motor
(ø6.3)
order (Robotic cable only) S Standard cable 15 16 Connector A
Connector D
(14.7)
(10)
(30.7) L (11)
Weight Connector A Connector C
Signal Cable colour
LEYG
Product no. Weight [g] Note
A B-1 Brown 2
LE-CP-1-S 190 A A-1 Red 1
LE-CP-3-S 280 Standard cable B B-2 Orange 6
LE-CP-5-S 460 B A-2 Yellow 5
LE-CP-1 140 COM-B/— A-3 Blue 4
Shield Cable colour
LE-CP-5 420
LEY-X5
terminal no.
LE-CP-8 790 Robotic cable Vcc B-4 Brown 12
GND A-4 Black 13
Environment
LE-CP-B 1460 A A-5 Black 6
B-6 Orange 9
25A-LEY
LE-CP-C 1940 B
B A-6 Black 8
— 3
1
For 3 Axes For 4 Axes LE-CP- 35 /Cable length: 1.5 m, 3 m, 5 m
LECA6
JXC92 JXC73/83/93 Actuator side Controller side
(Ø 8)

A1 B1
(10.2) (17.7)
LE CP 1 B 1 2
(14)
LEC-G
5 6 (13.5) A6 B6

Cable length (L) [m] 1 2 A1 B1
(18)
A3 B3
(Ø 5.7)
1 1.5 15 16 Connector B
3 3 (14.7)
LECP1
(10)
5 5
8 8∗1 LE-CP- A8 BC /Cable length: 8 m, 10 m, 15 m, 20 m
A 10∗1 (∗1 Produced upon receipt of order) Controller side
(ø5.5)
15∗1
(ø6.3)
B
LECPA
(Terminal no.) Actuator side Connector A Connector C (14.2)
C 20∗1 (Terminal no.)
1 2
(14)
A1 B1
(10.2) (17.7)

A6 B6
order (Robotic cable only) (13.5)
A1 B1
1 2
JXC
(18)
With lock and sensor A3 B3

(ø5.7)
15 16 Connector B
Cable type (14.7)
(10)
Robotic cable Connector A Connector C
— Signal Cable colour
LECS
(Flexible cable) terminal no. terminal no.

A B-1 Brown 2
AC Servo Motor
S Standard cable A A-1 Red 1

B B-2 Orange 6
LECY

Product no. Weight [g] Note COM-B/— A-3 Blue 4
LE-CP-1-B-S 240
Cable colour
Connector D
Shield terminal no.
Vcc B-4 Brown 12
LE-CP-5-B-S 630 GND A-4 Black 13
Specific Product
LE-CP-1-B 190
Precautions
A B-5 Red 7
LE-CP-3-B 360 A A-5 Black 6
B B-6 Orange 9
LE-CP-5-B 590 B A-6 Black 8
LE-CP-8-B 1060 Robotic cable
Connector B
— 3
LE-CP-A-B 1320 Signal
terminal no.
LE-CP-B-B 1920 Lock (+) B-1 Red 4
LE-CP-C-B 2620
244
245
LECS /LECY Series
Pulse Input Type/Positioning Type Pulse Input Type CC-Link Direct Input Type
Incremental Type Absolute Type Absolute Type

LECSA Series LECSB Series LECSC Series
SSCNET # Type SSCNET #/H Type MECHATROLINK-@ Type
Absolute Type Absolute Type Absolute Type

LECSS Series LECSS-T Series LECYM Series
MECHATROLINK-# Type
Absolute Type
LECYU Series
246
AC Servo Motor Driver Power supply voltage
100 to 120 VAC
200 to 230 VAC
LECS Series Motor capacity 100/200/400 W
LECSA Series (Pulse input type/Positioning type)

Incremental Type
Up to 7 positioning points by point table

Input type: Pulse input
Control encoder: Incremental 17-bit encoder (Resolution: 131072 p/rev)
Parallel input: 6 inputs
output: 4 outputs
LECSB Series (Pulse input type)
Input type: Pulse input

Control encoder: Absolute 18-bit encoder (Resolution: 262144 p/rev)
Parallel input: 10 inputs
output: 6 outputs
LECSC Series (CC-Link direct input type)

Absolute Type
Position data/speed data setting and operation start/stop

Positioning by up to 255 point tables (when 2 stations are occupied)
Up to 32 drivers can be connected (when 2 stations are occupied)
with CC-Link communication.
Applicable Fieldbus protocol: CC-Link (Ver. 1.10, Max. communication speed: 10 Mbps)
LECSS Series (SSCNET # type)
,
Compatible with Mitsubishi Electric s servo system controller network
Reduced wiring and SSCNET # optical cable for one-touch connection
The SSCNET # optical cable provides enhanced noise resistance.
Up to 16 drivers can be connected with SSCNET # communication.
Applicable Fieldbus protocol: SSCNET #
(High-speed optical communication, Max. bidirectional communication speed: 50 Mbps)
247
AC Servo Motor Driver Power supply voltage 200 to 230 VAC
Selection
Model
LECSS-T Series Motor capacity 100/200/400 W
LEY
Compatible LECSS-T Series
(High-speed optical communication, max.
¡Applicable Fieldbus protocol: bidirectional communication speed: 150 Mbps)
LEYG
¡Bidirectional communication speed: 3 times PLC
LECSS-T Series
3 times
LEY
LECSS-S Series faster
Optical
AC Servo Motor
Bidirectional communication
communication speed
[Mbps]
50 100 150
LEYG
¡SSCNET #/H and SSCNET # products are compatible.
SSCNET #/H compatible products can be added to existing SSCNET # systems for system expansion.
Reassembly of the system (new installation of master PLC) is not required.
∗ Note that the communication speed is that of SSCNET # (50 Mbps).
LEY-X5
Existing model
Communication speed: 50 Mbps LECSS-S LECSS-T
Environment
SSCNET#/H compatible controllers
SSCNET# compatible controllers
25A-LEY
LECA6
SSCNET # compatible products SSCNET #/H compatible products
¡Improved noise resistance ¡STO (Safe Torque Off) safety function available
LEC-G
¡Control encoder: Absolute 22-bit encoder (Resolution: 4194304 p/rev)
LECP1
LECSS-T Series (SSCNET#/H type)
LECPA
Absolute Type
¡Applicable Fieldbus protocol:

JXC
(High-speed optical communication, max. bidirectional communication speed: 150 Mbps)

¡Bidirectional communication speed: 3 times
¡SSCNET #/H and SSCNET # products are compatible.
LECS
¡Improved noise resistance

AC Servo Motor
¡STO (Safe Torque Off) safety function available

LECY

Specific Product
Precautions
248
AC Servo Motor Driver Power supply voltage 200 to 230 VAC
LECY Series Motor capacity 100/200/400 W
LECYM Series (MECHATROLINK-@ type)

-@
¡Applicable Fieldbus protocol: -@
¡Number of connectable drivers: 30 units (Transmission distance: Max. 50 m in total)

¡Max. transmission speed: 10 Mbps
¡Min. transmission cycle: 250 μs
Absolute Type
¡Compliant with the SEMI F47 Standard (Torque limit for low DC power supply
voltage for main circuit)
LECYU Series (MECHATROLINK-# type)

-#
¡Applicable Fieldbus protocol: -#
¡Number of connectable drivers: 62 units (Transmission distance: Max. 75 m between

stations)
¡Max. transmission speed: 100 Mbps
¡Min. transmission cycle: 125 μs
¡Compliant with the SEMI F47 Standard (Torque limit for low DC power supply
voltage for main circuit)
249
Incremental Type
Selection
Model
LECSA Series (Pulse Input Type/Positioning Type)
Absolute Type
LEY
LECSA LECSB LEC
LECSC
CSC LEC
LE
LECSS
ECSS
SS LEC
L
LECSS-T
ECS
SS-T
LECSB (Pulse Input Type) /LECSC (CC-Link Direct Input Type)
LECSS (SSCNET # Type) /LECSS-T (SSCNET #/H Type) Series
How to Order ∗ LECSS-T only
LEYG
LECSA/LECSB/LECSC/LECSS
LECS A 1 S1 ∗ If an I/O connector (CN1) is required, order

the part number “LE-CSN” separately.
LEY
∗ If an I/O cable (CN 1 ) is required, order the
Driver type part number “LEC-CSN-1” separately.
Pulse input type/Positioning type (Since the electric actuator will not operate
AC Servo Motor
A without emergency stop (EMG) wiring for the
(For incremental encoder)
LECSB, an I/O connector or an I/O cable is
Pulse input type required.)
B
(For absolute encoder)
Compatible motor type
LEYG
CC-Link direct input type Symbol Type Capacity Encoder
C
S1 AC servo motor (S2∗1) 100 W
SSCNET # type S3 AC servo motor (S3∗1) 200 W Incremental
S
S4 AC servo motor (S4∗1)∗2 400 W
S5 AC servo motor (S6∗1) 100 W
LEY-X5
Power supply voltage S7 AC servo motor (S7∗1) 200 W Absolute
1 100 to 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz S8 AC servo motor (S8∗1)∗2 400 W
Environment
2 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz ∗1 The symbol shows the motor type (actuator).
25A-LEY
∗2 Only available for power supply voltage “200 to 230 VAC”
LECSS-T
LECA6
∗ If an I/O connector (CN1) is required, order
LECS S 2 T5 the part number “LE-CSNS” separately.
LEC-G

part number “LEC-CSNS-1” separately.
Driver type Compatible motor type
SSCNET 3/H type Symbol Type Capacity Encoder
LECP1
S (For absolute encoder) T5 AC servo motor (T6∗1) 100 W
T7 AC servo motor (T7∗1) 200 W Absolute
Power supply voltage T8 AC servo motor (T8∗1) 400 W
LECPA
JXC
LECS
AC Servo Motor
LECY
Specific Product
Precautions
250
LECS/LECSS-T Series
Dimensions
LECSA
For LECSA-S1, S3 For LECSA-S4
135 2 x Ø 6 Mounting hole 2 x Ø 6 Mounting hole 50
40
(Bearing surface thickness 5) (Bearing surface thickness 5)
CNP1 CNP1
CNP2 CNP2 Connector Description

name
130
120
130
120
CN1 I/O signal connector
CN1 CN1 CN2 Encoder connector
CN3 CN3
CN3 USB communication connector
CN2 CN2 CNP1 Main circuit power supply connector
CNP2 Control circuit power supply connector
6 6
5
5
5.5 6
LECSB
40
135 (For LECSB-S5, S7) Ø 6 Mounting hole
170 (For LECSB-S8) 6
(Bearing surface thickness 4)
6
CN5
CN6
CNP1
Connector
CN3 Description
name
CNP2 CN1 I/O signal connector

161
156
168
CN1 CN2 Encoder connector
CN3 RS-422 communication connector
CNP3
CN4 Battery connector
CN2 CN5 USB communication connector
CN6 Analogueue monitor connector
CN4
CNP1 Main circuit power supply connector
6
6 CNP3 Servo motor power connector
Battery∗1
(14)
∗1 Battery included
251
AC Servo Motor Driver LECS/LECSS-T Series
Selection
Model
Dimensions

LECSC
LEY
40
135 (For LECSC-S5, S7) 6
170 (For LECSC-S8)
2xØ6
LEYG
CN5
CNP1 Connector name Description
CN3 CN1 CC-Link connector
CN2 Encoder connector
CNP2 CN1
CN3 RS-422 communication connector
156
168

CNP3 CN5 USB communication connector
CN6
LEY
CN2
AC Servo Motor
CN4
CNP3 Servo motor power connector
Battery∗1
6
LEYG
LECSS 40
135 (For LECSS-S5, S7) 6
170 (For LECSS-S8)
2xØ6
LEY-X5
Connector name Description
CN5 Front axis connector for
Environment
CN1A SSCNET # optical cable
CNP1
25A-LEY
CN3 Rear axis connector for
CN1B SSCNET # optical cable
CNP2 CN2 Encoder connector
CN1A
156
168

CNP3
LECA6
CN1B CN4 Battery connector
CN2
CN4 CNP2 Control circuit power supply connector
LEC-G
Battery∗1
6
LECP1
LECSS2-T
LECPA
D
Front axis connector for
CN1A SSCNET #/H
JXC
2xØ6 M L W
Bearing surface thickness (D) Rear axis connector for
6
CN1B SSCNET #/H

CN5 CN2 Encoder connector
LECS
CNP1 CN3 I/O signal connector

AC Servo Motor
CN3
CN8
LECY
CNP2 CN8 STO input signal connector

156
168
CN1A
CNP3 CNP2 Control circuit power supply connector
CN1B
Specific Product
Precautions
CN2
CN4 Dimensions [mm]

Model W L D M
LECSS2-T5
135 4
21
(6)
LECSS2-T7 40 6
∗ Battery included LECSS2-T8 170 5
252
LECS/LECSS-T Series
Specifications
LECSA Series
Model LECSA1-S1 LECSA1-S3 LECSA2-S1 LECSA2-S3 LECSA2-S4
Compatible motor capacity [W] 100 200 100 200 400
Compatible encoder Incremental 17-bit encoder (Resolution: 131072 p/rev)
Main Power voltage [V] Single phase 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz) Single phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
power Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 85 to 132 VAC Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
supply Rated current [A] 3.0 5.0 1.5 2.4 4.5
Control Control power supply voltage [V] 24 VDC
power Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] 21.6 to 26.4 VDC
supply Rated current [A] 0.5
Parallel input 6 inputs
Parallel output 4 outputs
Max. input pulse frequency [pps] 1 M (for differential receiver), 200 k (for open collector)∗2
In-position range setting [pulse] 0 to ±65535 (Command pulse unit)
Error excessive ±3 rotations
Function
Torque limit Parameter setting
Communication USB communication
Storage temperature range [°C] –20 to 65 (No freezing)
Insulation resistance [MΩ] Between the housing and SG: 10 (500 VDC)
Weight [g] 600 700
LECSB Series
Model LECSB1-S5 LECSB1-S7 LECSB2-S5 LECSB2-S7 LECSB2-S8
Compatible encoder Absolute 18-bit encoder (Resolution: 262144 p/rev)
Power voltage [V] Single phase 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Main Single phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
power Three phase 170 to 253 VAC
supply Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 85 to 132 VAC
Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
Rated current [A] 3.0 5.0 0.9 1.5 2.6
Control Control power supply voltage [V] Single phase 100 to 120 VAC (50/60 Hz) Single phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
power Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 85 to 132 VAC Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
supply Rated current [A] 0.4 0.2
Parallel input 10 inputs
Parallel output 6 outputs
Max. input pulse frequency [pps] 1 M (for differential receiver), 200 k (for open collector)∗2
In-position range setting [pulse] 0 to ±10000 (Command pulse unit)
Error excessive ±3 rotations
Function
Torque limit Parameter setting or external analogue input setting (0 to 10 VDC)
Communication USB communication, RS422 communication∗1
Weight [g] 800 1000
∗1 USB communication and RS422 communication cannot be performed at the same time.
∗2 If the command pulse input is open collector method, it supports only the sink (NPN) type interface. It does not correspond to the source (PNP) type
interface.
253
Selection
Model
Specifications

LECSC Series
LEY
Model LECSC1-S5 LECSC1-S7 LECSC2-S5 LECSC2-S7 LECSC2-S8
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Power voltage [V]
Main (50/60 Hz) Single phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
LEYG
Rated current [A] 3.0 5.0 0.9 1.5 2.6
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC Single phase 200 to 230 VAC
Control Control power supply voltage [V]
(50/60 Hz) (50/60 Hz)
power
supply Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 85 to 132 VAC Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
Rated current [A] 0.4 0.2
LEY
Applicable Fieldbus protocol (Version) CC-Link communication (Ver. 1.10)
Connection cable CC-Link Ver. 1.10 compliant cable (Shielded 3-core twisted pair cable)∗1
AC Servo Motor
Remote station number 1 to 64
Communication speed [bps] 16 k 625 k 2.5 M 5M 10 M
Cable
Communication Maximum overall cable length [m] 1200 900 400 160 100
length
specifications Cable length between stations [m] 0.2 or more
LEYG
I/O occupation area 1 station occupied (Remote I/O 32 points/32 points)/(Remote register 4 words/4 words)
(Inputs/Outputs) 2 stations occupied (Remote I/O 64 points/64 points)/(Remote register 8 words/8 words)
Up to 42 (when 1 station is occupied by 1 driver), Up to 32 (when 2 stations are occupied by
Number of connectable drivers
1 driver), when there are only remote device stations.
Remote register input Available with CC-Link communication (2 stations occupied)
LEY-X5
Available with CC-Link communication, RS422 communication
CC-Link communication (1 station occupied): 31 points
Environment
Point table No. input
Command CC-Link communication (2 stations occupied): 255 points
method RS422 communication: 255 points
25A-LEY
Available with CC-Link communication
Indexer positioning input CC-Link communication (1 station occupied): 31 points
CC-Link communication (2 stations occupied): 255 points
Communication function USB communication, RS-422 communication∗2
LECA6
LEC-G

Weight [g] 800 1000
∗1 If the system comprises of both CC-Link Ver. 1.00 and Ver. 1.10 compliant cables, Ver. 1.00 specifications are applied to the overall cable length and the
LECP1
cable length between stations.
∗2 USB communication and RS422 communication cannot be performed at the same time.
LECSS Series
Model LECSS1-S5 LECSS1-S7 LECSS2-S5 LECSS2-S7 LECSS2-S8 LECPA
JXC
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
Power voltage [V]
Main (50/60 Hz) Single phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
LECS
Rated current [A] 3.0 5.0 0.9 1.5 2.6

AC Servo Motor
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC Single phase 200 to 230 VAC
Control Control power supply voltage [V]
(50/60 Hz) (50/60 Hz)
power
LECY
supply Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 85 to 132 VAC Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
Rated current [A] 0.4 0.2
Applicable Fieldbus protocol SSCNET # (High-speed optical communication)
Communication function USB communication
Specific Product
Precautions

Weight [g] 800 1000
254
LECS/LECSS-T Series
Specifications
LECSS-T Series
Model LECSS2-T5 LECSS2-T7 LECSS2-T8
Compatible motor capacity [W] 100 200 400
Main Power voltage [V] Three phase 200 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz), Single phase 200 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz)
power Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Three phase 170 to 264 VAC (50/60 Hz), Single phase 170 to 264 VAC (50/60 Hz)
supply Rated current [A] 0.9 1.5 2.6
Control Control power supply voltage [V] Single phase 200 to 240 VAC (50/60 Hz)
power Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 170 to 264 VAC
supply Rated current [A] 0.2
Applicable Fieldbus protocol SSCNET #/H (High-speed optical communication)
Communication function USB communication
Weight [g] 800 1000
255
Selection
Model
Power Supply Wiring Example: LECSA

LECSA-
LEY
Main circuit power supply CNP1
NFB MC
Single phase 200 to 230 VAC L1 Built-in
regenerative
LEYG
or
L2 resistor U U
Single phase 100 to 120 VAC Motor
P V V
Regeneration option M
C W W
LEY
CNP2
AC Servo Motor
Circuit protector
Control circuit power supply +24V CN2 Encoder
24 VDC 0V
LEYG
LEY-X5
Main Circuit Power Supply Connector: CNP1 ∗ Accessory
Environment
25A-LEY
Should be grounded by connecting the servo motor’s earth
Protective earth (PE)
terminal and the control panel’s protective earth (PE)
L1 Connect the main circuit power supply. L1
Main circuit
LECSA1: Single phase 100 to 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz
L2 power supply L2
LECSA2: Single phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz
LECA6
Terminal to connect regeneration option P
P
LECSA-S1: Not connected at time of shipping C
Regeneration option LECSA-S3, S4: Connected at time of shipping
∗ If regeneration option is required for “Model Selection,” U
C
LEC-G
connect to this terminal.

V
U Servo motor power (U)
V Servo motor power (V) Connect to motor cable (U, V, W). W
W Servo motor power (W)
LECP1
Control Circuit Power Supply Connector: CNP2 ∗ Accessory
24V
LECPA
Control circuit 24 V side of the control circuit power supply (24 VDC) 0V
24V power supply (24 V) supplied to the driver
Control circuit 0 V side of the control circuit power supply (24 VDC)
0V power supply (0 V) supplied to the driver
JXC
LECS
AC Servo Motor
LECY
Specific Product
Precautions
256
LECS/LECSS-T Series
Power Supply Wiring Example: LECSB, LECSC, LECSS

LECSB1- CNP1
NFB MC
LECSC1- Single phase L1 CNP3
LECSS1- 100 to 120 VAC Open U U
Motor
L2 V V
M
N W W
P1
P2 PE
CNP2
P
Regeneration option
C
D
CN2 Encoder
LECSB2- L11
LECSC2- L21
LECSS2-
For single phase 200 VAC For three phase 200 VAC
CNP1 CNP1
NFB MC NFB MC
Single L1 CNP3 Three L1 CNP3
phase phase
L2 U U L2 U U
200 to 230 Motor 200 to 230 Motor
VAC L3 V V VAC L3 V V
M M
N W W N(–) W W
P1 P1
P2 PE P2 PE
CNP2 CNP2
P P(+)
Regeneration option Regeneration option
C C
D D
CN2 Encoder CN2 Encoder
L11 L11
L21 L21
∗ For single phase 200 to 230 VAC, power supply should be connected to L1 and L2 terminals, with nothing connected to L3.
Main Circuit Power Supply Connector: CNP1 ∗ Accessory

LECSB
Terminal name Function Details Front view
L1
L1 Connect the main circuit power supply. example
Main circuit LECSB1/LECSC1/LECSS1: Single phase 100 to 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L1, L2 L2
L2
power supply LECSB2/LECSC2/LECSS2: Single phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L1, L2
L3 Three phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L1, L2, L3 L3
N Do not connect.
N
P1
Connect between P1 and P2. (Connected at time of shipping)
P2 P1
Control Circuit Power Supply Connector: CNP2 ∗ Accessory P2

P Connect between P and D. (Connected at time of shipping) P
Regeneration
C ∗ If regeneration option is required for “Model Selection,” connect to this C
option terminal.
D D
L11 Connect the control circuit power supply. L11
Control circuit LECSB1/LECSC1/LECSS1: Single phase 100 to 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L11, L21
L21
power supply LECSB2/LECSC2/LECSS2: Single phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L11, L21
L21 Three phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L11, L21
U
Motor Connector: CNP3 ∗ Accessory
V
U Servo motor power (U) W
V Servo motor power (V) Connect to motor cable (U, V, W).
257
Selection
Model
Power Supply Wiring Example: LECSS2-T

For single phase 200 VAC For three phase 200 VAC
LEY
CNP1 CNP1
NFB MC NFB MC
Single phase L1 CNP3 Three phase L1 CNP3
200 to 200 to
L2 U U L2 U U
240 VAC Motor 240 VAC Motor
L3 V V L3 V V
M M
LEYG
N(−) W W N(−) W W
P3 P3
P4 PE P4 PE
CNP2 CNP2
P(+) P(+)
Regeneration option Regeneration option
C C
LEY
D D
CN2 Encoder CN2 Encoder
AC Servo Motor
L11 L11
L21 L21
∗ For single phase 200 to 240 VAC, power supply should be connected to L1 and L3 terminals, with nothing connected to L2.
LEYG
Please note that the wiring locations differ from the LECS.
Main Circuit Power Supply Connector: CNP1 ∗ Accessory LECSS2-T

Front view
L1 example
L1 Connect the main circuit power supply.
Main circuit
LEY-X5
L2 LECSS2: Single phase 200 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L1, L3 L2
power supply
L3 Three phase 200 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L1, L2, L3
Environment
N(−) Do not connect. L3
P3
25A-LEY
Connect between P3 and P4. (Connected at time of shipping) N(−)
P4
P3
Control Circuit Power Supply Connector: CNP2 ∗ Accessory
P4
LECA6
P(+) Connect between P(+) and D. (Connected at time of shipping)
Regeneration P(+)
C ∗ If regeneration option is required for “Model Selection,” connect to this
option terminal.
D C
L11 Connect the control circuit power supply. D
LEC-G
Control circuit

LECSS2: Single phase 200 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L11, L21 L11
L21 power supply
Three phase 200 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L11, L21
L21
Motor Connector: CNP3 ∗ Accessory
LECP1
Terminal name Function Details U
U Servo motor power (U) V
V Servo motor power (V) Connect to motor cable (U, V, W).
LECPA
W Servo motor power (W) W
JXC
LECS
AC Servo Motor
LECY
Specific Product
Precautions
258
LECS/LECSS-T Series
Control Signal Wiring Example: LECSA

LECSA-
This wiring example shows connection with a PLC (FX3U-MT/ES) manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation as when used in
position control mode. Refer to the LECSA series Operation Manual and any technical literature or operation manuals for your PLC and
positioning unit before connecting to another PLC or positioning unit.
2 m or less∗5
PLC
FX3U-MT/ES (Manufactured by
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation)
S/S
24V LECSA
0V
∗4 ∗4
PLC L CN1 CN1
∗2
power 24 VDC DICOM 1 9 ALM RA1 Failure∗3
supply
N OPC 2
DOCOM 13 12 MBR RA2 Electromagnetic
brake interlock
Y000
S/S PP 23 ∗6
COM1
Y010 NP 25 ∗6
10 m or less
COM3
15 LA A-phase pulse encoder
Y004 CR 5 16 LAR (Differential line driver)
COM2 17 LB B-phase pulse encoder
18 LBR (Differential line driver)
X INP 10 19 LZ Z-phase pulse encoder
20 LZR (Differential line driver)
X RD 11 14 LG Control common
X OP 21 Plate SD
LG 14
SD Plate
∗4
CN1
Forced stop EM1 8
Servo ON SON 4
Reset RES 3
Forward rotation stroke end LSP 6
Reverse rotation stroke end LSN 7
10 m or less
CNP1
∗1
PE
,
∗1 For preventing electric shock, be sure to connect the driver main circuit power supply connector (CNP1) s protective earth (PE) terminal (marked ) to
,
the control panel s protective earth (PE).
∗2 For interface use, supply 24 VDC ±10 % 200 mA using an external source. 200 mA is the value when all I/O command signals are being used. In
addition, reducing the number of inputs/outputs can decrease the current capacity. Refer to the Operation Manual for required current for interface.
∗3 The failure (ALM) is normally ON. When it is OFF (alarm occurs), stop the PLC signal using the sequence program.
∗4 Signals of the same name are connected inside the driver.
∗5 For command pulse input with an open collector method. When a positioning unit loaded with a differential line driver method is used, it is 10 m or less.
interface.
259
Selection
Model
Control Signal Wiring Example: LECSB
LEY
This wiring example shows connection with a positioning unit (QD75D) manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation as when used in
position control mode. Refer to the LECSB series Operation Manual and any technical literature or operation manuals for your PLC and
positioning unit before connecting to another PLC or positioning unit.
LECSB
Positioning unit 24 VDC∗2 ∗4
LEYG
QD75D (Manufactured by CN1
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation) ∗4
CN1 21 DICOM
Failure∗3
DICOM 20 48 ALM RA1
CLEARCOM 14 DOCOM 46 Zero speed detection
CLEAR 13 CR 41 23 ZSP RA2
Torque limiting
RDYCOM 12 25 TLC RA3
LEY
READY 11 RD 49 Positioning completion
PULSE F+ 15 PP 10 ∗6 24 INP RA4
AC Servo Motor
PULSE F– 16 PG 11
∗6 10 m or less
PULSE R+ 17 NP 35
S/S R–
PULSE 18 NG 36 4 LA A-phase pulse encoder
(Differential line driver)
LEYG
PG0 9 LZ 8 5 LAR
PG0 COM 10 LZR 9 6 LB B-phase pulse encoder
LG 3 7 LBR (Differential line driver)
SD Plate Control common
10 m or less∗5 34 LG Control common
33 OP Z-phase pulse encoder
LEY-X5
1 P15R (Open collector)
Environment
Plate SD
10 m or less 2 m or less
∗4
25A-LEY
CN1
Emergency stop EMG 42
Servo ON SON 15
∗4
Reset RES 19 CN6
LECA6
Proportion control PC 17 3 MO1 Analog monitor 1
±10 VDC
External torque limit selection TL 18 1 LG
±10 VDC Analog monitor 2
Forward rotation stroke end LSP 43 2 MO2
LEC-G
Reverse rotation stroke end LSN 44 2 m or less
DOCOM 47
Upper limit setting
P15R 1
Analog torque limit
TLA 27
LECP1
+10 V/Max. torque
LG 28
SD Plate
2 m or less
LECPA
JXC
LECS
∗1
PE
AC Servo Motor
LECY
, ,
∗1 For preventing electric shock, be sure to connect the driver s protective earth (PE) terminal (marked ) to the control panel s protective earth (PE).
∗2 For interface use, supply 24 VDC ±10 % 300 mA using an external source.
Specific Product
∗5 For command pulse input with a differential line driver method. For open collector method, it is 2 m or less.
Precautions
interface.
260
LECS/LECSS-T Series
Control Signal Wiring Example: LECSC
LECSC
∗2
CN6
24 VDC +
Power CN6 14 RD RA1 Ready
supply −
DICOM 5 15 ALM RA2 Failure∗3
DOCOM 17
Forced stop EMG 1 16 ZP RA3 Return to origin completion
Proximity dog DOG 2
10 m or less
Forward rotation stroke end LSP 3
Reverse rotation stroke end LSN 4 13 LZ Z-phase pulse encoder
10 m or less
24 LAR (Differential line driver)
12 LB B-phase pulse encoder
23 LG Control common
Plate SD
∗1
PE
CN1
CC-Link
, ,
∗1 For preventing electric shock, be sure to connect the driver s protective earth (PE) terminal (marked ) to the control panel s protective earth (PE).
∗2 For interface use, supply 24 VDC ±10 % 150 mA using an external source.
261
Selection
Model
Control Signal Wiring Example: LECSS
LEY
10 m or less 10 m or less
LECSS
∗2 ∗4 ∗4
24 VDC CN3 CN3
DICOM 5 13 MBR RA1
DOCOM 3 Electromagnetic brake interlock∗2
9 INP RA2
LEYG
Forced stop EM1 20
In position
Upper stroke limit (FLS) D11 2 15 ALM RA3
Lower stroke limit (RLS) D12 12 Failure∗3
Proximity dog (DOG) D13 19 10 DICOM
16 LAR (Differential line driver)
7 LB B-phase pulse encoder
LEY
8 LZ Z-phase pulse encoder
AC Servo Motor
11 LG Control common
LEYG
4 MO1 Analog monitor 1
1 LG
Servo system
controller 14 MO2 Analog monitor 2
SSCNET # optical cable∗5 CN1A
(Option) Plate SD
LEY-X5
2 m or less
CN1B SW1
Environment
SW2 ∗7
25A-LEY
12
∗1
PE
LECA6
LECSS ∗6
CN1A (Axis 2)
LEC-G
SW1
CN1B SW2 ∗7
LECP1
12
SSCNET # optical cable∗5
(Option) LECSS ∗6
LECPA
CN1A (Axis 3)
SW1
CN1B SW2 ∗7
JXC
∗1 For preventing electric shock, be sure to connect the

12 ,
driver s protective earth (PE) terminal (marked ) to the
,
control panel s protective earth (PE).
∗6
LECS
LECSS ∗2 For interface use, supply 24 VDC ±10 % 150 mA using an

(Axis n)
AC Servo Motor
CN1A external source.

SW1
∗3 The failure (ALM) is normally ON. When it is OFF (alarm
occurs), stop the PLC signal using the sequence program.
LECY
CN1B SW2 ∗7 ∗4 Signals of the same name are connected inside the driver.
Cap∗8 ∗5 Use the following SSCNET # optical cables.
Refer to “SSCNET # optical cable” on page 265 for cable
12 product numbers.
Specific Product
Cable Product no. Cable length

Precautions
SSCNET # optical cable LE-CSS- 0.15 m to 3 m

∗6 Connections from Axis 2 onward are omitted.
∗7 Up to 16 axes can be set.
∗8 Be sure to place a cap on unused CN1A/CN1B.
262
LECS/LECSS-T Series
Control Signal Wiring Example: LECSS2-T

For sink (NPN) I/O interface LECSS2-T
∗4 10 m or less
CN3
CN8 5 DICOM
∗9 13 MBR RA1
Short-circuit connector Electromagnetic brake interlock
(Provided as an accessory) 9 INP RA2
In position
10 m or less 15 ALM RA3
Failure∗3
Main circuit power ∗4
supply∗10 CN3 6 LA A-phase pulse encoder
Forced stop 2 EM2 20 16 LAR (Differential line driver)
FLS DI1 2 7 LB B-phase pulse encoder
RLS DI2 12 17 LBR (Differential line driver)
DOG DI3 19 8 LZ Z-phase pulse encoder
DICOM 10 18 LZR (Differential line driver)
24 VDC∗2
D0COM 3 11 LG Control common
4 MO1 Analog monitor 1

1 LG ±10 VDC
Servo system
controller 14 MO2 Analog monitor 2
SSCNET # optical cable∗5 CN1A
±10 VDC
(Option) Plate SD
2 m or less
CN1B SW1
SW2 ∗7
1234
∗1
PE
LECSS2-T ∗6
CN1A (Axis 2)
SW1
CN1B SW2 ∗7
1234
SSCNET # optical cable∗5 ∗1 For preventing electric shock, be sure to connect the
,
(Option) LECSS2-T ∗6 driver s protective earth (PE) terminal (marked
,
) to the
CN1A (Axis 3) control panel s protective earth (PE).
SW1 ∗2 For interface use, supply 24 VDC ±10 % using an external
source.
∗3 The failure (ALM) is normally ON. When it is OFF (alarm
CN1B SW2 ∗7 occurs), stop the master PLC signal using the master PLC
program.
1234
∗5 Use the following SSCNET # optical cables.
Refer to “SSCNET # optical cable” on page 265 for cable
LECSS2-T ∗6
product numbers.
CN1A (Axis n)
SW1 Cable Product no. Cable length
SSCNET # optical cable LE-CSS- 0.15 m to 3 m
CN1B ∗6 Connections from Axis 2 onward are omitted.
SW2 ∗7
∗7 Up to 64 axes can be set for the axis selection rotary
Cap∗8
switch (SW1) and auxiliary axis number setting switches
1234 (SW2-3, SW2-4) in combination. Note that the number of
connection axes depends on the specifications of the
master PLC.
∗8 Be sure to place a cap on unused CN1A/CN1B.
∗9 When not using the STO function, use the driver with the short-
circuit connector (provided as an accessory) inserted.
∗10 Configure a circuit to turn off EM2 when the main circuit
power is turned off to prevent any unexpected restarts of
the driver.
263
Selection
Model
Options

Motor cable, Lock cable, Encoder cable (LECS, LECSS-T common)
LEY
LE CS M S 5 A
Motor type Direction of connector
S AC servo motor
LEYG
Axis side
Cable description
M Motor cable A
B Lock cable
E Encoder cable
LEY
Counter axis side
Cable type
S Standard cable
AC Servo Motor
R Robotic cable B
LEYG
2 2
5 5
A 10 Product no. ØD Weight
LE-CSM-SA Product no. Length [m] Weight [g]
6.2
LE-CSM-SB LE-CSM-S2 2 180
LE-CSM-: Motor cable LE-CSM-S5 5 400
øD
LE-CSM-RA
LEY-X5
5.7 LE-CSM-SA 10 800
(13.7)
LE-CSM-RB
Environment
LE-CSM-R2 2 180
(30) L LE-CSM-R5 5 400
25A-LEY
LE-CSM-RA 10 800
Product no. ØD
∗1 Weight
LE-CSB-: Lock cable LE-CSB-SA
4.7 Product no. Length [m] Weight [g]
øD
LE-CSB-SB
(11.8)
LE-CSB-RA LE-CSB-S2 2 80
LECA6
4.5 LE-CSB-S5 5 200
LE-CSB-RB
(29.6) L LE-CSB-SA 10 400
LE-CSB-R2 2 80
LE-CSB-R5 5 200
LEC-G
LE-CSE-: Encoder cable

LE-CSB-RA 10 400
ø7.1
Weight
18.8
(13)
LECP1
Product no. Length [m] Weight [g]
LE-CSE-S2 2 220
(30) L 37.4
LE-CSE-S5 5 600
∗1 If using an actuator with a lock, a lock cable is required. LE-CSE-SA 10 1200
LECPA
LE-CSE-R2 2 220
LE-CSE-R5 5 600
LE-CSE-RA 10 1200
JXC
I/O connector (Without cable, Connector only)

LECS
AC Servo Motor
LE CSN A LE-CSNA LE-CSNB LE-CSNS

LECY
Driver type Weight

52.4
33.3
37.2
A LECSA, LECSC Product no. Weight [g]

B LECSB LE-CSNA 25
S LECSS-S/LECSS2-T 39 LE-CSNB 30
Specific Product
Precautions
39 39 LE-CSNS 16
∗ LE-CSNA: 10126-3000PE (connector)/10326-52F0-008 (shell kit) ∗ Applicable conductor size: AWG24 to 30

manufactured by 3M Japan Limited or equivalent ∗ If using the LECSB, emergency stop (EMG) wiring is required in all cases.
LE-CSNB: 10150-3000PE (connector)/10350-52F0-008 (shell kit) (The electric actuator will not operate without the wiring.)
manufactured by 3M Japan Limited or equivalent Prepare an I/O connector or an I/O cable in advance.
LE-CSNS: 10120-3000PE (connector)/10320-52F0-008 (shell kit)
manufactured by 3M Japan Limited or equivalent
264
LECS/LECSS-T Series
Options
SSCNET # optical cable (LECSS-S, LECSS2-T) I/O cable
LE CSS 1 LEC CSN A 1

Motor type Cable length Driver type Cable length (L) [m]
S AC servo motor L 0.15 m A For LECSA, LECSC 1 1.5
K 0.3 m B For LECSB
J 0.5 m S For LECSS-S/LECSS2-T Weight
Cable description
1 1m Product no. Weight [g]
S SSCNET # optical cable
3 3m LEC-CSNA 303
LEC-CSNB 472
LEC-CSNS 221
∗ LE-CSS- is MR-J3BUSM
manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation. Driver side PLC, etc. side Pin no. n
90 15 Pin 1
Weight
H
Name plate + Lot. No.
ØD
LE-CSS-L 0.15 100 100 80 T
LE-CSS-K 0.3 100 W 1500 U
LE-CSS-J 0.5 200
LE-CSS-1 1 200 A side B side
LE-CSS-3 3 200 ∗ LEC-CSNA-1: 10126-3000PE (connector)/10326-52F0-008 (shell kit)
LEC-CSNB-1: 10150-3000PE (connector)/10350-52F0-008 (shell kit)
LEC-CSNS-1: 10120-3000PE (connector)/10320-52F0-008 (shell kit)
∗ If using the LECSB, emergency stop (EMG) wiring is required in all cases.
(The electric actuator will not operate without the wiring.)
Prepare an I/O connector or an I/O cable in advance.
Cable O.D. Dimensions/Pin Nos.

Product no. ØD Product no. W H T U Pin no. n
LEC-CSNA-1 11.1 LEC-CSNA-1 37.2 14 14
LEC-CSNB-1 13.8 LEC-CSNB-1 39 52.4 12.7 18 26
LEC-CSNS-1 9.1 LEC-CSNS-1 33.3 14 21
Wiring
LEC-CSNA-1: Pin nos. 1 to 26
LEC-CSNB-1: Pin nos. 1 to 50
LEC-CSNS-1: Pin nos. 1 to 20
Connector Pair no. Insulation Dot Connector Pair no. Insulation Dot Connector Pair no. Insulation Dot
Dot mark Dot mark Dot mark
pin no. of wire colour colour pin no. of wire colour colour pin no. of wire colour colour
1 Red 19 Red 35 Red
1 Orange 10 Pink 18 White
2 Black 20 Black 36 Black
3 Light Red 21 Red 37 Red
2 11 Orange 19 Yellow
4 gray Black 22 Black 38 Black
5 Red 23 Light Red 39 Red
3 White 12 20 Pink
6 Black 24 gray Black 40 Black
7 Red 25 Red 41 Red
4 Yellow 13 White 21 Orange
A side
A side

A side
9 Red 27 Red 43 Light Red

5 Pink 14 Yellow 22
10 Black 28 Black 44 gray Black
11 Red 29 Red 45 Red
6 Orange 15 Pink 23 White
13 Light Red 31 Red 47 Red
7 16 Orange 24 Yellow
14 gray Black 32 Black 48 Black
15 Red 33 Light Red 49 Red
8 White 17 25 Pink
16 Black 34 gray Black 50 Black
17 Red
9 Yellow
18 Black
265
Selection
Model
Options

Regeneration option (LECS, LECSS-T common)
LEY
LEC MR RB 12
Regeneration option type
LEYG
032 Allowable regenerative power 30 W
12 Allowable regenerative power 100 W
∗ Confirm regeneration option to be used in “Model
Selection.”
LEY
LEC-MR-RB-032 LEC-MR-RB-12 40 Ø 6 Mounting hole
Ø 6 Mounting hole 36
(12)
(6)
AC Servo Motor
30 15
(6)
15
LEYG
5
144
156
168
144
5
156
168
LEY-X5
Environment
2 6
6
1.6
12
12
25A-LEY
6
(20) 99 6 (20) 149

119 169
LECA6
Weight Weight
LEC-G
Product no. Weight [kg] Product no. Weight [kg]

LEC-MR-RB-032 0.5 LEC-MR-RB-12 1.1
∗ MR-RB032 manufactured by Mitsubishi ∗ MR-RB12 manufactured by Mitsubishi
Electric Corporation Electric Corporation
LECP1
LECPA
JXC
LECS
AC Servo Motor
LECY
Specific Product
Precautions
266
LECS/LECSS-T Series
Options
USB cable
PC Setup software
(MR Configurator2™)
LECSA LECSB LECSC LECSS LECSS2-T
Drivers
Setup software (MR Configurator2™) (LECSA, LECSB, LECSC, LECSS, LECSS-T common)
LEC MRC2
∗ SW1DNC-MRC2- manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation
Display language
Refer to Mitsubishi Electric Corporation’s website for operating environment and
— Japanese version version upgrade information.
E English version MR Configurator2™ is a registered trademark or trademark of Mitsubishi Electric
C Chinese version Corporation.
Adjustment, waveform display, diagnostics, parameter read/write, and test operation can be performed upon a PC.
Compatible PC
When using setup software (MR Configurator2™), use an IBM PC/AT compatible PC that meets the following operating conditions.
Setup software (MR Configurator2™) ∗1 Before using a PC for setting LECSA point table method/program
Equipment operation method, upgrade to version 1.18U (Japanese version)/
LEC-MRC2 version 1.19V (English version) or later. Refer to Mitsubishi
Microsoft® Windows® 10 Edition Electric Corporation’s website for version upgrade information.
Microsoft® Windows® 10 Enterprise ∗2 Windows® and Windows Vista® are registered
Microsoft® Windows® 10 Pro trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United
Microsoft® Windows® 10 Home States and other countries.
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 Enterprise ∗3 On some PCs, setup software (MR Configurator2™)
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 Pro may not run properly.
Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 ∗4 The following functions cannot be used. If any of the
Microsoft® Windows® 8 Enterprise following functions is used, this product may not oper-
Microsoft® Windows® 8 Pro ate normally.
Microsoft® Windows® 8 · Start of application in Windows® compatible mode
Microsoft® Windows® 7 Ultimate · Fast User Switching
OS
∗1, 2, 3, 4, Microsoft® Windows® 7 Enterprise · Remote Desktop
5, 6, 7, 8,
9, 10
Microsoft® Windows® 7 Professional · Windows XP Mode
Microsoft® Windows® 7 Home Premium · Windows Touch or Touch
PC
Microsoft® Windows® 7 Starter · Modern UI
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Ultimate · Client Hyper-V
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Enterprise · Tablet Mode
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Business · Virtual desktop
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Home Premium · 6 4 -bit OSs are not supported, except for Microsoft®
Microsoft® Windows Vista® Home Basic Windows®7 or later.
Microsoft® Windows® XP Professional, Service Pack 3 or later ∗5 Multi-display is set, the screen of this product may not
Microsoft® Windows® XP Home Edition, Service Pack 3 or later operate normally.
∗6 The size of the text or other items on the screen is not
Hard disk 1 GB or more of free space
changed to the specified value ( 9 6 DPI, 1 0 0 %, 9 pt,
Communication etc.), the screen of this product may not operate nor-
Use USB port.
interface mally.
Resolution 1024 x 768 or more ∗7 Changed the resolution of the screen during operating,
Display Must be capable of high colour (16-bit) display. the screen of this product may not operate normally.
Connectable with the PC above ∗8 Please use by “Standard User,” “Administrator” in
Keyboard Connectable with the PC above Windows Vista® or later.
∗9 Using a PC for setting Windows® 1 0 , upgrade to ver-
Mouse Connectable with the PC above
sion 1.52E or later.
Printer Connectable with the PC above Using a PC for setting Windows® 8 . 1 , upgrade to ver-
USB cable∗11 LEC-MR-J3USB sion 1.25B or later.
Using a PC for setting Windows®8, upgrade to version
1.20W or later.
Setup Software Compatible Drivers Refer to Mitsubishi Electric Corporation’s website for
Setup software version upgrade information.
Compatible ∗10 If .NET Framework 3.5 (including .NET 2.0 and 3.0)
MR Configurator™ MR Configurator2™
driver have been disabled in Windows® 7 or later, it is nec-
LEC-MR-SETUP221 LEC-MRC2 essary to enable it.
LECSA ∗11 Order USB cable separately.
· This cable is compatible with the setup software
LECSB
(MR Configurator™: LEC-MR-SETUP221).
LECSC
LECSS-S
LECSS2-T —
267
Selection
Model
Options
LEY
USB cable (3 m)
(LECSA, LECSB, LECSC, LECSS, LECSS-T common)
LEC MR J3USB
∗ MR-J3USBCBL3M manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation
Weight: 140 g
LEYG
Cable for connecting PC and driver when using the setup
software (MR Configurator2™)
Do not use any cable other than this cable.
Battery (Only for LECSB, LECSC, and LECSS) ∗ The LEC-MR-J 3 BAT is a single battery that uses lithium metal battery
ER6V.
LEY
LEC MR J3BAT When transporting lithium metal batteries and devices with built-in
lithium metal batteries by a method subject to UN regulations, it is
∗ MR-J3BAT manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation
AC Servo Motor
necessary to apply measures according to the regulations stipulated in
the United Nations Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous
Battery for replacement Goods, the Technical Instructions (ICAO-TI) of the International Civil
Absolute position data is maintained by installing the battery to Aviation Organisation (ICAO), and the International Maritime Dangerous
LEYG
the driver. Goods Code (IMDG CODE) of the International Maritime Organisation
(IMO). If a customer is transporting products such as shown above, it is
necessary to confirm the latest regulations, or the laws and regulations
of the country of transport on your own, in order to apply the proper
measures. Please contact SMC sales representative for details.
Weight: 30 g
LEY-X5
Environment
Battery (Only for LECSS2-T) ∗ The LEC-MR-BAT6V1SET is an assembled battery that uses lithium
metal battery 2CR17335A.
25A-LEY
LEC MR BAT6V1SET When transporting lithium metal batteries and devices with built-in
∗ MR-BAT6V1SET manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation necessary to apply measures according to the regulations stipulated in
the United Nations Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous
Battery for replacement Goods, the Technical Instructions (ICAO-TI) of the International Civil
LECA6
Absolute position data is maintained by installing the battery to Aviation Organisation (ICAO), and the International Maritime Dangerous
Goods Code (IMDG CODE) of the International Maritime Organisation
the driver.
LEC-G

LECP1
Weight: 60 g
LECPA
STO cable (3 m) (Only for LECSS2-T)
LEC MR D05UDL3M
∗ MR-D05UDL3M manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Corporation
JXC
Cable for connecting the driver and device, when using the safety
function
LECS
Do not use any cable other than this cable.

AC Servo Motor
(33) 3000
ø6.5
(50)
LECY
Weight: 500 g
Specific Product
Precautions
268
LECS Series
Design / Selection Handling
Warning Warning
1. Be sure to apply the specified voltage. 9. Static electricity may cause malfunction or break the
Otherwise, malfunction or breakage may occur. If the applied volt- driver. Do not touch the driver while power is sup-
age is lower than the specified voltage, it is possible that the load plied.
will not be able to be moved due to an internal voltage drop of the When touching the driver for maintenance, take sufficient meas-
driver. Please check the operating voltage before use. ures to eliminate static electricity.
2. Do not operate the product beyond the specifications. 10. Do not use the product in an area where dust, powder
Otherwise, a fire, malfunction, or actuator damage may result. dust, water, chemicals, or oil is in the air.
Please check the specifications before use. It will cause failure or malfunction.
3. Install an emergency stop circuit. 11. Do not use the product in an area where a magnetic
Please install an emergency stop outside of the enclosure so that field is generated.
the system operation can be stopped immediately and the power
It will cause failure or malfunction.
supply can be intercepted.
12. Do not install the product in an environment contain-
4. In order to prevent any damage caused by the break-
ing flammable gas, explosive gas, or corrosive gas.
down or malfunction of the driver and its peripheral
It could lead to fire, explosion, or corrosion.
devices, a backup system should be established in ad-
vance by giving a multiple-layered structure or a fail- 13. Radiant heat from strong heat sources, such as a fur-
safe design to the equipment, etc. nace, direct sunlight, etc., should not be applied to
the product.
5. If a danger of human injury is expected due to abnor-
It will cause failure of the driver or its peripheral devices.
mal heat generation, smoking, ignition, etc., of the
driver and its peripheral devices, cut off the power 14. Do not use the product in an environment subject to a
supply of the product and the system immediately. temperature cycle.
6. The parameters of the driver are set to initial values.
Please change the parameters according to the specifi- 15. Do not use the product in a place where surges are
cations of the customer’s equipment before use. Refer generated.
to the operation manual for parameter details. When there are units that generate a large amount of surge
around the product (e.g. solenoid type lifters, high-frequency in-
duction furnaces, motors, etc.), this may cause deterioration or
Handling damage to the product’s internal circuit. Avoid sources of surge
generation and crossed lines.
Warning 16. Do not install the product in an environment under

the effect of vibrations and impacts.
1. Do not touch the inside of the driver and its peripheral It will cause failure or malfunction.
devices.
17. When a surge-generating load, such as a relay or so-
Doing so may cause an electric shock or damage to the driver.
lenoid valve, is driven directly, use a product that in-
2. Do not perform the operation or setting of the product corporates a surge absorption element.
with wet hands.
Doing so may cause an electric shock.
3. Products with damage or those missing any compo-
nents should not be used.
Installation
An electric shock, fire, or injury may result.
4. Use only the specified combination between the
Warning
electric actuator and driver. 1. Install the driver and its peripheral devices on a fire-
Failure to do so may cause damage to the actuator or the driver. proof material.
5. Be careful not to be hit by workpieces while the Direct installation on or near a flammable material may cause a
actuator is moving. fire.
It may cause an injury. 2. Do not install the product in a place subject to vibra-
6. Do not connect the power supply or power on the tions and impacts.
product before confirming the area to which the It will cause failure or malfunction.
workpiece moves is safe. 3. The driver should be mounted on a vertical wall in a
The movement of the workpiece may cause an accident. vertical direction. Also, be sure not to cover the driver’s
7. Do not touch the product when it is energised and for suction/exhaust ports.
some time after power has been disconnected, as it is very 4. Install the driver and its peripheral devices on a flat
hot. surface.
Doing so may lead to a burn due to the high temperature. If the mounting surface is distorted or uneven, an unacceptable
force may be added to the housing, etc., causing problems.
8. Before installation, wiring, and maintenance, the
voltage should be checked with a tester 5 minutes
after the power supply has been turned off.
Otherwise, an electric shock, fire, or injury may result.
269
LECS Series
Selection
Model
LEY
Power Supply Maintenance
Caution Warning
1. Use a power supply that has low noise between lines 1. Perform a maintenance and inspection periodically.
LEYG
and between the power and ground. Confirm wiring and screws are not loose.
In cases where noise is high, an isolation transformer should be Loose screws or wires may cause unintentional malfunction.
used. 2. Conduct an appropriate functional inspection after
2. To prevent lightning surges, appropriate measures completing the maintenance and inspection.
should be taken. Ground the surge absorber for light- At times where the equipment or machinery does not operate
ning separately from the grounding of the driver and properly, conduct an emergency stop of the system. Otherwise, an
its peripheral devices. unexpected malfunction may occur and it will become impossible
LEY
to ensure safety. Conduct a test of the emergency stop in order to
confirm the safety of the equipment.
Wiring
AC Servo Motor
3. Do not disassemble, modify, or repair the driver and
its peripheral devices.
Warning 4. Do not put anything conductive or flammable inside
1. The driver will be damaged if a commercial power supply
LEYG
, the driver.
(100/200 V) is added to the driver s servo motor power It may cause a fire.
(U, V, and W). Be sure to check wiring for mistakes when 5. Do not conduct an insulation resistance test or with-
the power supply is turned on. stand voltage test on this product.
2. Connect the ends of the U, V, and W wires of the motor 6. Ensure sufficient space for maintenance activities.
cable correctly to the phases (U, V, and W) of the servo
LEY-X5
Design the system allowing the required space for maintenance
motor power. If these wires do not match up, the servo and inspection.
Environment
motor cannot be controlled.
25A-LEY
Grounding
Warning
LECA6
1. For grounding the actuator, connect the copper wire of
,
the actuator to the driver s protective earth (PE) terminal
and connect the copper wire of the driver to the earth
,
LEC-G
via the control panel s protective earth (PE) terminal.

,
Do not connect them directly to the control panel s
protective earth (PE) terminal.
LECP1
Control panel
Driver
LECPA
PE terminal Actuator
JXC
2. In the unlikely event that a malfunction is caused by

LECS
the ground, please disconnect it.

AC Servo Motor
LECY
Specific Product
Precautions
270
Compatible

Absolute Type
LECYM/LECYU Series LECYM LECYU
( -@ Type ) ( -# Type )
How to Order
Driver LECY M 2
∗ If an I/O connector (CN1) is required, order
Driver type the part number “LE-CYNA” separately.
MECHATROLINK-2 type part number “LEC-CSNA-1” separately.
M (For absolute encoder)
Compatible motor type
MECHATROLINK-3 type Symbol Type Capacity Encoder
U (For absolute encoder)
V5 AC servo motor (V6∗1) 100 W
V7 AC servo motor (V7∗1) 200 W Absolute
Power supply voltage V8 AC servo motor (V8∗1) 400 W
Dimensions
-@ type
LECYM2-V 140 (For LECYM-V5, V7)

170 (For LECYM-V8) B A
C
CN3∗1 Digital operator connector

e q CN6A MECHATROLINK-2communication connector
CN6 A/B CN6B MECHATROLINK-2communication connector
CN7 PC connector
CN3 CN8 Safety connector
∗1 Digital operator is JUSP-OP05A-1-E manu-
CN7 factured by YASKAWA Electric Corporation.
When using the digital operator, it should be
150
provided by the customer.

CN1
Motor Hole Mounting dimensions Mounting
capacity position A B C D hole
CN8 V5 (100 W) qw 5 — 5 5
V7 (200 W) qw 5 — 5 5 Ø5
CN2 V8 (400 W) we 5 5 5 5
∗ The mounting hole position varies depending on
4 40 w the motor capacity.
D
-# type
LECYU2-V 140 (For LECYU-V5,V7) Connector name Description

170 (For LECYU-V8) B A CN1 I/O signal connector
C

CN3∗1 Digital operator connector
e q CN6A MECHATROLINK-3communication connector
CN6 A/B CN6B MECHATROLINK-3communication connector
CN7 PC connector
CN3 CN8 Safety connector
∗1 Digital operator is JUSP-OP05A-1-E manu-
CN7 factured by YASKAWA Electric Corporation.
150
When using the digital operator, it should be

CN1 provided by the customer.
Motor Hole Mounting dimensions Mounting
capacity position A B C D hole
CN8 V5 (100 W) qw 5 — 5 5
CN2 V7 (200 W) qw 5 — 5 5 Ø5
V8 (400 W) we 5 5 5 5
40 w ∗ The mounting hole position varies depending on

4
D
the motor capacity.
271
AC Servo Motor Driver LECY MU Series
Selection
Model
Specifications

-@ Type
LEY
Model LECYM2-V5 LECYM2-V7 LECYM2-V8
Main circuit power Power voltage [V] Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
supply Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Three phase 170 to 253 VAC
LEYG
Control power supply
Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
Power supply capacity (at rated output) [A] 0.91 1.6 2.8
Input circuit NPN (Sink circuit)/PNP (Source circuit)
[Initial allocation]
· Homing deceleration switch (/DEC)
· External latch (/EXT 1 to 3)
LEY
Number of · Forward run prohibited (P-OT), reverse run prohibited (N-OT)
Parallel input 7
optional
(7 inputs) inputs [Can be allocated by setting the parameters]
allocations
AC Servo Motor
· Forward external torque limit (/P-CL), reverse external torque limit (/N-CL)
Signal allocations can be performed, and positive and negative logic can be changed.
Number of fixed allocations 1 output · Servo alarm (ALM)
LEYG
· Lock (/BK)
[Can be allocated by setting the parameters]
· Positioning completion (/COIN)
· Speed limit detection (/VLT)
Parallel output Number of · Speed coincidence detection (/V-CMP)
3
LEY-X5
(4 outputs) optional · Rotation detection (/TGON)
outputs
allocations · Warning (/WARN)
Environment
· Servo ready (/S-RDY)
· Near (/NEAR)
25A-LEY
· Torque limit detection (/CLT)
Communication protocol MECHATROLINK-2
Station address 41H to 5FH
LECA6
Transmission speed 10 Mbps
MECHATROLINK
Transmission cycle 250 μs, 0.5 ms to 4 ms (Multiples of 0.5 ms)
communication
Number of transmission bytes 17 bytes, 32 bytes
LEC-G
Max. number of stations 30
Cable length Overall cable length: 50 m or less, Cable length between the stations: 0.5 m or more
Control method Position, speed, or torque control with MECHATROLINK-2 communication
LECP1
Command method MECHATROLINK-2 command
Command input
(Motion, data setting, monitoring, or adjustment)
Gain adjustment Tuning-less/Advanced auto tuning/One-parameter tuning
Communication setting USB communication, RS-422 communication
Torque limit Internal torque limit, external torque limit, and torque limit by analogue command LECPA
Function Encoder output Phase A, B, Z: Line driver output
Emergency stop CN8 Safety function
JXC
Overtravel Dynamic brake stop, deceleration to a stop, or free run to a stop at P-OT or N-OT
Alarm Alarm signal, MECHATROLINK-2 command
LECS

AC Servo Motor

Insulation resistance [MΩ] 10 MΩ (500 VDC)
LECY
Weight [g] 900 1000

Specific Product
Precautions
272
LECY MU Series
Specifications
-# Type
Model LECYU2-V5 LECYU2-V7 LECYU2-V8
Main circuit power Power voltage [V] Three phase 200 to 230 VAC (50/60 Hz)
supply Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Three phase 170 to 253 VAC
Allowable voltage fluctuation [V] Single phase 170 to 253 VAC
Power supply capacity (at rated output) [A] 0.91 1.6 2.8
Input circuit NPN (Sink circuit)/PNP (Source circuit)
· Homing deceleration switch (/DEC)
· External latch (/EXT 1 to 3)
Number of · Forward run prohibited (P-OT), reverse run prohibited (N-OT)
Parallel input 7
optional
(7 inputs) inputs [Can be allocated by setting the parameters]
allocations
· Forward external torque limit (/P-CL), reverse external torque limit (/N-CL)
Number of fixed allocations 1 output · Servo alarm (ALM)
· Lock (/BK)
[Can be allocated by setting the parameters]
· Positioning completion (/COIN)
· Speed limit detection (/VLT)
Parallel output Number of · Speed coincidence detection (/V-CMP)
(4 outputs) 3
optional · Rotation detection (/TGON)
outputs
allocations · Warning (/WARN)
· Servo ready (/S-RDY)
· Near (/NEAR)
· Torque limit detection (/CLT)
Communication protocol MECHATROLINK-3
Station address 03H to EFH
Transmission speed 100 Mbps
MECHATROLINK
Transmission cycle 125 μs, 250 μs, 500 μs, 750 μs, 1 ms to 4 ms (Multiples of 0.5 ms)
communication
Number of transmission bytes 16 bytes, 32 bytes, 48 bytes
Max. number of stations 62
Cable length Cable length between the stations: 0.5 m or more, 75 m or less
Control method Position, speed, or torque control with MECHATROLINK-3 communication
Command method MECHATROLINK-3 command
Command input
(Motion, data setting, monitoring, or adjustment)
Gain adjustment Tuning-less/Advanced auto tuning/One-parameter tuning
Communication setting USB communication, RS-422 communication
Torque limit Internal torque limit, external torque limit, and torque limit by analogue command
Function Encoder output Phase A, B, Z: Line driver output
Emergency stop CN8 Safety function
Overtravel Dynamic brake stop, deceleration to a stop, or free run to a stop at P-OT or N-OT
Alarm Alarm signal, MECHATROLINK-3 command
Insulation resistance [MΩ] 10 MΩ (500 VDC)
Weight [g] 900 1000
273
Selection
Model
Power Supply Wiring Example: LECY

Three phase 200 V LECYM2-
LEY
LECYU2-
R S T
1QF
3SA
LEYG
U
1FLT V M
2KM
L1 W
L2
L3
1KM
L1C ENC
L2C
LEY
(For servo alarm +24 V
B1/ CN1
ALM+ 1Ry
AC Servo Motor
1Ry display) 3
B2
∗1
1PL B3
Servo power Servo power 1 4 ALM− 1D 0V
supply ON supply OFF 1KM 2
LEYG
1KM 1SA
2KM
1KM 1Ry
LEY-X5
1Ry : Relay
2SA
1PL : Indicator light
Environment
1QF : Molded-case circuit breaker 1SA : Surge absorber
1FLT: Noise filter 2SA : Surge absorber
25A-LEY
1KM : Magnetic contactor (for control power supply) 3SA : Surge absorber
2KM : Magnetic contactor (for main circuit power supply) 1D : Flywheel diode
∗1 For the LECY2-V5, LECY2-V7 and LECY2-V8, terminals B2 and B3 are not short-circuited.
Do not short-circuit these terminals.
LECA6
Main circuit
Main Circuit Power Supply Connector ∗ Accessory
L1
LEC-G
L1 Connect the main circuit power supply.

Main circuit power
L2 Single phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L1, L2
supply
L3 Three phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L1, L2, L3 L2
L1C Connect the control power supply.
LECP1
L2C Single phase 200 to 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz Connection terminal: L1C, L2C L3
B1/ + External regenerative
When the regenerative resistor is required, connect it
B2 resistor
between terminals B1 + and B2. L1C
B3 connection terminal
LECPA
−1 Main circuit negative
− 1 and − 2 are connected at shipment.
−2 terminal L2C
Motor Connector ∗ Accessory

B1/ +
JXC

U Servo motor power (U)
V Servo motor power (V) Connect to motor cable (U, V, W). B2
LECS
B3
Power Supply Wire Specifications
AC Servo Motor
Item Specifications
−1
Applicable L1, L2, L3, L1C, L2C
LECY
wire size Single wire, Twisted wire, AWG14 (2.0 mm2)

−2
Stripped wire
length 8 to 9 mm Motor connector
Specific Product
Precautions
274
LECY MU Series
Control Signal Wiring Example: LECYM
Photo-coupler output
Max. operating voltage: 30 VDC
LECYM2 Max. output current: 50 mA DC
CN1
for sequence signal +24 VIN +24 V 6 3.3 kΩ 3 ALM+
Alarm output
∗2
Forward run prohibited 4 ALM– (OFF when alarm occurs)
P-OT 7
(Prohibited when OFF) 1 SO1+/BK+
Lock output
Reverse run prohibited N-OT 8 2 SO1–/BK–
(ON when lock released)
(Prohibited when OFF) 23 /SO2+
Homing deceleration switch /DEC 9 24 /SO2–

(Decelerated when ON) General purpose output
25 /SO3+
External latch signal 1 /EXT1 10 26 /SO3–

(Latched when ON) ∗1 ∗4
17 PAO
Encoder output
External latch signal 2 /EXT2 11 18 /PAO pulse phase A
(Latched when ON) Applicable line receiver:
∗4 SN75ALS175 or
19 PBO
External latch signal 3 /EXT3 12 Encoder output MC3486 manufactured
20 /PBO pulse phase B by Texas Instruments
(Latched when ON)
Japan Limited or
21 PCO ∗4 equivalent
General purpose input /SIO 13 Encoder output
22 /PCO pulse phase Z
16 SG
Switch CN8
/HWBB1+ 4
24 V
Fuse
/HWBB1– 3
8 EDM1+
Safety ∗3
∗5 /HWBB2+ 6
7
EDM1–
/HWBB2– 5
0V
Driver
Connector
shell
FG Connect shield to connector shell.
∗1 shows twisted-pair wires.

∗2 The 24 VDC power supply is not included. Use a 24 VDC power supply with double insulation or reinforced insulation.
∗3 When using the safety function, a safety function device must be connected to the wiring that is necessary to activate the safety function. Otherwise, the
servo motor is not turned ON. When not using the safety function, use the driver with the Safety Jumper Connector (provided as an accessory) inserted
into the CN8.
∗4 Always use line receivers to receive the output signals.
∗∗ The functions allocated to the input signals /DEC, P-OT, N-OT, /EXT 1 , /EXT 2 and /EXT 3 , and the output signals /SO 1 , /SO 2 and /SO 3 can be
changed by setting the parameters.
∗5 It is a safety function equivalent to the STO function (IEC 61800-5-2) using the hard wire base block function (HWBB).
275
Selection
Model
Control Signal Wiring Example: LECYU
LEY
Photo-coupler output
Max. operating voltage: 30 VDC
LECYU2 Max. output current: 50 mA DC
CN1
LEYG
for sequence signal +24 VIN +24 V 6 3.3 kΩ 3 ALM+
Alarm output
∗2
Forward run prohibited 4 ALM– (OFF when alarm occurs)
P-OT 7
(Prohibited when OFF) 1 SO1+/BK+
Lock output
Reverse run prohibited N-OT 8 2 SO1–/BK–
(ON when lock released)
(Prohibited when OFF) 23 /SO2+
Homing deceleration switch /DEC 9 24 /SO2–
LEY
(Decelerated when ON) General purpose output
25 /SO3+
AC Servo Motor
External latch signal 1 /EXT1 10 26 /SO3–
(Latched when ON) ∗1 ∗4
17 PAO
Encoder output
External latch signal 2 /EXT2 11 18 /PAO pulse phase A
Applicable line receiver:
LEYG
(Latched when ON)
19 PBO ∗4 SN75ALS175 or
External latch signal 3 /EXT3 12 Encoder output MC3486 manufactured
20 /PBO pulse phase B by Texas Instruments
(Latched when ON)
Japan Limited or
21 PCO ∗4 equivalent
General purpose input /SIO 13 Encoder output
22 /PCO pulse phase Z
LEY-X5
16 SG
Environment
25A-LEY
Switch
CN8
/HWBB1+ 4
24 V
Fuse
/HWBB1– 3
8 EDM1+
LECA6
Safety ∗3
∗5 /HWBB2+ 6
7
EDM1–
/HWBB2– 5
0V
LEC-G
Driver
Connector
shell
LECP1
FG Connect shield to connector shell.
LECPA
∗1
JXC
shows twisted-pair wires.

∗2 The 24 VDC power supply is not included. Use a 24 VDC power supply with double insulation or reinforced insulation.
∗3 When using the safety function, a safety function device must be connected to the wiring that is necessary to activate the safety function. Otherwise, the
servo motor is not turned ON. When not using the safety function, use the driver with the Safety Jumper Connector (provided as an accessory) inserted
into the CN8.
LECS
∗4 Always use line receivers to receive the output signals.

AC Servo Motor
∗∗ The functions allocated to the input signals /DEC, P-OT, N-OT, /EXT 1 , /EXT 2 and /EXT 3 , and the output signals /SO 1 , /SO 2 and /SO 3 can be
changed by setting the parameters.
∗5 It is a safety function equivalent to the STO function (IEC 61800-5-2) using the hard wire base block function (HWBB).
LECY
Specific Product
Precautions
276
LECY MU Series
Options
Motor cable, Motor cable for lock option, Encoder cable (LECYM/LECYU common)
LE CY M S 5 A 5
Motor type Motor capacity
Y AC servo motor 5 100 W
7 200/400 W
Cable description ∗ For encoder cable, the suffix “–” (Motor capacity) is not necessary.
M Motor cable
B Motor cable for lock option
Direction of connector
Encoder cable
E (With battery case) Axis side
Cable type A
S Standard cable
R Robotic cable
Cable length (L) [m] ∗ The cable entry direction is axis side only.
3 3 Weight
5 5 Product no. Length [m] Weight [g] Note
A 10 LE-CYM-S3A-5 3 250
C 20 LE-CYM-S5A-5 5 390
100 W
LE-CYM-SAA-5 10 750
LE-CYM-SCA-5 20 1500
LE-CYM-S3A-7 3 250
LE-CYM-A-: Motor cable LE-CYM-S5A-7 5 390 200/
LE-CYM-SAA-7 10 750 400 W
L 50
LE-CYM-SCA-7 20 1500
LE-CYM-R3A-5 3 220
ø7
U
LE-CYM-R5A-5 5 350
100 W
V LE-CYM-RAA-5 10 670
W LE-CYM-RCA-5 20 1300
G LE-CYM-R3A-7 3 220
M4 Crimped terminal LE-CYM-R5A-7 5 350 200/
LE-CYM-RAA-7 10 670 400 W
LE-CYM-RCA-7 20 1300
LE-CYB-A-: Motor cable for lock option Weight
L 50 Product no. Length [m] Weight [g] Note
LE-CYB-S3A-5 3 240
ø7
LE-CYB-S5A-5 5 390
100 W
LE-CYB-SAA-5 10 750
LE-CYB-SCA-5 20 1490
LE-CYB-S3A-7 3 240
LE-CYB-S5A-7 5 390 200/
LE-CYB-SAA-7 10 750 400 W
3-M4 Crimped terminal LE-CYB-SCA-7 20 1490
LE-CYB-R3A-5 3 220
LE-CYB-R5A-5 5 350
LE-CYE-A: Encoder cable LE-CYB-RAA-5 10 670
100 W
L LE-CYB-RCA-5 20 1300
(60) (100) LE-CYB-R3A-7 3 220
LE-CYB-R5A-7 5 350 200/
12 LE-CYB-RAA-7 10 670 400 W
ØD
(7)
LE-CYB-RCA-7 20 1300
19
Weight
2 1
4 3
6 5

25
LE-CYE-S3A 3 230
(32)
LE-CYE-S5A 5 360
LE-CYE-SAA 10 680
Product no. ØD Battery case LE-CYE-SCA 20 1250
Depth dimension: 25 mm LE-CYE-R3A 3 220
LE-CYE-SA 6.5 LE-CYE-R5A 5 330
LE-CYE-RA 6.8 LE-CYE-RAA 10 660
LE-CYE-RCA 20 1240
∗ LE-CYM-SA- is JZSP-CSM0--E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD. LE-CYM-RA- is JZSP-CSM2--E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD.
LE-CYB-SA- is JZSP-CSM1--E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD. LE-CYB-RA- is JZSP-CSM3--E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD.
LE-CYE-SA is JZSP-CSP05--E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD. LE-CYE-RA is JZSP-CSP25--E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD.
277
Selection
Model
Options

I/O connector (Without cable, Connector only)
LEY
LE CYN A LE-CYNA
Driver type
37.2
A For LECYM2, LECYU2
LEYG
39
∗ LE-CYNA: 10126-3000PE (connector)/10326-52F0-008 (shell kit) manufactured by 3M Japan Limited or equivalent

∗ Conductor size: AWG24 to 30
LEY
AC Servo Motor
I/O cable
LEC CSN A 1
LEYG
Driver type
A For LECYM2, LECYU2 Cable length (L) [m]
1 1.5
Driver side PLC, etc. side Pin no. n
LEY-X5
∗ LEC-CSNA-1: 10126-3000PE (connector)/10326-52F0-008 (shell kit)
90 15 Pin 1 manufactured by 3M Japan Limited or equivalent
Environment
H
Name plate + Lot. No.
25A-LEY
ØD
100 80 T
W 1500 U
A side B side
LECA6
Wiring
LEC-CSNA-1: Pin nos. 1 to 26
LEC-G
Connector Pair no. Insulation Dot Connector Pair no. Insulation Dot Connector Pair no. Insulation Dot
Dot mark Dot mark Dot mark
pin no. of wire colour colour pin no. of wire colour colour pin no. of wire colour colour
1 Red 11 Red 21 Red
1 Orange 6 Orange 11 Orange
LECP1
A side
3 Light Red 13 Light Red 23 Light Red

2 7 12
4 gray Black 14 gray Black 24 gray Black
A side
A side
5 Red 15 Red 25 Red

LECPA
3 White 8 White 13 White
7 Red 17 Red
4 Yellow 9 Yellow
8 Black 18 Black
JXC
9 Red 19 Red
5 Pink 10 Pink
10 Black 20 Black
LECS
Cable O.D. Dimensions/Pin No.

AC Servo Motor
Product no. Ø D Product no. W H T U Pin no. n

LEC-CSNA-1 11.1 LEC-CSNA-1 39 37.2 12.7 14 14
LECY
Specific Product
Precautions
278
LECY MU Series
Options
cable type
LEC CY M 1
Motor type Cable length (L)
Y AC servo motor L∗1 0.2 m
J 0.5 m
Cable description 1 1m
M MECHATROLINK-2cable 3 3m
U MECHATROLINK-3cable ∗1 Not available for the
MECHATROLINK-2cable
∗ LEC-CYM- is JEPMC-W6002--E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD.

∗ LEC-CYU- is JEPMC-W6012--E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD.
-@ cable
L Weight
16
ø4
LE-CYM-J 0.5 50
19
LE-CYM-1 1 80
LE-CYM-3 3 200
46
-# cable
33 L Weight
ø4.8
LE-CYU-L 0.2 21
LE-CYU-J 0.5 41
LE-CYU-1 1 75
10.7
11
LE-CYU-3 3 205
Terminating connector for -@
LEC CYRM
∗ LEC-CYRM is JEPMC-W6022-E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD.
19
16
46 Weight: 10 g
279
Selection
Model
Options
LEY
USB cable
LEYG
PC
LECYM2 LECYU2
C
Drivers
Setup software (SigmaWin+TM) (LECYM/LECYU common)

∗ Please download the SigmaWin+TM via our website.
SigmaWin+TM is a registered trademark or trademark of YASKAWA Electric Corporation.
LEY
Adjustment, waveform display, parameter read/write, and test operation can be performed upon a PC.
Compatible PC
AC Servo Motor
When using setup software (SigmaWin+TM), use an IBM PC/AT compatible PC that meets the following operating conditions.
Equipment Setup software (SigmaWin+TM)
LEYG
OS Windows® XP∗5, Windows Vista®, Windows® 7 (32-bit/64-bit)
∗1, 2, 3, 4 Available HD space 350 MB or more (When the software is installed, 400 MB or more is recommended.)
PC
Communication interface Use USB port.
XVGA monitor (1024 x 768 or more, “The small font is used.”)
Display 256 colour or more (65536 colour or more is recommended.)
Connectable with the PC above
LEY-X5
Keyboard Connectable with the PC above
Environment
Mouse Connectable with the PC above
Printer Connectable with the PC above
LEC-JZ-CVUSB∗6
25A-LEY
USB cable
Other Adobe Reader Ver. 5.0 or higher (∗ Except Ver. 6.0)
∗1 Windows, Windows Vista®, Windows® 7 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
∗2 On some PCs, this software may not run properly.
∗3 Not compatible with 64-bit Windows® XP and 64-bit Windows Vista®
LECA6
∗4 For Windows® XP, please use it by the administrator authority (When installing and using it.).
∗5 In PC that uses the program to correct the problem of HotfixQ328310, it is likely to fail in the installation. In that case, please use the program to correct
the problem of HotfixQ329623.
∗6 Order USB cable separately.
LEC-G
Battery (LECYM/LECYU common) ∗ The LEC-JZ-CVBAT is a single battery that uses lithium metal battery
ER3V.
LEC JZ CVBAT When transporting lithium metal batteries and devices with built-in
LECP1
∗ JZSP-BA01 manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD.
necessary to apply measures according to the regulations stipulated in
Battery for replacement the United Nations Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous
Absolute position data is maintained by installing the battery to Goods, the Technical Instructions (ICAO-TI) of the International Civil
LECPA
Aviation Organisation (ICAO), and the International Maritime Dangerous
the battery case of the encoder cable.
Goods Code (IMDG CODE) of the International Maritime Organisation
JXC

Weight: 10 g
LECS
USB cable (2.5 m) Cable for safety function device (3 m)

AC Servo Motor
LEC JZ CVUSB LEC JZ CVSAF

∗ JZSP-CVS06-02-E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD. ∗ JZSP-CVH03-03-E manufactured by YASKAWA CONTROLS CO., LTD.
LECY
Cable for connecting PC and driver when using the setup Cable for connecting the driver and device
software (SigmaWin+TM) when using the safety function
Do not use any cable other than this cable. Do not use any cable other than this cable.
Specific Product
2500
Precautions
(33) 3000
10 to 20
(20)
ø4.0
ø6
Weight: 160 g
(100) (55)
Weight: 150 g
280
LECYM/LECYU Series
Be sure to read this before handling the products. Refer to the back cover for safety instructions. For electric actuator and auto switch
precautions, refer to the “Handling Precautions for SMC Products” and the “Operation Manual” on the SMC website: https://www.smc.eu
Design / Selection Handling
Warning Warning
1. Be sure to apply the specified voltage. 9. Static electricity may cause malfunction or break the
Otherwise, malfunction or breakage may occur. If the applied volt- driver. Do not touch the driver while power is sup-
age is lower than the specified voltage, it is possible that the load plied.
will not be able to be moved due to an internal voltage drop of the When touching the driver for maintenance, take sufficient meas-
driver. Please check the operating voltage before use. ures to eliminate static electricity.
2. Do not operate the product beyond the specifications. 10. Do not use the product in an area where dust, powder
Otherwise, a fire, malfunction, or actuator damage may result. dust, water, chemicals, or oil is in the air.
Please check the specifications before use. It will cause failure or malfunction.
3. Install an emergency stop circuit. 11. Do not use the product in an area where a magnetic
Please install an emergency stop outside of the enclosure so that field is generated.
the system operation can be stopped immediately and the power
It will cause failure or malfunction.
supply can be intercepted.
12. Do not install the product in an environment contain-
4. In order to prevent any damage caused by the break-
ing flammable gas, explosive gas, or corrosive gas.
down or malfunction of the driver and its peripheral
It could lead to fire, explosion, or corrosion.
devices, a backup system should be established in ad-
vance by giving a multiple-layered structure or a fail- 13. Radiant heat from strong heat sources, such as a fur-
safe design to the equipment, etc. nace, direct sunlight, etc., should not be applied to
the product.
5. If a danger of human injury is expected due to abnor-
mal heat generation, smoking, ignition, etc., of the
driver and its peripheral devices, cut off the power 14. Do not use the product in an environment subject to a
supply of the product and the system immediately. temperature cycle.
15. Do not use the product in a place where surges are
generated.
Handling When there are units that generate a large amount of surge
around the product (e.g. solenoid type lifters, high-frequency in-
Warning duction furnaces, motors, etc.), this may cause deterioration or
damage to the product’s internal circuit. Avoid sources of surge
1. Do not touch the inside of the driver and its peripheral generation and crossed lines.
devices.
Doing so may cause an electric shock or damage to the driver. 16. Do not install the product in an environment under
the effect of vibrations and impacts.
2. Do not perform the operation or setting of the product It will cause failure or malfunction.
with wet hands.
Doing so may cause an electric shock. 17. When a surge-generating load, such as a relay or so-
lenoid valve, is driven directly, use a product that in-
3. Products with damage or those missing any compo- corporates a surge absorption element.
nents should not be used.
An electric shock, fire, or injury may result.
4. Use only the specified combination between the elec-
tric actuator and driver. Installation
Failure to do so may cause damage to the actuator or the driver.
5. Be careful not to be hit by workpieces while the actua- Warning
tor is moving. 1. Install the driver and its peripheral devices on a fire-
It may cause an injury. proof material.
6. Do not connect the power supply or power on the Direct installation on or near a flammable material may cause a
product before confirming the area to which the work- fire.
piece moves is safe. 2. Do not install the product in a place subject to vibra-
The movement of the workpiece may cause an accident. tions and impacts.
7. Do not touch the product when it is energised and for It will cause failure or malfunction.
some time after power has been disconnected, as it is 3. The driver should be mounted on a vertical wall in a
very hot. vertical direction. Also, be sure not to cover the driver’s
Doing so may lead to a burn due to the high temperature. suction/exhaust ports.
8. Before installation, wiring, and maintenance, the volt- 4. Install the driver and its peripheral devices on a flat
age should be checked with a tester 5 minutes after surface.
the power supply has been turned off. If the mounting surface is distorted or uneven, an unacceptable
Otherwise, an electric shock, fire, or injury may result. force may be added to the housing, etc., causing problems.
281
LECYM/LECYU Series
Selection
Model
Be sure to read this before handling the products. Refer to the back cover for safety instructions. For electric actuator and auto switch
precautions, refer to the “Handling Precautions for SMC Products” and the “Operation Manual” on the SMC website: https://www.smc.eu
LEY
Power Supply Maintenance
Caution Warning
1. Use a power supply that has low noise between lines 1. Perform a maintenance and inspection periodically.
LEYG
and between the power and ground. Confirm wiring and screws are not loose.
In cases where noise is high, an isolation transformer should be Loose screws or wires may cause unintentional malfunction.
used. 2. Conduct an appropriate functional inspection after
2. To prevent lightning surges, appropriate measures completing the maintenance and inspection.
should be taken. Ground the surge absorber for light- At times where the equipment or machinery does not operate
ning separately from the grounding of the driver and properly, conduct an emergency stop of the system. Otherwise, an
its peripheral devices. unexpected malfunction may occur and it will become impossible
LEY
to ensure safety. Conduct a test of the emergency stop in order to
confirm the safety of the equipment.
Wiring
AC Servo Motor
3. Do not disassemble, modify, or repair the driver and
its peripheral devices.
Warning 4. Do not put anything conductive or flammable inside
1. The driver will be damaged if a commercial power supply
LEYG
, the driver.
(100/200 V) is added to the driver s servo motor power It may cause a fire.
(U, V, and W). Be sure to check wiring for mistakes when 5. Do not conduct an insulation resistance test or with-
the power supply is turned on. stand voltage test on this product.
2. Connect the ends of the U, V, and W wires of the motor 6. Ensure sufficient space for maintenance activities.
cable correctly to the phases (U, V, and W) of the servo
LEY-X5
Design the system allowing the required space for maintenance
motor power. If these wires do not match up, the servo and inspection.
Environment
motor cannot be controlled.
25A-LEY
Grounding
Warning
LECA6
1. For grounding the actuator, connect the copper wire of
,
the actuator to the driver s protective earth (PE) terminal
and connect the copper wire of the driver to the earth
,
LEC-G
via the control panel s protective earth (PE) terminal.

,
Do not connect them directly to the control panel s
protective earth (PE) terminal.
LECP1
Control panel
Driver
LECPA
PE terminal Actuator
JXC
2. In the unlikely event that a malfunction is caused by

LECS
the ground, please disconnect it.

AC Servo Motor
LECY
Specific Product
Precautions
282
These safety instructions are intended to prevent hazardous situations and/or equipment
Safety Instructions damage. These instructions indicate the level of potential hazard with the labels of
“Caution,” “Warning” or “Danger.” They are all important notes for safety and must be
followed in addition to International Standards (ISO/IEC) 1), and other safety regulations.
1) ISO 4414: Pneumatic fluid power – General rules relating to systems.
Caution indicates a hazard with a low level of risk
ISO 4413: Hydraulic fluid power – General rules relating to systems.
Caution: which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate IEC 60204-1: Safety of machinery – Electrical equipment of machines.
injury. (Part 1: General requirements)
Warning indicates a hazard with a medium level of risk ISO 10218-1: Manipulating industrial robots - Safety.
etc.
Warning: which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
injury.
Danger indicates a hazard with a high level of risk
Danger: which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious
injury.
Warning Limited warranty and

1. The compatibility of the product is the responsibility of the person Disclaimer/Compliance
who designs the equipment or decides its specifications.
Since the product specified here is used under various operating
Requirements
conditions, its compatibility with specific equipment must be decided by The product used is subject to the following “Limited warranty
the person who designs the equipment or decides its specifications based and Disclaimer” and “Compliance Requirements”.Read and
on necessary analysis and test results. The expected performance and accept them before using the product.
safety assurance of the equipment will be the responsibility of the person
who has determined its compatibility with the product. This person should Limited warranty and Disclaimer
also continuously review all specifications of the product referring to its 1. The warranty period of the product is 1 year in service or 1.5
latest catalogue information, with a view to giving due consideration to any years after the product is delivered, whichever is first. 2) Also,
possibility of equipment failure when configuring the equipment. the product may have specified durability, running distance
or replacement parts. Please consult your nearest sales
2. Only personnel with appropriate training should operate machinery
branch.
and equipment.
2. For any failure or damage reported within the warranty
The product specified here may become unsafe if handled incorrectly.
period which is clearly our responsibility, a replacement
The assembly, operation and maintenance of machines or equipment
product or necessary parts will be provided. This limited
including our products must be performed by an operator who is
warranty applies only to our product independently, and not
appropriately trained and experienced.
to any other damage incurred due to the failure of the
3. Do not service or attempt to remove product and machinery/ product.
equipment until safety is confirmed. 3. Prior to using SMC products, please read and understand
1. The inspection and maintenance of machinery/equipment should only the warranty terms and disclaimers noted in the specified
be performed after measures to prevent falling or runaway of the driven catalogue for the particular products.
objects have been confirmed. 2) Vacuum pads are excluded from this 1 year warranty.
2. When the product is to be removed, confirm that the safety measures as A vacuum pad is a consumable part, so it is warranted for a year after
mentioned above are implemented and the power from any appropriate it is delivered. Also, even within the warranty period, the wear of a
source is cut, and read and understand the specific product product due to the use of the vacuum pad or failure due to the
precautions of all relevant products carefully. deterioration of rubber material are not covered by the limited
3. Before machinery/equipment is restarted, take measures to prevent warranty.
unexpected operation and malfunction.
Compliance Requirements
4. Contact SMC beforehand and take special consideration of safety 1. The use of SMC products with production equipment for the
measures if the product is to be used in any of the following manufacture of weapons of mass destruction (WMD) or any
conditions. other weapon is strictly prohibited.
1. Conditions and environments outside of the given specifications, or use 2. The exports of SMC products or technology from one country
outdoors or in a place exposed to direct sunlight. to another are governed by the relevant security laws and
2. Installation on equipment in conjunction with atomic energy, railways, regulations of the countries involved in the transaction. Prior
air navigation, space, shipping, vehicles, military, medical treatment, to the shipment of a SMC product to another country, assure
combustion and recreation, or equipment in contact with food and that all local rules governing that export are known and
beverages, emergency stop circuits, clutch and brake circuits in press followed.
applications, safety equipment or other applications unsuitable for the
standard specifications described in the product catalogue.
3. An application which could have negative effects on people, property, Caution
or animals requiring special safety analysis.
SMC products are not intended for use as instruments
4. Use in an interlock circuit, which requires the provision of double
for legal metrology.
interlock for possible failure by using a mechanical protective function,
Measurement instruments that SMC manufactures or sells
and periodical checks to confirm proper operation.
have not been qualified by type approval tests relevant to the
metrology (measurement) laws of each country.
Caution Therefore, SMC products cannot be used for business or
certification ordained by the metrology (measurement) laws
1. The product is provided for use in manufacturing industries. of each country.
The product herein described is basically provided for peaceful use in
manufacturing industries.
If considering using the product in other industries, consult SMC
beforehand and exchange specifications or a contract if necessary.
If anything is unclear, contact your nearest sales branch.
Safety Instructions Be sure to read “Handling Precautions for SMC Products” (M-E03-3) before using.
Revision History
Edition C - The in-line motor type LEYD series has been added. PY
- The guide rod type LEYG series has been added.
- The guide rod type/in-line motor type LEYGD series has
been added.
- The LECP1 series programless controller has been
added.
- A standard cable has been added to the actuator cable
types.
- The AC servo motor (100/200 W) type LEYS series has
been added.
- The LECSA/LECSB series AC servo motor driver has
been added.
- Number of pages has been increased from 38 to 94.
Edition D - Size 40 has been added to the LEY/LEYG series step RP
motor (servo/24 VDC).
- Size 63 has been added to the AC servo motor rod type
LEY series.
- The dust-tight/water-jet-proof specification has been
added to the rod type.
- Sizes 25 and 32 have been added to the AC servo
motor guide rod type LEYG series.
- The LECPA series step motor driver has been added.
- The LEC-G series gateway unit has been added.
- The LECSC/LECSS series AC servo motor driver has
been added.
- UL-compliant products have been added.
- The controller setting kit (LEC-W2) has been changed.
Edition E - Intermediate strokes have been added to the LEY63. YR
- Normally-closed solid state auto switches have been
added.
- The JXC series step motor controller has been added.
- The controller setting kit has been changed to the
communication cable for controller setting (LEC-W2A).
- Errors in text have been corrected.
SMC Corporation (Europe)

Austria +43 (0)2262622800 www.smc.at office@smc.at Lithuania +370 5 2308118 www.smclt.lt info@smclt.lt
Belgium +32 (0)33551464 www.smc.be info@smc.be Netherlands +31 (0)205318888 www.smc.nl info@smc.nl
Bulgaria +359 (0)2807670 www.smc.bg office@smc.bg Norway +47 67129020 www.smc-norge.no post@smc-norge.no
Croatia +385 (0)13707288 www.smc.hr office@smc.hr Poland +48 222119600 www.smc.pl office@smc.pl
Czech Republic +420 541424611 www.smc.cz office@smc.cz Portugal +351 214724500 www.smc.eu apoioclientept@smc.smces.es
Denmark +45 70252900 www.smcdk.com smc@smcdk.com Romania +40 213205111 www.smcromania.ro smcromania@smcromania.ro
Estonia +372 6510370 www.smcpneumatics.ee info@smcee.ee Russia +7 8123036600 www.smc.eu sales@smcru.com
Finland +358 207513513 www.smc.fi smcfi@smc.fi Slovakia +421 (0)413213212 www.smc.sk office@smc.sk
France +33 (0)164761000 www.smc-france.fr info@smc-france.fr Slovenia +386 (0)73885412 www.smc.si office@smc.si
Germany +49 (0)61034020 www.smc.de info@smc.de Spain +34 945184100 www.smc.eu post@smc.smces.es
Greece +30 210 2717265 www.smchellas.gr sales@smchellas.gr Sweden +46 (0)86031200 www.smc.nu smc@smc.nu
Hungary +36 23513000 www.smc.hu office@smc.hu Switzerland +41 (0)523963131 www.smc.ch helpcentre@smc.ch
Ireland +353 (0)14039000 www.smcautomation.ie sales@smcautomation.ie Turkey +90 212 489 0 440 www.smcpnomatik.com.tr info@smcpnomatik.com.tr
Italy +39 03990691 www.smcitalia.it mailbox@smcitalia.it UK +44 (0)845 121 5122 www.smc.uk sales@smc.uk
Latvia +371 67817700 www.smc.lv info@smc.lv
Printing YZ 00 Printed in Spain Specifications are subject to change without prior notice and any obligation on the part of the manufacturer

SMC Serie Ley-E Eu

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SMC Serie Ley-E Eu

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Electric Actuator ®

Step Motor (Servo/24 VDC) Servo Motor (24 VDC) T

Rod Type LEY Series Size: 16, 25, 32, 40 sp. 35

Max. 500 mm (LEY32, 40) ∗ The X5 is not CE/UL compliant.

Lateral end load: 5 times more∗1

Compatible with sliding bearings and ball bushing bearings

AC Servo Motor Type

Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof (IP65 Equivalent): -X5 sp. 41, 48 sp. 111, 116

Rod Type LEY Series/Size: 16, 25, 32, 40

Control of intermediate positioning and pushing is

Right side Left side In-line

Motor cover available

Select from 2 types of actuator cables.

∗ The cover has an opening.

Mounting groove for auto switches

Rod Type LEY Series/Size: 25, 32, 63

Rod type/In-line motor type

Large bore size 63

Top mounting Right side parallel Left side parallel In-line

¡Max. work load [kg] ¡High-output motor: 400 w

Vertical 115 72 ¡Dust-tight/Water-jet-proof specification (IP65 equivalent)

Guide Rod Type LEYG Series/Size: 16, 25, 32, 40

Compact, integrated guide rods

Lateral end load: 5 times more∗ ±0.05° ±0.04°

When using auto switches

Foot Rod flange

Head flange Double clevis

For pushing For For stoppers

Enclosure: IP65 equivalent

LEY-X5 (Refer to page 151.) Size LEY63-P Size

Top mounting Top mounting

In-line motor type

Right side parallel

Top mounting type

In-line motor type

Simple setting allows for immediate use!

Setting of jog Move for the

After entering the values, The operation status

Teaching box screen Step Axis 1 Step Axis 1

<When a TB (teaching box) is used> Menu Axis 1

Conversion unit for Fieldbus network and LEC serial communication

Applicable Fieldbus protocols:

Two methods of operation

24 VDC Compatible controllers

Compatible electric actuators

Electric gripper Electric slide table Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/

Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/ Electric actuator/

Pulse Input Type LECPA Series sp. 214

This driver uses pulse signals to allow positioning at any position.

Return-to-origin command signal

With force limit function (Pushing force/Gripping force operation available)

Stroke (+) + side position limit ҂ ҂ Set in units of 0.01 mm

Operation of the specified

Two types of operation command Transition wiring of communication cables

Numerical monitoring available

Application Communication protocols

Speed tuning control∗1 Positioning/pushing operation

For 3 Axes JXC92 Series For 4 Axes JXC73/83/93 Series

∗ For LE, size 25 or larger

∗2 Performs a circular operation on a plane using Axis 1 and Axis 2

Movement Speed Position Acceleration Deceleration Positioning/ Area 1 Area 2 In position

Movement mode Pushing operation Details

Controller Setting Software (Connection with a PC) For 3 Axes